10.6. Notification to Public Utilities Commission
CWC Section 10621 (c)
An urban water supplier regulated by the Public Utilities Commission shall include its most recent plan and water shortage contingency plan as part of the supplier’s general rate case filings.
The City is not regulated by the California Public Utilities Commission
10.7. Amending an Adopted Plan
Section 10621
(d) The amendments to, or changes in, the plan shall be adopted and filed in the manner set forth in Article 3 (commencing with Section 10640).
Water Code Section 10644
(a)(1) Copies of amendments or changes to the plans shall be submitted to the department, the California State Library, and any city or county within which the supplier provides water supplies within 30 days after adoption.
The City’s amendment process for the 2020 UWMP and WSCP is discussed below.
10.7.1. Amending a UWMP
If major changes are made to this 2020 UWMP, the amended UWMP will undergo adoption by the City Council. Within 30 days of adoption, the amended Plan will then be submitted to DWR, the State of California Library, and Stanislaus County.
10.7.2. Amending a Water Shortage Contingency Plan
Section 10644 (b)
If an urban water supplier revises its water shortage contingency plan, the supplier shall submit to the department a copy of its water shortage contingency plan prepared…no later than 30 days after adoption, in accordance with protocols for submission and using electronic reporting tools developed by the department.
If the City amends the adopted 2020 UWMP (including the WSCP), the amended UWMP (and WSCP) will undergo adoption by the City Council. Within 30 days of adoption, the amended Plan will then be submitted to DWR, the State of California Library, and Stanislaus County.
City of Livingston
2020 Urban Water Management Plan
Appendix A – Legislative Requirements
APPENDIX A
LEGISLATIVE REQUIREMENTS
WATER CODE - WAT
DIVISION 6. CONSERVATION, DEVELOPMENT, AND UTILIZATION OF STATE WATER RESOURCES [10000 - 12999] (Heading of Division 6 amended by Stats. 1957, Ch. 1932. ) PART 2.55. SUSTAINABLE WATER USE AND DEMAND REDUCTION [10608 - 10609.42] ( Part 2.55 added by Stats.2009, 7th Ex. Sess., Ch. 4, Sec. 1. )
CHAPTER 1. General Declarations and Policy [10608 - 10608.8] ( Chapter 1 added by Stats. 2009, 7th Ex. Sess., Ch. 4, Sec. 1. )
10608.
The Legislature finds and declares all of the following:
(a) Water is a public resource that the California Constitution protects against waste and unreasonable use. (b) Growing population, climate change, and the need to protect and grow California’s economy while protecting and restoring our fish and wildlife habitats make it essential that the state manage its water resources as efficiently as possible.
(c) Diverse regional water supply portfolios will increase water supply reliability and reduce dependence on the Delta. (d) Reduced water use through conservation provides significant energy and environmental benefits, and can help protect water quality, improve stream flows, and reduce greenhouse gas emissions. (e) The success of state and local water conservation programs to increase efficiency of water use is best determined on the basis of measurable outcomes related to water use or efficiency. (f) Improvements in technology and management practices offer the potential for increasing water efficiency in California over time, providing an essential water management tool to meet the need for water for urban, agricultural, and environmental uses.
(g) The Governor has called for a 20 percent per capita reduction in urban water use statewide by 2020. (h) The factors used to formulate water use efficiency targets can vary significantly from location to location based on factors including weather, patterns of urban and suburban development, and past efforts to enhance water use efficiency.
(i) Per capita water use is a valid measure of a water provider’s efforts to reduce urban water use within its service area. However, per capita water use is less useful for measuring relative water use efficiency between different water providers. Differences in weather, historical patterns of urban and suburban development, and density of housing in a particular location need to be considered when assessing per capita water use as a measure of efficiency. (Added by Stats. 2009, 7th Ex. Sess., Ch. 4, Sec. 1. (SB 7 7x) Effective February 3, 2010.) 10608.4
It is the intent of the Legislature, by the enactment of this part, to do all of the following:
(a) Require all water suppliers to increase the efficiency of use of this essential resource. (b) Establish a framework to meet the state targets for urban water conservation identified in this part and called for by the Governor.
(c) Measure increased efficiency of urban water use on a per capita basis. (d) Establish a method or methods for urban retail water suppliers to determine targets for achieving increased water use efficiency by the year 2020, in accordance with the Governor’s goal of a 20-percent reduction. (e) Establish consistent water use efficiency planning and implementation standards for urban water suppliers and agricultural water suppliers.
(f) Promote urban water conservation standards that are consistent with the California Urban Water Conservation Council’s adopted best management practices and the requirements for demand management in Section 10631. (g) Establish standards that recognize and provide credit to water suppliers that made substantial capital investments in urban water conservation since the drought of the early 1990s. (h) Recognize and account for the investment of urban retail water suppliers in providing recycled water for beneficial uses.
(i) Require implementation of specified efficient water management practices for agricultural water suppliers. (j) Support the economic productivity of California’s agricultural, commercial, and industrial sectors. (k) Advance regional water resources management.
(Added by Stats. 2009, 7th Ex. Sess., Ch. 4, Sec. 1. (SB 7 7x) Effective February 3, 2010.) &,d7;/M/IA~~ 7 LEGISLATIVE INFORMATION
Home Bill Information California Law Publications Other Resources My Subscriptions My Favorites 10608.8
(a) (1) Water use efficiency measures adopted and implemented pursuant to this part or Part 2.8 (commencing with Section 10800) are water conservation measures subject to the protections provided under Section 1011. (2) Because an urban agency is not required to meet its urban water use target until 2020 pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 10608.24, an urban retail water supplier’s failure to meet those targets shall not establish a violation of law for purposes of any state administrative or judicial proceeding prior to January 1, 2021.
Nothing in this paragraph limits the use of data reported to the department or the board in litigation or an administrative proceeding. This paragraph shall become inoperative on January 1, 2021. (3) Tothe extent feasible, the department and the board shall provide for the use of water conservation reports required under this part to meet the requirements of Section 1011 for water conservation reporting. (b) This part does not limit or otherwise affect the application of Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 11340), Chapter 4 (commencing with Section 11370), Chapter 4.5 (commencing with Section 11400), and Chapter 5 (commencing with Section 11500) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code. (c) This part does not require a reduction in the total water used in the agricultural or urban sectors, because other factors, including, but not limited to, changes in agricultural economics or population growth may have greater effects on water use. This part does not limit the economic productivity of California’s agricultural, commercial, or industrial sectors.
(d) The requirements of this part do not apply to an agricultural water supplier that is a party to the Quantification Settlement Agreement, as defined in subdivision (a) of Section 1 of Chapter 617 of the Statutes of 2002, during the period within which the Quantification Settlement Agreement remains in effect. After the expiration of the Quantification Settlement Agreement, to the extent conservation water projects implemented as part of the Quantification Settlement Agreement remain in effect, the conserved water created as part of those projects shall be credited against the obligations of the agricultural water supplier pursuant to this part. (Added by Stats. 2009, 7th Ex. Sess., Ch. 4, Sec. 1. (SB 7 7x) Effective February 3, 2010.) &,d7;/M/IA~~ 7 LEGISLATIVE INFORMATION
Home Bill Information California Law Publications Other Resources My Subscriptions My Favorites Home
~~kvnf:a~ l LEGI LATIVE I FORMAT I
Bill Information California Law Publications Other Resources My Subscriptions My Favorites
WATER CODE - WAT
DIVISION 6. CONSERVATION, DEVELOPMENT, AND UTILIZATION OF STATE WATER RESOURCES [10000-12999] ( Heading of Division 6 amended by Stats. 1957, Ch. 1932. ) PART 2.55. SUSTAINABLE WATER USE AND DEMAND REDUCTION [10608 -10609.42] ( Part 2.55 added by Stats. 2009, 7th Ex. Sess., Ch. 4, Sec. 1. )
CHAPTER 9. Urban Water Use Objectives and Water Use Reporting [10609 -10609.38] ( Chapter 9 added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 15, Sec. 7. )
10609. (a) The Legislature finds and declares that this chapter establishes a method to estimate the aggregate amount of water that would have been delivered the previous year by an urban retail water supplier if all that water had been used efficiently. This estimated aggregate water use is the urban retail water supplier's urban water use objective. The method is based on water use efficiency standards and local service area characteristics for that year. By comparing the amount of water actually used in the previous year with the urban water use objective, local urban water suppliers will be in a better position to help eliminate unnecessary use of water; that is, water used in excess of that needed to accomplish the intended beneficial use. (b) The Legislature further finds and declares all of the following :
(1) This chapter establishes standards and practices for the following water uses:
(A) Indoor residential use.
(B) Outdoor residential use.
(C) CII water use.
(D) Water losses.
(E) Other unique local uses and situations that can have a material effect on an urban water supplier's total water use.
(2) This chapter further does all of the following:
(A) Establishes a method to calculate each urban water use objective. (B) Considers recycled water quality in establishing efficient irrigation standards. (C) Requires the department to provide or otherwise identify data regarding the unique local conditions to support the calculation of an urban water use objective.
(D) Provides for the use of alternative sources of data if alternative sources are shown to be as accurate as, or more accurate than, the data provided by the department. (E) Requires annual reporting of the previous year's water use with the urban water use objective. (F) Provides a bonus incentive for the amount of potable recycled water used the previous year when comparing the previous year's water use with the urban water use objective, of up to 10 percent of the urban water use objective.
(3) This chapter requires the department and the board to solicit broad public participation from stakeholders and other interested persons in the development of the standards and the adoption of regulations pursuant to this chapter.
( 4) This chapter preserves the Legislature's authority over long-term water use efficiency target setting and ensures appropriate legislative oversight of the implementation of this chapter by doing all of the following :
(A) Requiring the Legislative Analyst to conduct a review of the implementation of this chapter, including compliance with the adopted standards and regulations, accuracy of the data, use of alternate data, and other issues the Legislative Analyst deems appropriate.
(B) Stating legislative intent that the director of the department and the chairperson of the board appear before the appropriate Senate and Assembly policy committees to report on progress in implementing this chapter. (C) Providing one-time-only authority to the department and board to adopt water use efficiency standards, except as explicitly provided in this chapter. Authorization to update the standards shall require separate legislation. (c) It is the intent of the Legislature that the following principles apply to the development and implementation of long-term standards and urban water use objectives :
(1) Local urban retail water suppliers should have primary responsibility for meeting standards-based water use targets, and they shall retain the flexibility to develop their water supply portfolios, design and implement water conservation strategies, educate their customers, and enforce their rules. (2) Long-term standards and urban water use objectives should advance the state's goals to mitigate and adapt to climate change.
(3) Long-term standards and urban water use objectives should acknowledge the shade, air quality, and heat-island reduction benefits provided to communities by trees through the support of water-efficient irrigation practices that keep trees healthy.
(4) The state should identify opportunities for streamlined reporting, eliminate redundant data submissions, and incentivize open access to data collected by urban and agricultural water suppliers. (Amended by Stats. 2019, Ch. 497, Sec. 287. (AB 991) Effective January 1, 2020.) 10609.2. (a) The board, in coordination with the department, shall adopt long-term standards for the efficient use of water pursuant to this chapter on or before June 30, 2022. (b) Standards shall be adopted for all of the following :
(1) Outdoor residential water use.
(2) Outdoor irrigation of landscape areas with dedicated irrigation meters in connection with CII water use. (3) A volume for water loss.
(c) When adopting the standards under this section, the board shall consider the policies of this chapter and the proposed efficiency standards' effects on local wastewater management, developed and natural parklands, and urban tree health. The standards and potential effects shall be identified by May 30, 2022. The board shall allow for public comment on potential effects identified by the board under this subdivision. (d) The long-term standards shall be set at a level designed so that the water use objectives, together with other demands excluded from the long-term standards such as CII indoor water use and CII outdoor water use not connected to a dedicated landscape meter, would exceed the statewide conservation targets required pursuant to Chapter 3 (commencing with Section 10608.16).
(e) The board, in coordination with the department, shall adopt by regulation variances recommended by the department pursuant to Section 10609.14 and guidelines and methodologies pertaining to the calculation of an urban retail water supplier's urban water use objective recommended by the department pursuant to Section 10609.16.
(Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 15, Sec. 7. (AB 1668) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10609.4. (a) (1) Until January 1, 2025, the standard for indoor residential water use shall be 55 gallons per capita daily.
(2) Beginning January 1, 2025, and until January 1, 2030, the standard for indoor residential water use shall be the greater of 52.5 gallons per capita daily or a standard recommended pursuant to subdivision (b). (3) Beginning January 1, 2030, the standard for indoor residential water use shall be the greater of 50 gallons per capita daily or a standard recommended pursuant to subdivision (b). (b) (1) The department, in coordination with the board, shall conduct necessary studies and investigations and may jointly recommend to the Legislature a standard for indoor residential water use that more appropriately reflects best practices for indoor residential water use than the standard described in subdivision (a). A report on the results of the studies and investigations shall be made to the chairpersons of the relevant policy committees of each house of the Legislature by January 1, 2021, and shall include information necessary to support the recommended standard, if there is one. The studies and investigations shall also include an analysis of the benefits and impacts of how the changing standard for indoor residential water use will impact water and wastewater management, including potable water usage, wastewater, recycling and reuse systems, infrastructure, operations, and supplies.
(2) The studies, investigations, and report described in paragraph (1) shall include collaboration with, and input from, a broad group of stakeholders, including, but not limited to, environmental groups, experts in indoor plumbing, and water, wastewater, and recycled water agencies. (Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 15, Sec. 7. (AB 1668) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10609.6. (a) (1) The department, in coordination with the board, shall conduct necessary studies and investigations and recommend, no later than October 1, 2021, standards for outdoor residential use for adoption by the board in accordance with this chapter.
(2) (A) The standards shall incorporate the principles of the model water efficient landscape ordinance adopted by the department pursuant to the Water Conservation in Landscaping Act (Article 10.8 (commencing with Section 65591) of Chapter 3 of Division 1 of Title 7 of the Government Code). (B) The standards shall apply to irrigable lands.
(C) The standards shall include provisions for swimming pools, spas, and other water features. Ornamental water features that are artificially supplied with water, including ponds, lakes, waterfalls, and fountains, shall be analyzed separately from swimming pools and spas.
(b) The department shall, by January 1, 2021, provide each urban retail water supplier with data regarding the area of residential irrigable lands in a manner that can reasonably be applied to the standards adopted pursuant to this section.
(c) The department shall not recommend standards pursuant to this section until it has conducted pilot projects or studies, or some combination of the two, to ensure that the data provided to local agencies are reasonably accurate for the data's intended uses, taking into consideration California's diverse landscapes and community characteristics.
(Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 15, Sec. 7. (AB 1668) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10609.8. (a) The department, in coordination with the board, shall conduct necessary studies and investigations and recommend, no later than October 1, 2021, standards for outdoor irrigation of landscape areas with dedicated irrigation meters or other means of calculating outdoor irrigation use in connection with CII water use for adoption by the board in accordance with this chapter.
(b) The standards shall incorporate the principles of the model water efficient landscape ordinance adopted by the department pursuant to the Water Conservation in Landscaping Act (Article 10.8 (commencing with Section 65591) of Chapter 3 of Division 1 of Title 7 of the Government Code). (c) The standards shall include an exclusion for water for commercial agricultural use meeting the definition of subdivision (b) of Section 51201 of the Government Code. (Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 15, Sec. 7. (AB 1668) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10609.9. For purposes of Sections 10609.6 and 10609.8, "principles of the model water efficient landscape ordinance" means those provisions of the model water efficient landscape ordinance applicable to the establishment or determination of the amount of water necessary to efficiently irrigate both new and existing landscapes. These provisions include, but are not limited to, all of the following :
(a) Evapotranspiration adjustment factors, as applicable. (b) Landscape area.
(c) Maximum applied water allowance.
( d) Reference evapotranspiration.
(e) Special landscape areas, including provisions governing evapotranspiration adjustment factors for different types of water used for irrigating the landscape.
(Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 15, Sec. 7. (AB 1668) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10609.10. (a) The department, in coordination with the board, shall conduct necessary studies and investigations and recommend, no later than October 1, 2021, performance measures for CII water use for adoption by the board in accordance with this chapter.
(b) Prior to recommending performance measures for CII water use, the department shall solicit broad public participation from stakeholders and other interested persons relating to all of the following:
(1) Recommendations for a CII water use classification system for California that address significant uses of water. (2) Recommendations for setting minimum size thresholds for converting mixed CII meters to dedicated irrigation meters, and evaluation of, and recommendations for, technologies that could be used in lieu of requiring dedicated irrigation meters.
(3) Recommendations for CII water use best management practices, which may include, but are not limited to, water audits and water management plans for those CII customers that exceed a recommended size, volume of water use, or other threshold.
(c) Recommendations of appropriate performance measures for CII water use shall be consistent with the October 21, 2013, report to the Legislature by the Commercial, Industrial, and Institutional Task Force entitled "Water Use Best Management Practices," including the technical and financial feasibility recommendations provided in that report, and shall support the economic productivity of California's commercial, industrial, and institutional sectors. (d) (1) The board, in coordination with the department, shall adopt performance measures for CII water use on or before June 30, 2022.
(2) Each urban retail water supplier shall implement the performance measures adopted by the board pursuant to paragraph (1).
(Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 15, Sec. 7. (AB 1668) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10609.12. The standards for water loss for urban retail water suppliers shall be the standards adopted by the board pursuant to subdivision (i) of Section 10608.34.
(Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 15, Sec. 7. (AB 1668) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10609.14. (a) The department, in coordination with the board, shall conduct necessary studies and investigations and, no later than October 1, 2021, recommend for adoption by the board in accordance with this chapter appropriate variances for unique uses that can have a material effect on an urban retail water supplier's urban water use objective.
(b) Appropriate variances may include, but are not limited to, allowances for the following:
(1) Significant use of evaporative coolers.
(2) Significant populations of horses and other livestock. (3) Significant fluctuations in seasonal populations.
(4) Significant landscaped areas irrigated with recycled water having high levels of total dissolved solids. (5) Significant use of water for soil compaction and dust control. (6) Significant use of water to supplement ponds and lakes to sustain wildlife. (7) Significant use of water to irrigate vegetation for fire protection. (8) Significant use of water for commercial or noncommercial agricultural use. (c) The department, in recommending variances for adoption by the board, shall also recommend a threshold of significance for each recommended variance.
(d) Before including any specific variance in calculating an urban retail water supplier's water use objective, the urban retail water supplier shall request and receive approval by the board for the inclusion of that variance. (e) The board shall post on its Internet Web site all of the following :
(1) A list of all urban retail water suppliers with approved variances. (2) The specific variance or variances approved for each urban retail water supplier. (3) The data supporting approval of each variance.
(Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 15, Sec. 7. (AB 1668) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10609.15. To help streamline water data reporting, the department and the board shall do all of the following :
(a) Identify urban water reporting requirements shared by both agencies, and post on each agency's Internet Web site how the data is used for planning, regulatory, or other purposes. (b) Analyze opportunities for more efficient publication of urban water reporting requirements within each agency, and analyze how each agency can integrate various data sets in a publicly accessible location, identify priority actions, and implement priority actions identified in the analysis. (c) Make appropriate data pertaining to the urban water reporting requirements that are collected by either agency available to the public according to the principles and requirements of the Open and Transparent Water Data Act (Part 4.9 (commencing with Section 12400)).
(Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 15, Sec. 7. (AB 1668) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10609.16. The department, in coordination with the board, shall conduct necessary studies and investigations and recommend, no later than October 1, 2021, guidelines and methodologies for the board to adopt that identify how an urban retail water supplier calculates its urban water use objective. The guidelines and methodologies shall address, as necessary, all of the following:
(a) Determining the irrigable lands within the urban retail water supplier's service area. (b) Updating and revising methodologies described pursuant to subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (h) of Section 10608.20, as appropriate, including methodologies for calculating the population in an urban retail water supplier's service area.
(c) Using landscape area data provided by the department or alternative data. (d) Incorporating precipitation data and climate data into estimates of a urban retail water supplier's outdoor irrigation budget for its urban water use objective.
(e) Estimating changes in outdoor landscape area and population, and calculating the urban water use objective, for years when updated landscape imagery is not available from the department. (f) Determining acceptable levels of accuracy for the supporting data, the urban water use objective, and compliance with the urban water use objective.
(Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 15, Sec. 7. (AB 1668) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10609.18. The department and the board shall solicit broad public participation from stakeholders and other interested persons in the development of the standards and the adoption of regulations pursuant to this chapter.
The board shall hold at least one public meeting before taking any action on any standard or variance recommended by the department.
(Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 15, Sec. 7. (AB 1668) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10609.20. (a) Each urban retail water supplier shall calculate its urban water use objective no later than January 1, 2024, and by January 1 every year thereafter.
(b) The calculation shall be based on the urban retail water supplier's water use conditions for the previous calendar or fiscal year.
(c) Each urban water supplier's urban water use objective shall be composed of the sum of the following:
(1) Aggregate estimated efficient indoor residential water use. (2) Aggregate estimated efficient outdoor residential water use. (3) Aggregate estimated efficient outdoor irrigation of landscape areas with dedicated irrigation meters or equivalent technology in connection with CII water use. ( 4) Aggregate estimated efficient water losses.
(5) Aggregate estimated water use in accordance with variances, as appropriate. (d) (1) An urban retail water supplier that delivers water from a groundwater basin, reservoir, or other source that is augmented by potable reuse water may adjust its urban water use objective by a bonus incentive calculated pursuant to this subdivision.
(2) The water use objective bonus incentive shall be the volume of its potable reuse delivered to residential water users and to landscape areas with dedicated irrigation meters in connection with CII water use, on an acre-foot basis.
(3) The bonus incentive pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be limited in accordance with one of the following:
(A) The bonus incentive shall not exceed 15 percent of the urban water supplier's water use objective for any potable reuse water produced at an existing facility.
(B) The bonus incentive shall not exceed 10 percent of the urban water supplier's water use objective for any potable reuse water produced at any facility that is not an existing facility. (4) For purposes of this subdivision, "existing facility" means a facility that meets all of the following :
(A) The facility has a certified environmental impact report, mitigated negative declaration, or negative declaration on or before January 1, 2019.
(B) The facility begins producing and delivering potable reuse water on or before January 1, 2022. (C) The facility uses microfiltration and reverse osmosis technologies to produce the potable reuse water. (e) (1) The calculation of the urban water use objective shall be made using landscape area and other data provided by the department and pursuant to the standards, guidelines, and methodologies adopted by the board.
The department shall provide data to the urban water supplier at a level of detail sufficient to allow the urban water supplier to verify its accuracy at the parcel level.
(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), an urban retail water supplier may use alternative data in calculating the urban water use objective if the supplier demonstrates to the department that the alternative data are equivalent, or superior, in quality and accuracy to the data provided by the department. The department may provide technical assistance to an urban retail water supplier in evaluating whether the alternative data are appropriate for use in calculating the supplier's urban water use objective.
(Amended by Stats. 2019, Ch. 239, Sec. 2. (AB 1414) Effective January 1, 2020.) 10609.21 . (a) For purposes of Section 10609.20, and notwithstanding paragraph (4) of subdivision (d) of Section 10609.20, "existing facility" also includes the North City Project, phase one of the Pure Water San Diego Program, for which an environmental impact report was certified on April 10, 2018. (b) This section shall become operative on January 1, 2019. (Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 453, Sec. 4. (SB 875) Effective September 17, 2018. Section operative January 1, 2019, by its own provisions.)
10609.22. (a) An urban retail water supplier shall calculate its actual urban water use no later than January 1, 2024, and by January 1 every year thereafter.
(b) The calculation shall be based on the urban retail water supplier's water use for the previous calendar or fiscal year.
(c) Each urban water supplier's urban water use shall be composed of the sum of the following :
(1) Aggregate residential water use.
(2) Aggregate outdoor irrigation of landscape areas with dedicated irrigation meters in connection with CII water use.
(3) Aggregate water losses.
(Amended by Stats. 2019, Ch. 239, Sec. 3. (AB 1414) Effective January 1, 2020.) 10609.24. (a) An urban retail water supplier shall submit a report to the department no later than January 1, 2024, and by January 1 every year thereafter. The report shall include all of the following :
(1) The urban water use objective calculated pursuant to Section 10609.20 along with relevant supporting data. (2) The actual urban water use calculated pursuant to Section 10609.22 along with relevant supporting data. (3) Documentation of the implementation of the performance measures for CII water use. ( 4) A description of the progress made towards meeting the urban water use objective. (5) The validated water loss audit report conducted pursuant to Section 10608.34. (b) The department shall post the reports and information on its internet website. (c) The board may issue an information order or conservation order to, or impose civil liability on, an entity or individual for failure to submit a report required by this section. (Amended by Stats. 2019, Ch. 239, Sec. 4. (AB 1414) Effective January 1, 2020.) 10609.25. As part of the first report submitted to the department by an urban retail water supplier no later than January 1, 2024, pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 10609.24, each urban retail water supplier shall provide a narrative that describes the water demand management measures that the supplier plans to implement to achieve its urban water use objective by January 1, 2027.
(Added by Stats. 2019, Ch. 239, Sec. 5. (AB 1414) Effective January 1, 2020.) 10609.26. (a) (1) On and after January 1, 2024, the board may issue informational orders pertaining to water production, water use, and water conservation to an urban retail water supplier that does not meet its urban water use objective required by this chapter. Informational orders are intended to obtain information on supplier activities, water production, and conservation efforts in order to identify technical assistance needs and assist urban water suppliers in meeting their urban water use objectives. (2) In determining whether to issue an informational order, the board shall consider the degree to which the urban retail water supplier is not meeting its urban water use objective, information provided in the report required by Section 10609.24, and actions the urban retail water supplier has implemented or will implement in order to help meet the urban water use objective.
(3) The board shall share information received pursuant to this subdivision with the department. ( 4) An urban water supplier may request technical assistance from the department. The technical assistance may, to the extent available, include guidance documents, tools, and data. (b) On and after January 1, 2025, the board may issue a written notice to an urban retail water supplier that does not meet its urban water use objective required by this chapter. The written notice may warn the urban retail water supplier that it is not meeting its urban water use objective described in Section 10609.20 and is not making adequate progress in meeting the urban water use objective, and may request that the urban retail water supplier address areas of concern in its next annual report required by Section 10609.24. In deciding whether to issue a written notice, the board may consider whether the urban retail water supplier has received an informational order, the degree to which the urban retail water supplier is not meeting its urban water use objective, information provided in the report required by Section 10609.24, and actions the urban retail water supplier has implemented or will implement in order to help meet its urban water use objective. (c) (1) On and after January 1, 2026, the board may issue a conservation order to an urban retail water supplier that does not meet its urban water use objective. A conservation order may consist of, but is not limited to, referral to the department for technical assistance, requirements for education and outreach, requirements for local enforcement, and other efforts to assist urban retail water suppliers in meeting their urban water use objective. (2) In issuing a conservation order, the board shall identify specific deficiencies in an urban retail water supplier's progress towards meeting its urban water use objective, and identify specific actions to address the deficiencies. (3) The board may request that the department provide an urban retail water supplier with technical assistance to support the urban retail water supplier's actions to remedy the deficiencies. (d) A conservation order issued in accordance with this chapter may include requiring actions intended to increase water-use efficiency, but shall not curtail or otherwise limit the exercise of a water right, nor shall it require the imposition of civil liability pursuant to Section 377.
(Amended by Stats. 2019, Ch. 239, Sec. 6. (AB 1414) Effective January 1, 2020.) 10609.27. Notwithstanding Section 10609.26, the board shall not issue an information order, written notice, or conservation order pursuant to Section 10609.26 if both of the following conditions are met:
(a) The board determines that the urban retail water supplier is not meeting its urban water use objective solely because the volume of water loss exceeds the urban retail water supplier's standard for water loss. (b) Pursuant to Section 10608.34, the board is taking enforcement action against the urban retail water supplier for not meeting the performance standards for the volume of water losses. (Added by Stats. 2019, Ch. 203, Sec. 1. (SB 134) Effective January 1, 2020.) 10609.28. The board may issue a regulation or informational order requiring a wholesale water supplier, an urban retail water supplier, or a distributor of a public water supply, as that term is used in Section 350, to provide a monthly report relating to water production, water use, or water conservation. (Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 12. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10609.30. On or before January 10, 2024, the Legislative Analyst shall provide to the appropriate policy committees of both houses of the Legislature and the public a report evaluating the implementation of the water use efficiency standards and water use reporting pursuant to this chapter. The board and the department shall provide the Legislative Analyst with the available data to complete this report. (a) The report shall describe all of the following :
(1) The rate at which urban retail water users are complying with the standards, and factors that might facilitate or impede their compliance.
(2) The accuracy of the data and estimates being used to calculate urban water use objectives. (3) Indications of the economic impacts, if any, of the implementation of this chapter on urban water suppliers and urban water users, including CII water users.
(4) The frequency of use of the bonus incentive, the volume of water associated with the bonus incentive, value to urban water suppliers of the bonus incentive, and any implications of the use of the bonus incentive on water use efficiency.
(5) The early indications of how implementing this chapter might impact the efficiency of statewide urban water use.
(6) Recommendations, if any, for improving statewide urban water use efficiency and the standards and practices described in this chapter.
(7) Any other issues the Legislative Analyst deems appropriate. (Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 13. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10609.32. It is the intent of the Legislature that the chairperson of the board and the director of the department appear before the appropriate policy committees of both houses of the Legislature on or around January 1, 2026, and report on the implementation of the water use efficiency standards and water use reporting pursuant to this chapter. It is the intent of the Legislature that the topics to be covered include all of the following :
(a) The rate at which urban retail water suppliers are complying with the standards, and factors that might facilitate or impede their compl iance.
(b) What enforcement actions have been taken, if any.
(c) The accuracy of the data and estimates being used to calculate urban water use objectives. (d) Indications of t he economic impacts, if any, of the implementation of this chapter on urban water suppliers and urban water users, including CII water users.
(e) The frequency of use of the bonus incentive, the volume of water associated with the bonus incentive, value to urban water suppliers of the bonus incentive, and any implications of the use of the bonus incentive on water use efficiency.
(f) An assessment of how implementing this chapter is affecting the efficiency of statewide urban water use. (Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 14. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10609.34. Notwithstanding Section 15300.2 of Title 14 of the California Code of Regulations, an action of the board taken under this chapter shall be deemed to be a Class 8 action, within the meaning of Section 15308 of Title 14 of the California Code of Regulations, provided that the action does not involve relaxation of existing water conservation or water use standards.
(Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 15. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10609.36. (a) Nothing in this chapter shall be construed to determine or alter water rights. Sections 1010 and 1011 apply to water conserved through implementation of this chapter. (b) Nothing in this chapter shall be construed to authorize the board to update or revise water use efficiency standards authorized by this chapter except as explicitly provided in this chapter. Authorization to update the standards beyond that explicitly provided in this chapter shall require separate legislation. (c) Nothing in this chapter shall be construed to limit or otherwise affect the use of recycled water as seawater barriers for groundwater salinity management.
(Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 16. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10609.38. The board may waive the requirements of this chapter for a period of up to five years for any urban retail water supplier whose water deliveries are significantly affected by changes in water use as a result of damage from a disaster such as an earthquake or fire. In establishing the period of a waiver, the board shall take into consideration the breadth of the damage and the time necessary for the damaged areas to recover from the disaster.
(Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 17. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 2019.) DIVISION 6. CONSERVATION, DEVELOPMENT, AND UTILIZATION OF STATE WATER RESOURCES [10000 - 12999] (Heading of Division 6 amended by Stats. 1957, Ch. 1932. ) PART 2.6. URBAN WATER MANAGEMENT PLANNING [10610 - 10657] ( Part 2.6 added by Stats. 1983, Ch. 1009, Sec.. ) CHAPTER 1. General Declaration and Policy [10610 - 10610.4] ( Chapter 1 added by Stats. 1983, Ch. 1009, Alec. 1. )
10610 This part shall be known and may be cited as the “Urban Water Management Planning Act.” (Added by Stats. 1983, Ch. 1009, Sec. 1.)
10610.2. (a) The Legislature finds and declares all of the following:
(1) The waters of the state are a limited and renewable resource subject to ever-increasing demands. (2) The conservation and efficient use of urban water supplies are of statewide concern; however, the planning for that use and the implementation of those plans can best be accomplished at the local level.
(3) A long-term, reliable supply of water is essential to protect the productivity of California’s businesses and economic climate, and increasing long-term water conservation among Californians, improving water use efficiency within the state’s communities and agricultural production, and strengthening local and regional drought planning are critical to California‘s resilience to drought and climate change.
(4) As part of its long-range planning activities, every urban water supplier should make every effort to ensure the appropriate level of reliability in its water service sufficient to meet the needs of its various categories of customers during normal, dry, and multiple dry water years now and into the foreseeable future, and every urban water supplier should collaborate closely with local land-use authorities to ensure water demand forecasts are consistent with current land-use planning. (5) Public health issues have been raised over a number of contaminants that have been identified in certain local and imported water supplies. (6) Implementing effective water management strategies, including groundwater storage projects and recycled water projects, may require specific water quality and salinity targets for meeting groundwater basins water quality objectives and promoting beneficial use of recycled water. (7) Water quality regulations are becoming an increasingly important factor in water agencies‘ selection of raw water sources, treatment alternatives, and modifications to existing treatment facilities.
(8) Changes in drinking water quality standards may also impact the usefulness of water supplies and may ultimately impact supply reliability.
(9) The quality of source supplies can have a significant impact on water management strategies and supply reliability.
(b) This part is intended to provide assistance to water agencies in carrying out their long-term resource planning responsibilities to ensure adequate water supplies to meet existing and future demands for water.
(Amended by Stats. 201B, Ch. 14, Sec. 18. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 201 9.) 10610.4 The Legislature finds and declares that it is the policy of the state as follows:
(a) The management of urban water demands and efficient use of water shall be actively pursued to protect both the people of the state and their water resources. <.,,,au 9'> ~ £ . / o }VJ//,«✓ ...
· LEGISLATIVE 11 FORMATIO
Home Bill Information California Law Publications Other Resources My Subscriptions My Favorijes CHAPTER 2. Definitions [10611 - 1 0618] ( Chapter 2 added by Stats. 1983, Ch. 1009, iec. 1. ) 10611. Unless the context otherwise requires, the definitions of this chapter govern the construction of this part. (Added by Stats. 1983, Ch. 1009, Sec. 1.)
10611.3 “Customer” means a purchaser of water from a water supplier who uses the water for municipal purposes, including residential, commercial, governmental, and industrial uses.
Added by renumbering Section 10612 by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 20. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10611.5 “Demand management” means those water conservation measures, programs, and incentives that prevent the waste of water and promote the reasonable and efficient use and reuse of available supplies.
(Amended by Stats. 1995, Ch. 854, Sec. 3. Effective January 1, 1996.) 10612 “Drought risk assessment” means a method that examines water shortage risks based on the driest five- year historic sequence for the agency’s water supply, as described in subdivision (b) of Section 10635.
(Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 21. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 201 9.) 10613. “Efficient use” means those management measures that result in the most effective use of water so as to prevent its waste or unreasonable use or unreasonable method of use. (Added by :3tats. 1983, Ch. 1009, Exec. 1.)
10614.
“Person” means any individual, firm, association, organization, partnership, business, trust, corporation, company, public agency, or any agency of such an entity. (Added by Stats. 1983, Ch. 1009, Sec. 1.)
10615. “Plan” means an urban water management plan prepared pursuant to this part. A plan shall describe and evaluate sources of supply, reasonable and practical efficient uses, reclamation and demand management activities. The components of the plan may vary according to an individual community or area’s characteristics and its capabilities to efficiently use and conserve water. The plan shall address measures for residential, commercial, governmental, and industrial water demand management as set forth in Article 2 (commencing with Section 10630) of Chapter 3. In addition, a strategy and time schedule for implementation shall be included in the plan.
(Amended by Stats. 1995, Ch. 854, Sec. 4. Effective January 1, 1996.) 10616. “Public agency” means any board, commission, county, city and county, city, regional agency, district, or other public entity.
(Added by Stats. 1983, Ch. 1009, Sec. 1.)
10616.5 “Recycled water” means the reclamation and reuse of wastewater for beneficial use. (Added by Stats. 1995, Ch. 854, Sec. 5. Effective January 1, 1996) 10617. “Urban water supplier” means a supplier, either publicly or privately owned, providing water for municipal purposes either directly or indirectly to more than 3,000 customers or supplying more than 3,000 acre-feet of water annually. An urban water supplier includes a supplier or contractor for water, regardless of the basis of right, which distributes or sells for ultimate resale to customers. This part applies only to water <.,,,au 9'> ~ £ . / o }VJ//,«✓ ...
· LEGISLATIVE 11 FORMATIO
Home Bill Information California Law Publications Other Resources My Subscriptions My Favorijes supplied from public water systems subject to Chapter 4 (commencing with Section 116275) of Part 12 of Division 104 of the Health and Safety Code.
(Amended by Stats. 1996, Ch. 1023, Sec. 428. Effective January 29, 1996.) 10617.5. “Water shortage contingency plan” means a document that incorporates the provisions detailed in subdivision (a) of Section 10632 and is subsequently adopted by an urban water supplier pursuant to this article.
(Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 22. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 2019) 10618 “Water supply and demand assessment” means a method that looks at current year and one or more dry year supplies and demands for determining water shortage risks, as described in Section 10632.1. (Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 23 (SB 606). Effective January 1, 2019) <.,,,au 9'> ~ £ . / o }VJ//,«✓ ...
· LEGISLATIVE 11 FORMATIO
Home Bill Information California Law Publications Other Resources My Subscriptions My Favorijes CHAPTER 3. Urban Water Management Plans [10620 - 10645] ( Chapter 3 added by Stabs. 1983, Ch. 1009, Sec. 1. )
ARTICLE 1. General Provisions [10620 - 1 0621] ( Article 1 added by Stats. 1 983, Ch. 1009, Sec. 1. ) 10620. (a) Every urban water supplier shall prepare and adopt an urban water management plan in the manner set forth in Article 3 (commencing with Section 10640). (b) Every person that becomes an urban water supplier shall adopt an urban water management plan within one year after it has become an urban water supplier. (c) An urban water supplier indirectly providing water shall not include planning elements in its water management plan as provided in Article 2 (commencing with Section 10630) that would be applicable to urban water suppliers or public agencies directly providing water, or to their customers, without the consent of those suppliers or public agencies. (d) (I) An urban water supplier may satisfy the requirements of this part by participation in areawide, regional, watershed, or basinwide urban water management planning where those plans will reduce preparation costs and contribute to the achievement of conservation, efficient water use, and improved local drought resilience.
(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), each urban water supplier shall develop its own water shortage contingency plan, but an urban water supplier may incorporate, collaborate, and otherwise share information with other urban water suppliers or other governing entities participating in an areawide, regional, watershed, or basinwide urban water management plan, an agricultural management plan, or groundwater sustainability plan development. (3) Each urban water supplier shall coordinate the preparation of its plan with other appropriate agencies in the area, including other water suppliers that share a common source, water management agencies, and relevant public agencies, to the extent practicable. (e) The urban water supplier may prepare the plan with its own staff, by contract, or in cooperation with other governmental agencies.
(f) An urban water supplier shall describe in the plan water management tools and options used by that entity that will maximize resources and minimize the need to import water from other regions.
(Amended by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 24. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10621 (a) Each urban water supplier shall update its plan at least once every five years on or before July 1, in years ending in six and one, incorporating updated and new information from the five years preceding each update.
(b) Every urban water supplier required to prepare a plan pursuant to this part shall, at least 60 days before the public hearing on the plan required by Section 10642, notify any city or county within which the supplier provides water supplies that the urban water supplier will be reviewing the plan and considering amendments or changes to the plan. The urban water supplier may consult with, and obtain comments from, any city or county that receives notice pursuant to this subdivision.
(c) An urban water supplier regulated by the Public Utilities Commission shall include its most recent plan and water shortage contingency plan as part of the supplier’s general rate case filings. (d) The amendments to, or changes in, the plan shall be adopted and filed in the manner set forth in Article 3 (commencing with Section 10640)
(e) Each urban water supplier shall update and submit its 2015 plan to the department by July1, 2016 <.,,,au 9'> ~ £ . / o }VJ//,«✓ ...
· LEGISLATIVE 11 FORMATIO
Home Bill Information California Law Publications Other Resources My Subscriptions My Favorijes (f) Each urban water supplier shall update and submit its 2020 plan to the department by July 1,2021 (Amended by Stats. 2019, Ch. 239, Sec. 7. (AB 1414) Effective January 1, 2020.) <.,,,au 9'> ~ £ . / o }VJ//,«✓ ...
· LEGISLATIVE 11 FORMATIO
Home Bill Information California Law Publications Other Resources My Subscriptions My Favorijes CHAPTER 3. Urban Water Management Plans [10620 - 10645] ( Chapter 3 added by Stats. 1983, Ch. 1009, Sec. 1. ) ARTICLE 2. Contents of Plans [10630 - 1 0634] ( Article 2 added by Stats. 1 983, Ch. 1009, Sec. 1. ) 10630 It is the intention of the Legislature, in enacting this part, to permit levels of water management planning commensurate with the numbers of customers served and the volume of water supplied, while accounting for impacts from climate change.
(Amended by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 26. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 201 9.) 10630.5 Each plan shall include a simple lay description of how much water the agency has on a reliable basis, how much it needs for the foreseeable future, what the agency’s strategy is for meeting its water needs, the challenges facing the agency, and any other information necessary to provide a general understanding of the agency’s plan.
(Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 27. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10631 A plan shall be adopted in accordance with this chapter that shall do all of the following:
(a) Describe the service area of the supplier, including current and projected population, climate, and other social, economic, and demographic factors affecting the supplier’s water management planning.
The projected population estimates shall be based upon data from the state, regional, or local service agency population projections within the service area of the urban water supplier and shall be in five-year increments to 20 years or as far as data is available. The description shall include the current and projected land uses within the existing or anticipated service area affecting the supplier’s water management planning. Urban water suppliers shall coordinate with local or regional land use authorities to determine the most appropriate land use information, including, where appropriate, land use information obtained from local or regional land use authorities, as developed pursuant to Article 5 (commencing with Section 65300) of Chapter 3 of Division 1 of Title 7 of the Government Code.
(b) Identify and quantify, to the extent practicable, the existing and planned sources of water available to the supplier over the same five-year increments described in subdivision (a), providing supporting and related information, including all of the following:
(1) A detailed discussion of anticipated supply availability under a normal water year, single dry year, and droughts lasting at least five years, as well as more frequent and severe periods of drought, as described in the drought risk assessment. For each source of water supply, consider any information pertinent to the reliability analysis conducted pursuant to Section 10635, including changes in supply due to climate change.
(2) When multiple sources of water supply are identified, a description of the management of each supply in correlation with the other identified supplies. (3) For any planned sources of water supply, a description of the measures that are being undertaken to acquire and develop those water supplies. (4) If groundwater is identified as an existing or planned source of water available to the supplier, all of the following information:
The current version of any groundwater sustainability plan or alternative adopted pursuant to Part 2.74 (commencing with Section 10720), any groundwater management plan adopted by the urban water supplier, including plans adopted pursuant to Part 2.75 (commencing with Section 10750), or any other specific authorization for groundwater management for basins underlying the urban water supplier’s service area.
<.,,,au 9'> ~ £ . / o }VJ//,«✓ ...
· LEGISLATIVE 11 FORMATIO
Home Bill Information California Law Publications Other Resources My Subscriptions My Favorijes (A) A description of any groundwater basin or basins from which the urban water supplier pumps groundwater. For basins that a court or the board has adjudicated the rights to pump groundwater, a copy of the order or decree adopted by the court or the board and a description of the amount of groundwater the urban water supplier has the legal right to pump under the order or decree. For a basin that has not been adjudicated, information as to whether the department has identified the basin as a high- or medium-priority basin in the most current official departmental bulletin that characterizes the condition of the groundwater basin, and a detailed description of the efforts being undertaken by the urban water supplier to coordinate with groundwater sustainability agencies or groundwater management agencies listed in subdivision (c) of Section 10723 to maintain or achieve sustainable groundwater conditions in accordance with a groundwater sustainability plan or alternative adopted pursuant to Part 2.74 (commencing with Section 10720). (B) A detailed description and analysis of the location, amount, and sufficiency of groundwater pumped by the urban water supplier for the past five years. The description and analysis shall be based on information that is reasonably available, including, but not limited to, historic use records.
(C) A detailed description and analysis of the amount and location of groundwater that is projected to be pumped by the urban water supplier. The description and analysis shall be based on information that is reasonably available, including, but not limited to, historic use records. (c) Describe the opportunities for exchanges or transfers of water on a short-term or long-termbasis. (d) (I) For an urban retail water supplier, quantify, to the extent records are available, past and current water use, over the same five-year increments described in subdivision (a), and projected water use, based upon information developed pursuant to subdivision (a), identifying the uses among water use sectors, including, but not necessarily limited to, all of the following:
(A) Single-family residential.
(B) Multifamily.
(C) Commercial.
(D) Industrial.
(E) Institutional and governmental.
(F) Landscape.
(G) Sales to other agencies.
(H) Saline water intrusion barriers, groundwater recharge, or conjunctive use, or any combination thereof. (I) Agricultural.
(J) Distribution system waterloss.
(2) The water use projections shall be in the same five-year increments described in subdivision (a). (3) (A) The distribution system water loss shall be quantified for each of the five years preceding the plan update, in accordance with rules adopted pursuant to Section 10608.34. (B) The distribution system water loss quantification shall be reported in accordance with a worksheet approved or developed by the department through a public process. The water loss quantification worksheet shall be based on the water system balance methodology developed by the American Water Works Association.
(C) In the plan due July 1, 2021, and in each update thereafter, data shall be included to show whether the urban retail water supplier met the distribution loss standards enacted by the board pursuant to Section 10608.34.
(4) (A) Water use projections, where available, shall display and account for the water savings estimated to result from adopted codes, standards, ordinances, or transportation and land use <.,,,au 9'> ~ £ . / o }VJ//,«✓ ...
· LEGISLATIVE 11 FORMATIO
Home Bill Information California Law Publications Other Resources My Subscriptions My Favorijes plans identified by the urban water supplier, as applicable to the service area. (B) To the extent that an urban water supplier reports the information described in subparagraph (A), an urban water supplier shall do both of the following:
(i) Provide citations of the various codes, standards, ordinances, or transportation and land use plans utilized in making the projections.
(ii) Indicate the extent that the water use projections consider savings from codes, standards, ordinances, or transportation and land use plans. Water use projections that do not account for these water savings shall be noted of that fact.
(e) Provide adescription ofthe supplier’s water demand management measures. This description shall include allof the following:
(1) (A)Foranurbanretailwater supplier, asdefined inSection10608.12, anarrative descriptionthataddresses thenature andextent ofeach water demand management measure implemented overthepastfiveyears.The narrative shall describe the water demand management measures that the supplier plans to implement to achieve its water use targets pursuant to Section 10608.20.
(B) For the supplement required of urban retail water suppliers by paragraph (2) of subdivision (f) of Section 10621, a narrative that describes the water demand management measures that the supplier plans to implement to achieve its urban water use objective by January 1, 2027, pursuant to Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 10609) of Part 2.55. (C) The narrative pursuant to this paragraph shall include descriptions of the following water demand management measures:
(i) Water waste prevention ordinances.
(ii) Metering.
(iii) Conservation pricing.
(iv) Public education and outreach.
(v) Programs to assess and manage distribution system real loss. (vi) Water conservation program coordination and staffing support. (vii) Other demand management measures that have a significant impact on water use as measured in gallons per
capita per day, including innovative measures, if implemented. (2) Foranurbanwholesale water supplier, asdefined inSection10608.12, anarrative description oftheitemsin clauses (ii),(iv),(vi),and (vii) of subparagraph (C) of paragraph (1), and a narrative description of its distribution system asset management and wholesale supplier assistance programs.
(f) Include a description of all water supply projects and water supply programs that may be undertaken by the urban water suppliertomeet thetotal projected water use, asestablished pursuant tosubdivision (a) ofSection 10635. The urban water supplier shall include a detailed description of expected future projects and programs that the urban water supplier may implement to increase theamount ofthewater supply available to theurban water supplierin normalandsingle-dry water yearsandforaperiodofdroughtlastingfiveconsecutive water years.The description shall identify specific projects and include a description of the increase in water supply that is expected to be available from each project. The description shall include an estimate with regard to the implementation timeline for each project or program. (g) Describe the opportunities for development of desalinated water, including, but not limited to, ocean water, brackish water, and groundwater, as a long-term supply. <.,,,au 9'> ~ £ . / o }VJ//,«✓ ...
· LEGISLATIVE 11 FORMATIO
Home Bill Information California Law Publications Other Resources My Subscriptions My Favorijes (h) Anurbanwater supplierthatrelies uponawholesale agency forasourceofwater shall provide thewholesale agency with water useprojections fromthat agency forthat source of waterinfive-yearincrements to 20 years or as far as data is available. The wholesale agency shall provide information to the urban water supplier for inclusion intheurban water supplier’s planthatidentifies andquantifies, totheextent practicable, theexisting andplanned sources of water as required by subdivision (b),available from the wholesale agency tothe urban water supplier overthesame five-yearincrements, and during various water-year types in accordance with subdivision (f).An urban water supplier may rely upon water supply information provided by the wholesale agency in fulfilling the plan informational requirements of subdivisions (b) and (f).
(Amended by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 28. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10631 1 (a) The water use projections required by Section 10631 shall include projected water use for single- family and multifamily residential housing needed for lower income households, as defined in Section 50079.5 of the Health and Safety Code, as identified in the housing element of any city, county, or city and county in the service area of the supplier.
(b) It is the intent of the Legislature that the identification of projected water use for single-family and multifamily residential housing for lower income households will assist a supplier in complying with the requirement under Section 65589.7 of the Government Code to grant a priority for the provision of service to housing units affordable to lower income households. (Added by Stats. 2005, Ch. 727, Sec. 2. Effective January 1, 2006.) 10631.2. (a) In addition to the requirements of Section 10631, an urban water management plan shall include any of the following information that the urban water supplier can readily obtain:
(1) An estimate of the amount of energy used to extract or divert water supplies. (2) An estimate of the amount of energy used to convey water supplies to the water treatment plants or distribution systems.
(3) An estimate of the amount of energy used to treat water supplies. (4) An estimate of the amount of energy used to distribute water supplies through its distribution systems.
(5) An estimate of the amount of energy used for treated water supplies in comparison to the amount used for nontreated water supplies.
(6) An estimate of the amount of energy used to place water into or withdraw from storage. (7) Any other energy-related information the urban water supplier deems appropriate. (b) The department shall include in its guidance for the preparation of urban water management plans a methodology for the voluntary calculation or estimation of the energy intensity of urban water systems. The department may consider studies and calculations conducted by the Public Utilities Commission in developing the methodology.
(c) The Legislature finds and declares that energy use is only one factor in water supply planning and shall not be considered independently of other factors. (Amended by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 29. (SB 606a Effective January 1, 2019.) 10632 (a) Every urban water supplier shall prepare and adopt a water shortage contingency plan as part of its urban water management plan that consists of each of the following elements:
(1) The analysis of water supply reliability conducted pursuant to Section 10635. (2) The procedures used in conducting an annual water supply and demand assessment <.,,,au 9'> ~ £ . / o }VJ//,«✓ ...
· LEGISLATIVE 11 FORMATIO
Home Bill Information California Law Publications Other Resources My Subscriptions My Favorijes that include, at a minimum, both of the following:
(A) The written decision making process that an urban water supplier will use each year to determine its water supply reliability.
(B) The key data inputs and assessment methodology used to evaluate the urban water supplier’s water supply reliability for the current year and one dry year, including all of the following:
(i) Current year unconstrained demand, considering weather, growth, and other influencing factors, such as policies to manage current supplies to meet demand objectives in future years, as applicable. (ii) Current year available supply, considering hydrological and regulatory conditions in the current year and one dry year. The annual supply and demand assessment may consider more than one dry year solely at the discretion of the urban water supplier. (iii) Existing infrastructure capabilities and plausible constraints. (iv) A defined set of locally applicable evaluation criteria that are consistently relied upon for each annual water supply and demand assessment.
(v) A description and quantification of each source of water supply. (3) (A) Six standard water shortage levels corresponding to progressive ranges of up to 10, 20, 30, 40, and 50 percent shortages and greater than 50 percent shortage. Urban water suppliers shall define these shortage levels based on the suppliers’ water supply conditions, including percentage reductions in water supply, changes in groundwater levels, changes in surface elevation or level of subsidence, or other changes in hydrological or other local conditions indicative of the water supply available for use. Shortage levels shall also apply to catastrophic interruption of water supplies, including, but not limited to, a regional power outage, an earthquake, and other potential emergency events.
(B) An urban water supplier with an existing water shortage contingency plan that uses different water shortage levels may comply with the requirement in subparagraph (A) by developing and including a cross-reference relating its existing categories to the six standard water shortage levels. (4) Shortage response actions that align with the defined shortage levels and include, at a minimum, all of the following:
(A) Locally appropriate supply augmentation actions. Locally appropriate demand reduction actions to adequately respond to shortages.
(B) Locally appropriate operational changes.
(C) Additional, mandatory prohibitions against specific water use practices that are in addition to state-mandated prohibitions and appropriate to the local conditions. (D) For each action, an estimate of the extent to which the gap between supplies and demand will be reduced by implementation of the action.
(5) Communication protocols and procedures to inform customers, the public, interested parties, and local, regional, and state governments, regarding, at a minimum, all of the following:
(A) Any current or predicted shortages as determined by the annual water supply and demand assessment described pursuant to Section 10632.1. (B) Any shortage response actions triggered or anticipated to be triggered by the annual water supply and demand assessment described pursuant to Section 10632.1. (C) Any other relevant communications.
(6) For an urban retail water supplier, customer compliance, enforcement, appeal, and exemption <.,,,au 9'> ~ £ . / o }VJ//,«✓ ...
· LEGISLATIVE 11 FORMATIO
Home Bill Information California Law Publications Other Resources My Subscriptions My Favorijes procedures for triggered shortage response actions as determined pursuant to Section 10632.2. (7) (A) A description of the legal authorities that empower the urban water supplier to implement and enforce its shortage response actions specified in paragraph (4) that may include, but are not limited to, statutory authorities, ordinances, resolutions, and contract provisions.
(B) A statement that an urban water supplier shall declare a water shortage emergency in accordance with Chapter 3 (commencing with Section 350) of Division 1. (C) A statement that an urban water supplier shall coordinate with any city or county within which it provides water supply services for the possible proclamation of a local emergency, as defined in Section 8558 of the Government Code.
(8) A description of the financial consequences of, and responses for, drought conditions, including, but not limited to, all of the following:
(A) A description of potential revenue reductions and expense increases associated with activated shortage response actions described in paragraph (4). (B) A description of mitigation actions needed to address revenue reductions and expense increases associated with activated shortage response actions described in paragraph (4). (C) A description of the cost of compliance with Chapter 3.3 (commencing with Section 365) of Division 1. (9) For an urban retail water supplier, monitoring and reporting requirements and procedures that ensure appropriate data is collected, tracked, and analyzed for purposes of monitoring customer compliance and to meet state reporting requirements.
(10) Reevaluation and improvement procedures for systematically monitoring and evaluating the functionality of the water shortage contingency plan in order to ensure shortage risk tolerance is adequate and appropriate water shortage mitigation strategies are implemented as needed.
(b) For purposes of developing the water shortage contingency plan pursuant to subdivision (a), an urban water supplier shall analyze and define water features that are artificially supplied with water, including ponds, lakes, waterfalls, and fountains, separately from swimming pools and spas, as defined in subdivision (a) of Section 115921 of the Health and Safety Code. (c) The urban water supplier shall make available the water shortage contingency plan prepared pursuant to this article to its customers and any city or county within which it provides water supplies no later than 30 days after adoption of the water shortage contingency plan. (Repealed and added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 32. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10632.1 An urban water supplier shall conduct an annual water supply and demand assessment pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 10632 and, on or before June 1 of each year, submit an annual water shortage assessment report to the department with information for anticipated shortage, triggered shortage response actions, compliance and enforcement actions, and communication actions consistent with the supplier’s water shortage contingency plan. An urban water supplier that relies on imported water from the State Water Project or the Bureau of Reclamation shall submit its annual water supply and demand assessment within 14 days of receiving its final allocations, or by June 1 of each year, whichever is later. (Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 33. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10632.2. An urban water supplier shall follow, where feasible and appropriate, the prescribed procedures and implement determined shortage response actions in its water shortage contingency plan, as identified in subdivision
(a) of Section 10632, or reasonable alternative actions, provided that descriptions of the alternative actions are submitted with the annual water shortage assessment report pursuant to Section <.,,,au 9'> ~ £ . / o }VJ//,«✓ ...
· LEGISLATIVE 11 FORMATIO
Home Bill Information California Law Publications Other Resources My Subscriptions My Favorijes 10632.1. Nothing in this section prohibits an urban water supplier from taking actions not specified in its water shortage contingency plan, if needed, without having to formally amend its urban water management plan or water shortage contingency plan. (Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 34. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10632.3 It is the intent of the Legislature that, upon proclamation by the Governor of a state of emergency under the California Emergency Services Act (Chapter 7 (commencing with Section 8550) of Division 1 of Title 2 of the Government Code) based on drought conditions, the board defer to implementation of locally adopted water shortage contingency plans to the extent practicable. (Added by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 35. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10632.5 (a) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (3) of subdivision (a) of Section 10632, beginning January 1, 2020, the plan shall include a seismic risk assessment and mitigation plan to assess the vulnerability of each of the various facilities of a water system and mitigate those vulnerabilities. (b) An urban water supplier shall update the seismic risk assessment and mitigation plan when updating its urban water management plan as required by Section 10621. (c) An urban water supplier may comply with this section by submitting, pursuant to Section 10644, a copy of the most recent adopted local hazard mitigation plan or multihazard mitigation plan under the federal Disaster Mitigation Act of 2000 (Public Law 106-390) if the local hazard mitigation plan or multihazard mitigation plan addresses seismic risk. (Added by Stats. 2015, Ch. 681, Sec. 1. (SB 664a Effective January 1, 2OJ 6.g 10633 The plan shall provide, to the extent available, information on recycled water and its potential for use as a water source in the service area of the urban water supplier. The preparation of the plan shall be coordinated with local water, wastewater, groundwater, and planning agencies that operate within the supplier’s service area, and shall include all of the following:
(a) A description of the wastewater collection and treatment systems in the supplier’s service area, including a quantification of the amount of wastewater collected and treated and the methods of wastewater disposal.
(b) A description of the quantity of treated wastewater that meets recycled water standards, is being discharged, and is otherwise available for use in a recycled water project. (c) A description of the recycled water currently being used in the supplier‘s service area, including, but not limited to, the type, place, and quantity of use. (d) A description and quantification of the potential uses of recycled water, including, but not limited to, agricultural irrigation, landscape irrigation, wildlife habitat enhancement, wetlands, industrial reuse, groundwater recharge, indirect potable reuse, and other appropriate uses, and a determination with regard to the technical and economic feasibility of serving those uses. (e) The projected use of recycled water within the supplier’s service area at the end of 5, 10, 15, and 20 years, and a description of the actual use of recycled water in comparison to uses previously projected pursuant to this subdivision.
(f) A description of actions, including financial incentives, which may be taken to encourage the use of recycled water, and the projected results of these actions in terms of acre-feet of recycled water used per year.
(g) A plan for optimizing the use of recycled water in the supplier’s service area, including actions to facilitate the installation of dual distribution systems, to promote recirculating uses, to facilitate the increased use of treated wastewater that meets recycled water standards, and to overcome any obstacles to achieving that increased use.
<.,,,au 9'> ~ £ . / o }VJ//,«✓ ...
· LEGISLATIVE 11 FORMATIO
Home Bill Information California Law Publications Other Resources My Subscriptions My Favorijes (Amended by Stats. 2009, Ch. 534, Sec. 2. (AB 1465) Effective January 1, 2010.) 10634 The plan shall include information, to the extent practicable, relating to the quality of existing sources of water available to the supplier over the same five-year increments as described in subdivision (a) of Section 10631, and the manner in which water quality affects water management strategies and supply reliability.
(Added by Stats. 2001, Ch. 644, Sec. 3. Effective January 1, 2002.) <.,,,au 9'> ~ £ . / o }VJ//,«✓ ...
· LEGISLATIVE 11 FORMATIO
Home Bill Information California Law Publications Other Resources My Subscriptions My Favorijes CHAPTER 3. Urban Water Management Plans [10620 - 10645] ( Chapter 3 added by Stabs. 1983, Ch. 1009, Sec. 1. )
ARTICLE 2.5. Water Service Reliability [10635- 10635.] ( Article 2.5 added by Stats. 1995, Ch. 854, Sec. 11. ) 10635. (a) Every urban water supplier shall include, as part of its urban water management plan, an assessment of the reliability of its water service to its customers during normal, dry, and multiple dry water years. This water supply and demand assessment shall compare the total water supply sources available to the water supplier with the long-term total projected water use over the next 20 years, in fiveyear increments, for a normal water year, a single dry water year, and a drought lasting five consecutive water years. The water service reliability assessment shall be based upon the information compiled pursuant to Section 10631, including available data from state, regional, or local agency population projections within the service area of the urban water supplier. (b) Every urban water supplier shall include, as part of its urban water management plan, a drought risk assessment for its water service to its customers as part of information considered in developing the demand management measures and water supply projects and programs to be included in the urban water management plan. The urban water supplier may conduct an interim update or updates to this drought risk assessment within the five-year cycle of its urban water management plan update. The drought risk assessment shall include each of the following:
(1) A description of the data, methodology, and basis for one or more supply shortage conditions that are necessary to conduct a drought risk assessment for a drought period that lasts five consecutive water years, starting from the year following when the assessment is conducted.
(2) A determination of the reliability of each source of supply under a variety of water shortage conditions. This may include a determination that a particular source of water supply is fully reliable under most, if not all, conditions. (3) A comparison of the total water supply sources available to the water supplier with the total projected water use for the drought period.
(4) Considerations of the historical drought hydrology, plausible changes on projected supplies and demands under climate change conditions, anticipated regulatory changes, and other locally applicable criteria.
(c) The urban water supplier shall provide that portion of its urban water management plan prepared pursuant to this article to any city or county within which it provides water supplies no later than 60 days after the submission of its urban water management plan. (d) Nothing in this article is intended to create a right or entitlement to water service or any specific level of water service.
(e) Nothing in this article is intended to change existing law concerning an urban water supplier’s obligation to provide water service to its existing customers or to any potential future customers
(Amended by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 36. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 2019.) <.,,,au 9'> ~ £ . / o }VJ//,«✓ ...
· LEGISLATIVE 11 FORMATIO
Home Bill Information California Law Publications Other Resources My Subscriptions My Favorijes CHAPTER 3. Urban Water Management Plans [10620 - 10645] ( Chapter 3 added by Stabs. 1983, Ch. 1009, Sec. 1. )
ARTICLE 3. Adoption and Implementation of Plans [1 0640 - 10645] Article 3 added by Stats. 1983, Ch. 1009, Sec. 1.)
10640. (a) Every urban water supplier required to prepare a plan pursuant to this part shall prepare its plan pursuant to Article 2 (commencing with Section 10630). The supplier shall likewise periodically review the plan as required by Section 10621, and any amendments or changes required as a result of that review shall be adopted pursuant to this article.
(b) Every urban water supplier required to prepare a water shortage contingency plan shall prepare a water shortage contingency plan pursuant to Section 10632. The supplier shall likewise periodically review the water shortage contingency plan as required by paragraph (10) of subdivision (a) of Section 10632 and any amendments or changes required as a result of that review shall be adopted pursuant to this article.
(Amended by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 37. (SB 606a Effective January 1, 2OJ 9.g 10641 An urban water supplier required to prepare a plan or a water shortage contingency plan may consult with, and obtain comments from, any public agency or state agency or any person who has special expertise with respect to water demand management methods and techniques. (Amended by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 38. (SB 606a Effective January 1, 20J 9.g 10642. Each urban water supplier shall encourage the active involvement of diverse social, cultural, and economic elements of the population within the service area prior to and during the preparation of both the plan and the water shortage contingency plan. Prior to adopting either, the urban water supplier shall make both the plan and the water shortage contingency plan available for public inspection and shall hold a public hearing or hearings thereon. Prior to any of these hearings, notice of the time and place of the hearing shall be published within the jurisdiction of the publicly owned water supplier pursuant to Section 6066 of the Government Code. The urban water supplier shall provide notice of the time and place of a hearing to any city or county within which the supplier provides water supplies. Notices by a local public agency pursuant to this section shall be provided pursuant to Chapter 17.5 (commencing with Section 7290) of Division 7 of Title 1 of the Government Code. A privately owned water supplier shall provide an equivalent notice within its service area. After the hearing or hearings, the plan or water shortage contingency plan shall be adopted as prepared or as modified after the hearing or hearings. (Amended by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 39. (SB 606$ Effective January 1, 70J 9.g 10643 An urban water supplier shall implement its plan adopted pursuant to this chapter in accordance with the schedule set forth in its plan.
(Added by Stats. 1983, Ch. 1009, Sec. 1.)
10644 (a) (1) An urban water supplier shall submit to the department, the California State Library, and any city or county within which the supplier provides water supplies a copy of its plan no later than 30 days after adoption.Copies of amendments or changes to the plans shall be submitted to the department, the California State Library, and any city or county within which the supplier provides water supplies within 30 days after adoption.
(2) The plan, or amendments to the plan, submitted to the department pursuant to paragraph (1) <.,,,au 9'> ~ £ . / o }VJ//,«✓ ...
· LEGISLATIVE 11 FORMATIO
Home Bill Information California Law Publications Other Resources My Subscriptions My Favorijes shall be submitted electronically and shall include any standardized forms, tables, or displays specified by the department.
(b) If an urban water supplier revises its water shortage contingency plan, the supplier shall submit to the department a copy of its water shortage contingency plan prepared pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 10632 no laterthan 30daysafteradoption, inaccordancewith protocols forsubmission andusingelectronic reportingtools developed by the department. (c) (1)(A)NotwithstandingSection10231.5oftheGovernment Code,thedepartment shall prepareandsubmitto the Legislature, on or before July 1, in the years ending in seven and two, a report summarizing the status of the plansandwater shortagecontingency plans adoptedpursuanttothispart.Thereportpreparedbythedepartment shall identify the exemplary elements of the individual plans and water shortage contingency plans. The department shall provide a copy of the report to each urban water supplier that has submitted its plan and water shortage contingency plan to the department. The department shall also prepare reports and provide data for any legislative hearings designed to consider the effectiveness of plans and water shortage contingency plans submitted pursuant to this part. (B) The department shall prepare and submit to the board, on or before September 30 of each year, areport summarizing the submitted water supply and demand assessment results along with appropriate reported water shortage conditions and the regional and statewide analysis of water supply conditions developed by the department. Aspart of the report, the department shall provide asummary and, asappropriate, urban water supplier specific information regarding various shortageresponseactions implemented asaresultofannual supplier-specific water supply and demand assessments performed pursuant to Section 10632.1.
(C) The department shall submit the report to the Legislature forthe 2015 plans by July 1, 2017, and the report to the Legislature for the 2020 plans and water shortage contingency plans by July 1,2022.
(2) A report to be submitted pursuant to subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) shall be submitted in compliance with Section 9795 of the Government Code.
(d) The department shall make available to the public the standard the department will use to identify exemplary water demand management measures.
(Amended by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 40. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10645. (a) Not later than 30 days after filing a copy of its plan with the department, the urban water supplier and the department shall make the plan available for public review during normal business hours.
(b) Not later than 30 days after filing a copy of its water shortage contingency plan with the department, the urban
water supplier and the department shall make the plan available for public review during normal business hours.
(Amended by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 41. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 201 9.) <.,,,au 9'> ~ £ . / o }VJ//,«✓ ...
· LEGISLATIVE 11 FORMATIO
Home Bill Information California Law Publications Other Resources My Subscriptions My Favorijes CHAPTER 4. Miscellaneous Provisions [1 0650 - 10657] ( Chapter 4 added by :itats. 1 983, Ch. 1009, iec. 1. ) 10650 Any actions or proceedings, other than actions by the board, to attack, review, set aside, void, or annul the acts or decisions of an urban water supplier on the grounds of noncompliance with this part shall be commenced as follows:
(a) An action or proceeding alleging failure to adopt a plan or a water shortage contingency plan shall be commenced within 18 months after that adoption is required by this part.
(b) Any action or proceeding alleging that a plan or water shortage contingency plan, or action taken pursuant to either, does not comply with this part shall be commenced within 90 days after filing of the plan or water shortage contingency plan or an amendment to either pursuant to Section 10644 or the taking of that action.
(Amended by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 42. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 2019.) 10651 In any action or proceeding to attack, review, set aside, void, or annul a plan or a water shortage contingency plan, or an action taken pursuant to either by an urban water supplier on the grounds of noncompliance with this part, the inquiry shall extend only to whether there was a prejudicial abuse of discretion. Abuse of discretion is established if the supplier has not proceeded in a manner required by law or if the action by the water supplier is not supported by substantial evidence. (Amended by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 43. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 2019 10652 The California Environmental Quality Act (Division 13 (commencing with Section 21000) of the Public Resources Code) does not apply to the preparation and adoption of plans pursuant to this part or to the implementation of actions taken pursuant to Section 10632. Nothing in this part shall be interpreted as exempting from the California Environmental Quality Act any project that would significantly affect water supplies for fish and wildlife, or any project for implementation of the plan, other than projects implementing Section 10632, or any project for expanded or additional water supplies. (Amended by Stats. 1995, Ch. 854, Sec. 6. Effective January 1, 1996.) 10653 The adoption of a plan shall satisfy any requirements of state law, regulation, or order, including those of the board and the Public Utilities Commission, for the preparation of water management plans, water shortage contingency plans, or conservation plans; provided, that if the board or the Public Utilities Commission requires additional information concerning water conservation, drought response measures, or financial conditions to implement its existing authority, nothing in this part shall be deemed to limit the board or the commission in obtaining that information. The requirements of this part shall be satisfied by any urban water demand management plan that complies with analogous federal laws or regulations after the effective date of this part, and which substantially meets the requirements of this part, or by any existing urban water management plan which includes the contents of a plan required under this part. (Amended by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 45. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 2019) 10654 An urban water supplier may recover in its rates the costs incurred in preparing its urban water management plan, its drought risk assessment, its water supply and demand assessment, and its water shortage contingency plan and implementing the reasonable water conservation measures included in either of the plans. (Amended by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 44. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 2019) 10655 If any provision of this part or the application thereof to any person or circumstances is held invalid, that invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of this part which can be given effect without the invalid provision or application thereof, and to this end the provisions of this part are severable. <.,,,au 9'> ~ £ . / o }VJ//,«✓ ...
· LEGISLATIVE 11 FORMATIO
Home Bill Information California Law Publications Other Resources My Subscriptions My Favorijes (Amended by Stats. 1983, Ch. 1009, Sec. 1)
10656 An urban water supplier is not eligible for a water grant or loan awarded or administered by the state unless the urban water supplier complies with this part.
(Amended by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 46. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 2019) 10657 The department may adopt regulations regarding the definitions of water, water use, and reporting periods, and may adopt any other regulations deemed necessary or desirable to implement this part. In developing regulations pursuant to this section, the department shall solicit broad public participation from stakeholders and other interested persons.
(Amended by Stats. 2018, Ch. 14, Sec. 47. (SB 606) Effective January 1, 2019) <.,,,au 9'> ~ £ . / o }VJ//,«✓ ...
· LEGISLATIVE 11 FORMATIO
Home Bill Information California Law Publications Other Resources My Subscriptions My Favorijes City of Livingston
2020 Urban Water Management Plan
Appendix B – Notice of Plan Preparation
APPENDIX B
NOTICE OF PLAN PREPARATION
City of Livingston
1416 C Street
Livingston, CA 95334
December 14, 2021
City of Atwater
Lori Waterman
City Manager
750 Bellevue Road
Atwater, CA 95301
Subject: 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Update
Dear Ms. Waterman,
Existing State law requires each urban water supplier to prepare and adopt an Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP) at least once every 5 years. The city of Livingston (City) is currently preparing an update to their 2015 UWMP in compliance with the 2020 UWMP Guidebook. The UWMP documents the City's plans to ensure adequate water supplies to meet existing and future demands for water under a range of water supply conditions.
In conformance with California Water Code Section 10621(b), the City is notifying agencies and cities in the area that the City's 2020 UWMP is being renewed and updated. We invite your paiticipation in this process. A draft plan will be made available for public review within the next month. Public hearings will be scheduled sixty (60) days before adoption of the 2020UWMP by the City Council.
Please contact me if you have any questions or would like more information regarding the City's 2020 UWMP update.
Sincerely,
Vanessa P01tillo
City of Livingston
Interim City Manager
1416 C Street
Livingston, CA 95334
Office: (209) 394-5550
E-mail: ci tymanager@li vingstoncity. com
CITY OF LIVINGSTON
1416 "C" Street LIVINGSTON, CALIFORNIA 95334 PHONE: (209)394-8041 FAX: (209) 394-4190 www. I ivinqstoncity. com
City of Livingston
1416 C Street
Livingston, CA 95334
December 14, 2021
Merced Irrigation District
John Sweigard
General Manager
744 West 20th Street
Merced, CA 95340
Subject: 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Update
Dear Mr. Sweigard,
Existing State law requires each urban water supplier to prepare and adopt an Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP) at least once every 5 years. The city of Livingston (City) is currently preparing an update to their 2015 UWMP in compliance with the 2020 UWMP Guidebook. The UWMP documents the City's plans to ensure adequate water supplies to meet existing and future demands for water under a range of water supply conditions.
In conformance with California Water Code Section 10621(b), the City is notifying agencies and cities in the area that the City's 2020 UWMP is being renewed and updated. We invite your participation in this process. A draft plan will be made available for public review within the next month. Public hearings will be scheduled sixty (60) days before adoption of the 2020UWMP by the City Council.
Please contact me if you have any questions or would like more information regarding the City's 2020 UWMP update.
Sincerely,
Vanessa Portillo
City of Livingston
Interim City Manager
1416 C Street
Livingston, CA 95334
Office: (209) 394-5550
E-mail: citymanager@li vingstonci ty. com
CITY OF LIVINGSTON
1416 "C" Street LIVINGSTON, CALIFORNIA 95334 PHONE: (209)394-8041 FAX: (209) 394-4190 www.livingstoncity.com
City of Livingston
1416 C Street
Livingston, CA 95334
December 14, 2021
County of Merced
Y orel Ackerman
Deputy Director
715 Maitin Luther King Jr. Way
Merced, CA 95340
Subject: 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Update
Dear Mr. Ackerman,
Existing State law requires each urban water supplier to prepare and adopt an Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP) at least once every 5 years. The city of Livingston (City) is currently preparing an update to their 2015 UWMP in compliance with the 2020 UWMP Guidebook. The UWMP documents the City's plans to ensure adequate water supplies to meet existing and future demands for water under a range of water supply conditions.
In confo1mance with California Water Code Section 10621(b), the City is notifying agencies and cities in the area that the City's 2020 UWMP is being renewed and updated. We invite your participation in this process. A draft plan will be made available for public review within the next month. Public hearings will be scheduled sixty (60) days before adoption of the 2020UWMP by the City Council.
Please contact me if you have any questions or would like more information regarding the City's 2020 UWMP update.
Sincerely,
Vanessa P01tillo
City of Livingston
Interim City Manager
1416 C Street
Livingston, CA 95334
Office: (209) 394-5550
E-mail: [email protected]
CITY OF LIVINGSTON
1416 "C" Street LIVINGSTON, CALIFORNIA 95334 PHONE: (209)394-8041 FAX: (209) 394-4190 www.livingstoncity.com
City of Livingston
1416 C Street
Livingston, CA 95334
December 14, 2021
City of Merced
Ken Elwin
Director of Public Works
1776 Grogan Avenue
Merced, CA 95341
Subject: 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Update
Dear Mr. Elwin,
Existing State law requires each urban water supplier to prepare and adopt an Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP) at least once every 5 years. The city of Livingston (City) is currently preparing an update to their 2015 UWMP in compliance with the 2020 UWMP Guidebook. The UWMP documents the City's plans to ensure adequate water supplies to meet existing and future demands for water under a range of water supply conditions.
In conf01mance with California Water Code Section 10621 (b ), the City is notifying agencies and cities in the area that the City's 2020 UWMP is being renewed and updated. We invite your participation in this process. A draft plan will be made available for public review within the next month. Public hearings will be scheduled sixty (60) days before adoption of the 2020UWMP by the City Council.
Please contact me if you have any questions or would like more information regarding the City's 2020 UWMP update.
Sincerely,
Vanessa Portillo
City of Livingston
Interim City Manager
1416 C Street
Livingston, CA 95334
Office: (209) 394-5550
E-mail: [email protected]
CITY OF LIVINGSTON
1416 "C" Street LIVINGSTON, CALIFORNIA 95334 PHONE: (209)394-8041 FAX: (209) 394-4190 www.livingstoncity.com
City of Livingston
1416 C Street
Livingston, CA 95334
December 14, 2021
Merced County Association of Government
Stacie Guzman
Executive Director
368 West 18th Street
Merced, CA 95340
Subject: 2020 Urban Water Management Plan Update
Dear Ms. Guzman,
Existing State law requires each urban water supplier to prepare and adopt an Urban Water Management Plan (UWMP) at least once every 5 years. The city of Livingston (City) is cunently preparing an update to their 2015 UWMP in compliance with the 2020 UWMP Guidebook. The UWMP documents the City's plans to ensure adequate water supplies to meet existing and future demands for water under a range of water supply conditions.
In conformance with California Water Code Section 10621 (b ), the City is notifying agencies and cities in the area that the City's 2020 UWMP is being renewed and updated. We invite your patiicipation in this process. A draft plan will be made available for public review within the next month. Public hearings will be scheduled sixty (60) days before adoption of the 2020UWMP by the City Council.
Please contact me if you have any questions or would like more information regarding the City's 2020 UWMP update.
Sincerely,
Vanessa Portillo
City of Livingston
Interim City Manager
1416 C Street
Livingston, CA 95334
Office: (209) 394-5550
E-mail: [email protected]
CITY OF LIVINGSTON
1416 "C" Street LIVINGSTON, CALIFORNIA 95334 PHONE: (209)394-8041 FAX: (209) 394-4190 www.livinqstoncity.com
City of Livingston
2020 Urban Water Management Plan
Appendix C – Service Area Maps
APPENDIX C
SERVICE AREA MAPS
MAP OF WATER City of Livingston GOUVEIA ENGINEERING, INC. CONSULTING ENGINEERS Mar 17, 2014 - 10:50am V:\COL\city_map\utility_maps\util_base_wtrNF.dwg SYSTEM FACILITIES 0 1000 SCALE IN FEET LEGEND CAL IFORNIA 99 CAL IFORNIA 99 WELL #11 WELL #8 WELL #16 WELL #14 1 MG TANK WELL #7 WELL #12 WELL #13 WELL #15 WELL #9 WELL #10 7,-= I I 7 I l_j L - I _I_ --1 - .
'r.:=!c~~~~ w
I I •••••••:
I .1 11 1111 I
I - . .. 1,1= ='=='==I
r - - --j
r - I
1~11...,,.~~
>-
5 uom; - . .· i
- __J
I
I
1 OLIVE AVE
I
:_
I
WALNUT AVE
I
I I
-
I
SYMBOL
8" WATER LINE
10" WATER LINE 12" WATER LINE 16" WATER LINE
CITY WELL ® CITY TANK u
AREA WITHIN CITY LIMITS '-: .:..J
~.,J.·.·•.~.\ __ _ \iliS
456SoohS1reet• Gustine, California 95322 • Telephone (209) 854-3300 City of Livingston
2020 Urban Water Management Plan
Appendix D – Annual Water Audit Reports
APPENDIX D
ANNUAL WATER AUDIT REPORTS
"O
.,
"O
·;;
e
0..
....
0 1ii
:-5!
~
CA-NV AWWA Water Loss Technlcal Assistance Program
Wave 4 Water Audit Level 1 Validation Document
Audit Information:
Utility: Livingston PWS ID: 2410004
System Type: Potable Audit Period: Calendar 2016
Utility Representation: Tony Avina (Lead Operator), Anthony Chavarria (PW Superintendent) Validation Date: 9/26/2017 Call Time: 8:30 am Sufficient Supporting Documents Provided: Yes Validation Findings & Confirmation Statement:
Key Audit Metrics:
Data Validity Score: 55 Data Validity Band (Level): Band Ill (51-70) ILi: 2.96 Real Loss: 31.63 (gal/conn/day) Apparent Loss: 47 .84 (gal/conn/day) Non-revenue water as percent of cost of operating system: 3.3% Certification Statement bv Va Ilda tor:
This water loss audit report has been Level 1 validated per the requirements of California Code of Regulations Title 23, Division 2, Chapter 7 and the California Water Code Section 10608.34.
All recommendations on volume derivation and Data Validity Grades were Incorporated Into the water audit. C8l Validator Information:
Water Audit Validator: Drew Blackwell/ Larry Lewison (support) Validator Qualifications: Contractor for CA-NV AWWA Water Loss TAP (,,•'
wso CAVANAUGH
Page I I
ft A merican Water W orks Association
,.California-Nevada Section
CA-NV AWWA Water Loss Technical Assistance Program
Wave 4 Water Audit Level 1 Validation Document
Water System Name: Water System ID Number:
Water Audit & Water loss Improvement Steps:
Water Audit Period: Select
Steps taken in preceding year to increase data validity, reduce real loss and apparent loss as informed by the annual validated water audit:
«Information to be completed by Utility»
Certification Statement by Utility Executive:
This water loss audit report meets the requirements of California Code of Regulations Title 23, Division 2, Chapter 7 and t he California Water Code Section 10608.34 and has been prepared in accordance with the method adopted by the American Water Works Association, as contained in their manual, Water Audits and Loss Control Programs, Manual M36, Fourth Edition and in the Free Water Audit Software version 5.
A~t½oo\J c.hivof v~ ~ Executive Name (Print)
wso CAVANAUGH
T'
t2 ·lo- l8
Date
P a g e 11
5 Name of Contact Person: All audit data are entered on the Reporting Worksheet Email Address: Value can be entered by user
Telephone | Ext.: 1(209)394-8044 Value calculated based on input data Name of City / Utility: These cells contain recommended default values City/Town/Municipality:
State / Province: Pcnt: Value:
Country: 0.25%
Year: 2016 Calendar Year
Start Date: Enter MM/YYYY numeric format
End Date: Enter MM/YYYY numeric format
Audit Preparation Date: 9/1/2017
Volume Reporting Units:
PWSID / Other ID:
If you have questions or comments regarding the software please contact us via email at: [email protected] AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0
city of livingston
The following worksheets are available by clicking the buttons below or selecting the tabs along the bottom of the page Livingston
[email protected]
Auditors are strongly encouraged to refer to the most current edition of AWWA M36 Manual for Water Audits for detailed guidance on the water auditing process and targetting loss reduction levels This spreadsheet-based water audit tool is designed to help quantify and track water losses associated with water distribution systems and identify areas for improved efficiency and cost recovery. It provides a "top-down" summary water audit format, and is not meant to take the place of a full-scale, comprehensive water audit format. 241004
USA
Use of Option
(Radio) Buttons:
The spreadsheet contains several separate worksheets. Sheets can be accessed using the tabs towards the bottom of the screen, or by clicking the buttons below.
TONY AVINA
Acre-feet
Please begin by providing the following information The following guidance will help you complete the Audit California (CA)
American Water Works Association Copyright © 2014, All Rights Reserved.
Select the default percentage
by choosing the option button
on the left
To enter a value, choose
this button and enter a
value in the cell to the right
Instructions
The current sheet.
Enter contact
information and basic
audit details (year,
units etc)
Performance
Indicators
Review the
performance
indicators to evaluate
the results of the audit
Comments
Enter comments to
explain how values
were calculated or to
document data
sources
Water Balance
The values entered in
the Reporting
Worksheet are used to
populate the Water
Balance
Dashboard
A graphical summary
of the water balance
and Non-Revenue
Water components
Grading Matrix
Presents the possible
grading options for
each input component
of the audit
Service Connection
Diagram
Diagrams depicting
possible customer
service connection line
configurations
Acknowledgements
Acknowledgements for
the AWWA Free Water
Audit Software v5.0
Loss Control
Planning
Use this sheet to
interpret the results of
the audit validity score
and performance
indicators
Definitions
Use this sheet to
understand the terms
used in the audit
process
Example Audits
Reporting Worksheet
and Performance
Indicators examples
are shown for two
validated audits
Reporting Worksheet
Enter the required data
on this worksheet to
calculate the water
balance and data grading
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Instructions 1
Water Audit Report for:
Reporting Year:
All volumes to be entered as: ACRE-FEET PER YEAR
Master Meter and Supply Error Adjustments
WATER SUPPLIED Pcnt: Value:
Volume from own sources: 5 6,725.000 acre-ft/yr acre-ft/yr Water imported: n/a 0.000 acre-ft/yr acre-ft/yr
Water exported: n/a 0.000 acre-ft/yr acre-ft/yr
Enter negative % or value for under-registration
WATER SUPPLIED: 6,725.000 acre-ft/yr Enter positive % or value for over-registration .
AUTHORIZED CONSUMPTION
Billed metered: 7 6,435.000 acre-ft/yr
Billed unmetered: n/a 0.000 acre-ft/yr
Unbilled metered: n/a 0.000 acre-ft/yr Pcnt: Value:
Unbilled unmetered: 84.063 acre-ft/yr 1.25% 24061 acre-ft/yr AUTHORIZED CONSUMPTION: 6,519.063 acre-ft/yr
WATER LOSSES (Water Supplied - Authorized Consumption) 205.938 acre-ft/yr Apparent Losses Pcnt: Value:
Unauthorized consumption: 16.813 acre-ft/yr 0.25% acre-ft/yr Customer metering inaccuracies: 3 0.000 acre-ft/yr acre-ft/yr Systematic data handling errors: 16.088 acre-ft/yr 0.25% acre-ft/yr Apparent Losses: 32.900 acre-ft/yr
Real Losses (Current Annual Real Losses or CARL)
Real Losses = Water Losses - Apparent Losses: 173.038 acre-ft/yr WATER LOSSES: 205.938 acre-ft/yr
NON-REVENUE WATER
NON-REVENUE WATER: 290.000 acre-ft/yr
= Water Losses + Unbilled Metered + Unbilled Unmetered
SYSTEM DATA
Length of mains: 7 36.0 miles
Number of active AND inactive service connections: 7 3,100 Service connection density: 86 conn./mile main
Yes
Average length of customer service line: ft
Average operating pressure: 5 50.0 psi
COST DATA
Total annual cost of operating water system: 10 $2,215,817 $/Year Customer retail unit cost (applied to Apparent Losses): 4 $1.04 Variable production cost (applied to Real Losses): 5 $/acre-ft WATER AUDIT DATA VALIDITY SCORE:
PRIORITY AREAS FOR ATTENTION:
1: Volume from own sources
2: Customer metering inaccuracies
3: Customer retail unit cost (applied to Apparent Losses) Average length of customer service line has been set to zero and a data grading score of 10 has been applied Are customer meters typically located at the curbstop or property line? AWWA Free Water Audit Software:
Reporting Worksheet
Default option selected for Unbilled unmetered - a grading of 5 is applied but not displayed 2016 1/2016 - 12/2016
city of livingston (241004)
*** YOUR SCORE IS: 55 out of 100 ***
A weighted scale for the components of consumption and water loss is included in the calculation of the Water Audit Data Validity Score Default option selected for Systematic data handling errors - a grading of 5 is applied but not displayed Based on the information provided, audit accuracy can be improved by addressing the following components:
$/1000 gallons (US)
<----------- Enter grading in column 'E' and 'J' ----------> Default option selected for unauthorized consumption - a grading of 5 is applied but not displayed ?
?
?
?
?
? Click to access definition
?
?
?
?
?
?
Please enter data in the white cells below. Where available, metered values should be used; if metered values are unavailable please estimate a value. Indicate your confidence in the accuracy of the input data by grading each component (n/a or 1-10) using the drop-down list to the left of the input cell. Hover the mouse over the cell to obtain a description of the grades ?
?
?
?
?
?
(length of service line, beyond the property
boundary, that is the responsibility of the utility)
Use buttons to select
percentage of water
supplied
OR
value
Click here: ?
for help using option
buttons below
?
?
?
?
+
+ Click to add a comment
WAS v5.0
+
+
+
+
+
+
American Water Works Association.
?
?
?
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Use Customer Retail Unit Cost to value real losses
?
To select the correct data grading for each input, determine the highest grade where the utility meets or exceeds all criteria for that grade and all grades below it.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Reporting Worksheet 2 -----
I
1'---_ __.1.___ __ _____.1
il§t--1 -----I
--§ @ _o I
-- @ 0
--
l------+--=----=--:1f--------I @ 0 - ~ -~------'
IIH
•
•
•u
• 1---------1
---- -
@ o I
-
t ...
-- @ 0
;;□t--1 ----
-
-
-
--
--□ '---------'
il§t--l------11----
1 0-----~
I
I I
I I
I I
Water Audit Report for: city of livingston (241004)
Reporting Year:
System Attributes:
Apparent Losses: 32.900 acre-ft/yr
+ Real Losses: 173.038 acre-ft/yr
= Water Losses: 205.938 acre-ft/yr
Unavoidable Annual Real Losses (UARL): 36.95 acre-ft/yr Annual cost of Apparent Losses: $11,149
Annual cost of Real Losses: Valued at Customer Retail Unit Cost Performance Indicators:
Non-revenue water as percent by volume of Water Supplied: 4.3% Non-revenue water as percent by cost of operating system: 4.4% Real Losses valued at Customer Retail Unit Cost Apparent Losses per service connection per day: 9.47 gallons/connection/day Real Losses per service connection per day: 49.83 gallons/connection/day Real Losses per length of main per day*: N/A
Real Losses per service connection per day per psi pressure: 1.00 gallons/connection/day/psi From Above, Real Losses = Current Annual Real Losses (CARL): 173.04 acre-feet/year
4.68 * This performance indicator applies for systems with a low service connection density of less than 32 service connections/mile of pipeline Infrastructure Leakage Index (ILI) [CARL/UARL]:
2016 1/2016 - 12/2016
Return to Reporting Worksheet to change this assumpiton AWWA Free Water Audit Software:
System Attributes and Performance Indicators
*** YOUR WATER AUDIT DATA VALIDITY SCORE IS: 55 out of 100 *** ?
?
American Water Works Association.
WAS v5.0
Financial:
Operational Efficiency:
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Performance Indicators 3 -
{
-
General Comment:
Audit Item Comment
Volume from own sources:
Vol. from own sources: Master meter
error adjustment:
Water imported:
Water imported: master meter error
adjustment:
Water exported:
Water exported: master meter error
adjustment:
Billed metered:
Billed unmetered:
Unbilled metered:
Unbilled unmetered:
AWWA Free Water Audit Software:
User Comments
Use this worksheet to add comments or notes to explain how an input value was calculated, or to document the sources of the information used.
WAS v5.0
American Water Works Association.
Copyright © 2014, All Rights Reserved.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Comments 4
-~ Ill
I' I 7
-
-
-
-
-
-
'
-
-
-
-
-
-
- '
-
I
Audit Item Comment
Unauthorized consumption:
Customer metering inaccuracies:
Systematic data handling errors:
Length of mains:
Number of active AND inactive
service connections:
Average length of customer service
line:
Average operating pressure:
Total annual cost of operating water
system:
Customer retail unit cost (applied to
Apparent Losses):
Variable production cost (applied to
Real Losses):
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Comments 5
Water Audit Report for:
Reporting Year: 2016 1/2016 - 12/2016
Data Validity Score: 55
Water Exported Revenue Water
0.000 0.000
Billed Metered Consumption (water exported
is removed) Revenue Water
6,435.000
Own Sources Authorized
Consumption 6,435.000 Billed Unmetered Consumption 6,435.000
0.000
6,519.063 Unbilled Metered Consumption
0.000
6,725.000 84.063 Unbilled Unmetered Consumption
84.063
System Input Water Supplied Unauthorized Consumption 290.000 6,725.000 Apparent Losses 16.813
6,725.000 32.900 Customer Metering Inaccuracies
0.000
Systematic Data Handling Errors
Water Losses 16.088
Water Imported 205.938 Leakage on Transmission and/or Distribution Mains
Real Losses Not broken down
0.000 173.038 Leakage and Overflows at Utility's Storage Tanks
Not broken down
Leakage on Service Connections
Not broken down
AWWA Free Water Audit Software: Water Balance
Non-Revenue Water
(NRW)
Billed Authorized Consumption
Unbilled Authorized Consumption
(Adjusted for known
errors)
Billed Water Exported
city of livingston (241004)
WAS v5.0
American Water Works Association.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Water Balance 21
~ l
---------· -----------·-----------------,...--------------------· ------------ Water Audit Report for:
Reporting Year: 2016 Show me the VOLUME of Non-Revenue Water Data Validity Score: 55 Show me the COST of Non-Revenue Water AWWA Free Water Audit Software:
Dashboard
1/2016 - 12/2016
city of livingston (241004)
0 0
0 0
0 1
1 1
1 1
1 Cost $
Total Cost of NRW =$
Unbilled metered (valued at Cust.Ret.Unit Cost)
Unbilled unmetered (valued at Cust.Ret.Unit Cost)
Unauth. consumption
Cust. metering inaccuracies
Syst. data handling errors
Real Losses (valued at Cust.Ret.Unit Cost)
WAS v5.0
American Water Works Association.
Water Exported
Authorized Consumption
Water Losses
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Water Exported
Water Imported
Volume From Own Sources
Water Exported
Billed Auth. Cons.
Unbilled Auth. Cons.
Apparent Losses
Real Losses
Water Exported
Revenue Water
Non Revenue Water
The graphic below is a visual representation of the
Water Balance with bar heights propotional to the
volume of the audit components
Water Exported
Water Supplied
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Dashboard 22
l~I
■ ■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
0 @
■
■
■
■
■
■
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Volume from own sources:
Select this grading only if
the water utility
purchases/imports all of its
water resources (i.e. has
no sources of its own)
Less than 25% of water production
sources are metered, remaining
sources are estimated. No regular
meter accuracy testing or electronic
calibration conducted.
25% - 50% of treated water
production sources are metered;
other sources estimated. No regular
meter accuracy testing or electronic
calibration conducted.
Conditions between
2 and 4
50% - 75% of treated water
production sources are metered,
other sources estimated. Occasional
meter accuracy testing or electronic
calibration conducted.
Conditions between
4 and 6
At least 75% of treated water
production sources are metered, or at
least 90% of the source flow is derived
from metered sources. Meter
accuracy testing and/or electronic
calibration of related instrumentation is
conducted annually. Less than 25% of
tested meters are found outside of +/-
6% accuracy.
Conditions between
6 and 8
100% of treated water production
sources are metered, meter accuracy
testing and electronic calibration of
related instrumentation is conducted
annually, less than 10% of meters are
found outside of +/- 6% accuracy
Conditions between
8 and 10
100% of treated water production
sources are metered, meter accuracy
testing and electronic calibration of
related instrumentation is conducted
semi-annually, with less than 10% found
outside of +/- 3% accuracy. Procedures
are reviewed by a third party
knowledgeable in the M36 methodology.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Volume from
own Sources" component:
to qualify for 2:
Organize and launch efforts to
collect data for determining volume
from own sources
to maintain 10:
Standardize meter accuracy test
frequency to semi-annual, or more
frequent, for all meters. Repair or
replace meters outside of +/- 3%
accuracy. Continually investigate/pilot
improving metering technology.
Volume from own sources
master meter and supply error
adjustment:
Select n/a only if the water
utility fails to have meters
on its sources of supply
Inventory information on meters and
paper records of measured volumes
exist but are incomplete and/or in a
very crude condition; data error
cannot be determined
No automatic datalogging of
production volumes; daily readings
are scribed on paper records without
any accountability controls. Flows
are not balanced across the water
distribution system: tank/storage
elevation changes are not employed
in calculating the "Volume from own
sources" component and archived
flow data is adjusted only when
grossly evident data error occurs.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Production meter data is logged
automatically in electronic format and
reviewed at least on a monthly basis
with necessary corrections
implemented. "Volume from own
sources" tabulations include estimate
of daily changes in tanks/storage
facilities. Meter data is adjusted
when gross data errors occur, or
occasional meter testing deems this
necessary.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Hourly production meter data logged
automatically & reviewed on at least a
weekly basis. Data is adjusted to
correct gross error when
meter/instrumentation equipment
malfunction is detected; and/or error is
confirmed by meter accuracy testing.
Tank/storage facility elevation changes
are automatically used in calculating a
balanced "Volume from own sources"
component, and data gaps in the
archived data are corrected on at least
a weekly basis.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Continuous production meter data is
logged automatically & reviewed each
business day. Data is adjusted to
correct gross error from detected
meter/instrumentation equipment
malfunction and/or results of meter
accuracy testing. Tank/storage facility
elevation changes are automatically
used in "Volume from own sources"
tabulations and data gaps in the
archived data are corrected on a daily
basis.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Computerized system (SCADA or
similar) automatically balances flows
from all sources and storages; results
are reviewed each business day. Tight
accountability controls ensure that all
data gaps that occur in the archived flow
data are quickly detected and corrected.
Regular calibrations between SCADA
and sources meters ensures minimal
data transfer error.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Master meter
and supply error adjustment"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Develop a plan to restructure
recordkeeping system to capture all
flow data; set a procedure to review
flow data on a daily basis to detect
input errors. Obtain more reliable
information about existing meters by
conducting field inspections of
meters and related instrumentation,
and obtaining manufacturer
literature.
to maintain 10:
Monitor meter innovations for
development of more accurate and less
expensive flowmeters. Continue to
replace or repair meters as they
perform outside of desired accuracy
limits. Stay abreast of new and more
accurate water level instruments to
better record tank/storage levels and
archive the variations in storage volume.
Keep current with SCADA and data
management systems to ensure that
archived data is well-managed and error
free.
Water Imported:
Select n/a if the water
utility's supply is
exclusively from its own
water resources (no bulk
purchased/ imported
water)
Less than 25% of imported water
sources are metered, remaining
sources are estimated. No regular
meter accuracy testing.
25% - 50% of imported water
sources are metered; other sources
estimated. No regular meter
accuracy testing.
Conditions between
2 and 4
50% - 75% of imported water
sources are metered, other sources
estimated. Occasional meter
accuracy testing conducted.
Conditions between
4 and 6
At least 75% of imported water
sources are metered, meter accuracy
testing and/or electronic calibration of
related instrumentation is conducted
annually for all meter installations.
Less than 25% of tested meters are
found outside of +/- 6% accuracy.
Conditions between
6 and 8
100% of imported water sources are
metered, meter accuracy testing and
electronic calibration of related
instrumentation is conducted annually,
less than 10% of meters are found
outside of +/- 6% accuracy
Conditions between
8 and 10
100% of imported water sources are
metered, meter accuracy testing and
electronic calibration of related
instrumentation is conducted semiannually for all meter installations, with less than 10% of accuracy tests found
outside of +/- 3% accuracy.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Water
Imported Volume" component:
(Note: usually the water
supplier selling the water - "the
Exporter" - to the utility being
audited is responsible to
maintain the metering
installation measuring the
imported volume. The utility
should coordinate carefully
with the Exporter to ensure
that adequate meter upkeep
takes place and an accurate
measure of the Water
Imported volume is quantified. )
to qualify for 2:
Review bulk water purchase
agreements with partner suppliers;
confirm requirements for use and
maintenance of accurate metering.
Identify needs for new or
replacement meters with goal to
meter all imported water sources.
to maintain 10:
Standardize meter accuracy test
frequency to semi-annual, or more
frequent, for all meters. Continue to
conduct calibration of related
instrumentation on a semi-annual basis.
Repair or replace meters outside of +/-
3% accuracy. Continually
investigate/pilot improving metering
technology.
WATER SUPPLIED
to qualify for 4:
Install automatic datalogging equipment on production
meters. Complete installation of level instrumentation at all tanks/storage facilities and include tank level data in automatic calculation routine in a computerized system.
Construct a computerized listing or spreadsheet to archive input volumes, tank/storage volume changes and
import/export flows in order to determine the composite "Water Supplied" volume for the distribution system. Set a procedure to review this data on a monthly basis to detect gross anomalies and data gaps.
to qualify for 10:
Conduct meter accuracy testing for all meters on a semiannual basis, along with calibration of all related instrumentation. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 3% accuracy. Investigate new meter technology; pilot one or more replacements with innovative meters in attempt to improve meter accuracy.
to qualify for 10:
Link all production and tank/storage facility elevation change data to a Supervisory Control & Data Acquisition (SCADA) System, or similar computerized monitoring/control system, and establish automatic flow balancing algorithm and regularly calibrate between SCADA and source meters. Data is
reviewed and corrected each business day.
to qualify for 6:
Formalize annual meter accuracy testing for all source
meters; specify the frequency of testing. Complete
installation of meters on unmetered water production sources and complete replacement of all obsolete/defective meters. to qualify for 8:
Conduct annual meter accuracy testing and calibration of related instrumentation on all meter installations on a regular basis. Complete project to install new, or replace defective existing, meters so that entire production meter population is metered. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 6%
accuracy.
To qualify for 4:
Locate all imported water sources on maps and in the field, launch meter accuracy testing for existing meters, begin to install meters on unmetered imported water
interconnections and replace obsolete/defective meters. to qualify for 6:
Formalize annual meter accuracy testing for all imported water meters, planning for both regular meter accuracy
testing and calibration of the related instrumentation.
Continue installation of meters on unmetered imported water interconnections and replacement of obsolete/defective
meters.
to qualify for 10:
Maintain annual meter accuracy testing and calibration of related instrumentation for all meter installations. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 3% accuracy. Investigate new meter technology; pilot one or more replacements with
innovative meters in attempt to further improve meter
accuracy.
to qualify for 8:
Complete project to install new, or replace defective, meters on all imported water interconnections. Maintain annual meter accuracy testing for all imported water meters and conduct calibration of related instrumentation at least annually. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 6%
accuracy.
to qualify for 4:
Locate all water production sources on maps and in the
field, launch meter accuracy testing for existing meters, begin to install meters on unmetered water production
sources and replace any obsolete/defective meters.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software: Grading Matrix
The grading assigned to each audit component and the corresponding recommended improvements and actions are highlighted in yellow. Audit accuracy is likely to be improved by prioritizing those items shown in red to qualify for 6:
Refine computerized data collection and archive to include hourly production meter data that is reviewed at least on a weekly basis to detect specific data anomalies and gaps.
Use daily net storage change to balance flows in calculating "Water Supplied" volume. Necessary corrections to data
errors are implemented on a weekly basis.
to qualify for 8:
Ensure that all flow data is collected and archived on at least an hourly basis. All data is reviewed and detected errors corrected each business day. Tank/storage levels variations are employed in calculating balanced "Water Supplied"
component. Adjust production meter data for gross error and inaccuracy confirmed by testing.
WAS 5.0
American Water Works Association. Copyright © 2014, All Rights Reserved.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 23
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Water imported master meter
and supply error adjustment:
Select n/a if the Imported
water supply is
unmetered, with Imported
water quantities estimated
on the billing invoices sent
by the Exporter to the
purchasing Utility.
Inventory information on imported
meters and paper records of
measured volumes exist but are
incomplete and/or in a very crude
condition; data error cannot be
determined Written agreement(s)
with water Exporter(s) are missing or
written in vague language
concerning meter management and
testing.
No automatic datalogging of
imported supply volumes; daily
readings are scribed on paper
records without any accountability
controls to confirm data accuracy
and the absence of errors and data
gaps in recorded volumes. Written
agreement requires meter accuracy
testing but is vague on the details of
how and who conducts the testing.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Imported supply metered flow data is
logged automatically in electronic
format and reviewed at least on a
monthly basis by the Exporter with
necessary corrections implemented.
Meter data is adjusted by the
Exporter when gross data errors are
detected. A coherent data trail exists
for this process to protect both the
selling and the purchasing Utility.
Written agreement exists and clearly
states requirements and roles for
meter accuracy testing and data
management.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Hourly Imported supply metered data
is logged automatically & reviewed on
at least a weekly basis by the Exporter.
Data is adjusted to correct gross error
when meter/instrumentation equipment
malfunction is detected; and to correct
for error confirmed by meter accuracy
testing. Any data gaps in the archived
data are detected and corrected during
the weekly review. A coherent data
trail exists for this process to protect
both the selling and the purchasing
Utility.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Continuous Imported supply metered
flow data is logged automatically &
reviewed each business day by the
Exporter. Data is adjusted to correct
gross error from detected
meter/instrumentation equipment
malfunction and/or results of meter
accuracy testing. Any data
errors/gaps are detected and
corrected on a daily basis. A data trail
exists for the process to protect both
the selling and the purchasing Utility.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Computerized system (SCADA or
similar) automatically records data
which is reviewed each business day by
the Exporter. Tight accountability
controls ensure that all error/data gaps
that occur in the archived flow data are
quickly detected and corrected. A
reliable data trail exists and contract
provisions for meter testing and data
management are reviewed by the selling
and purchasing Utility at least once
every five years.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Water
imported master meter and
supply error adjustment"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Develop a plan to restructure
recordkeeping system to capture all
flow data; set a procedure to review
flow data on a daily basis to detect
input errors. Obtain more reliable
information about existing meters by
conducting field inspections of
meters and related instrumentation,
and obtaining manufacturer
literature. Review the written
agreement between the selling and
purchasing Utility.
to maintain 10:
Monitor meter innovations for
development of more accurate and less
expensive flowmeters; work with the
Exporter to help identify meter
replacement needs. Keep
communication lines with Exporters
open and maintain productive relations.
Keep the written agreement current with
clear and explicit language that meets
the ongoing needs of all parties.
Water Exported:
Select n/a if the water
utility sells no bulk water to
neighboring water utilities
(no exported water sales)
Less than 25% of exported water
sources are metered, remaining
sources are estimated. No regular
meter accuracy testing.
25% - 50% of exported water
sources are metered; other sources
estimated. No regular meter
accuracy testing.
Conditions between
2 and 4
50% - 75% of exported water
sources are metered, other sources
estimated. Occasional meter
accuracy testing conducted.
Conditions between
4 and 6
At least 75% of exported water sources
are metered, meter accuracy testing
and/or electronic calibration conducted
annually. Less than 25% of tested
meters are found outside of +/- 6%
accuracy.
Conditions between
6 and 8
100% of exported water sources are
metered, meter accuracy testing and
electronic calibration of related
instrumentation is conducted annually,
less than 10% of meters are found
outside of +/- 6% accuracy
Conditions between
8 and 10
100% of exported water sources are
metered, meter accuracy testing and
electronic calibration of related
instrumentation is conducted semiannually for all meter installations, with less than 10% of accuracy tests found
outside of +/- 3% accuracy.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Water
Exported Volume" component:
(Note: usually, if the water
utility being audited sells
(Exports) water to a
neighboring purchasing Utility,
it is the responsibility of the
utility exporting the water to
maintain the metering
installation measuring the
Exported volume. The utility
exporting the water should
ensure that adequate meter
upkeep takes place and an
accurate measure of the
Water Exported volume is
quantified. )
to qualify for 2:
Review bulk water sales
agreements with purchasing utilities;
confirm requirements for use &
upkeep of accurate metering.
Identify needs to install new, or
replace defective meters as needed.
to maintain 10:
Standardize meter accuracy test
frequency to semi-annual, or more
frequent, for all meters. Repair or
replace meters outside of +/- 3%
accuracy. Continually investigate/pilot
improving metering technology.
Water exported master meter
and supply error adjustment:
Select n/a only if the water
utility fails to have meters
on its exported supply
interconnections.
Inventory information on exported
meters and paper records of
measured volumes exist but are
incomplete and/or in a very crude
condition; data error cannot be
determined Written agreement(s)
with the utility purchasing the water
are missing or written in vague
language concerning meter
management and testing.
No automatic datalogging of
exported supply volumes; daily
readings are scribed on paper
records without any accountability
controls to confirm data accuracy
and the absence of errors and data
gaps in recorded volumes. Written
agreement requires meter accuracy
testing but is vague on the details of
how and who conducts the testing.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Exported metered flow data is logged
automatically in electronic format and
reviewed at least on a monthly basis,
with necessary corrections
implemented. Meter data is adjusted
by the utility selling (exporting) the
water when gross data errors are
detected. A coherent data trail exists
for this process to protect both the
utility exporting the water and the
purchasing Utility. Written agreement
exists and clearly states requirements
and roles for meter accuracy testing
and data management.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Hourly exported supply metered data is
logged automatically & reviewed on at
least a weekly basis by the utility selling
the water. Data is adjusted to correct
gross error when
meter/instrumentation equipment
malfunction is detected; and to correct
for error found by meter accuracy
testing. Any data gaps in the archived
data are detected and corrected during
the weekly review. A coherent data
trail exists for this process to protect
both the selling (exporting) utility and
the purchasing Utility.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Continuous exported supply metered
flow data is logged automatically &
reviewed each business day by the
utility selling (exporting) the water.
Data is adjusted to correct gross error
from detected meter/instrumentation
equipment malfunction and any error
confirmed by meter accuracy testing.
Any data errors/gaps are detected and
corrected on a daily basis. A data trail
exists for the process to protect both
the selling (exporting) Utility and the
purchasing Utility.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Computerized system (SCADA or
similar) automatically records data
which is reviewed each business day by
the utility selling (exporting) the water.
Tight accountability controls ensure that
all error/data gaps that occur in the
archived flow data are quickly detected
and corrected. A reliable data trail
exists and contract provisions for meter
testing and data management are
reviewed by the selling Utility and
purchasing Utility at least once every
five years.
to qualify for 10:
Conduct accountability checks to confirm that all Imported supply metered data is reviewed and corrected each business day by the Exporter. Results of all meter accuracy tests and data corrections should be available for sharing between the Exporter and the purchasing Utility. Establish a schedule for a regular review and updating of the contractual language in the written agreement between the selling and the purchasing Utility; at least every five years.
To qualify for 4:
Locate all exported water sources on maps and in field, launch meter accuracy testing for existing meters, begin to install meters on unmetered exported water
interconnections and replace obsolete/defective meters
to qualify for 4:
Install automatic datalogging equipment on Imported
supply meters. Set a procedure to review this data on a monthly basis to detect gross anomalies and data gaps.
Launch discussions with the Exporters to jointly review terms of the written agreements regarding meter accuracy testing and data management; revise the terms as
necessary.
to qualify for 6:
Refine computerized data collection and archive to include hourly Imported supply metered flow data that is reviewed at least on a weekly basis to detect specific data anomalies and gaps. Make necessary corrections to errors/data errors on a weekly basis.
to qualify for 8:
Ensure that all Imported supply metered flow data is
collected and archived on at least an hourly basis. All data is reviewed and errors/data gaps are corrected each business day.
to qualify for 6:
Formalize annual meter accuracy testing for all exported water meters. Continue installation of meters on unmetered exported water interconnections and replacement of
obsolete/defective meters.
to qualify for 8:
Complete project to install new, or replace defective, meters on all exported water interconnections. Maintain annual meter accuracy testing for all exported water meters. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 6% accuracy.
to qualify for 10:
Maintain annual meter accuracy testing for all meters. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 3% accuracy. Investigate new meter technology; pilot one or more replacements with
innovative meters in attempt to improve meter accuracy.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 24
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Water
exported master meter and
supply error adjustment"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Develop a plan to restructure
recordkeeping system to capture all
flow data; set a procedure to review
flow data on a daily basis to detect
input errors. Obtain more reliable
information about existing meters by
conducting field inspections of
meters and related instrumentation,
and obtaining manufacturer
literature. Review the written
agreement between the utility selling
(exporting) the water and the
purchasing Utility.
to maintain 10:
Monitor meter innovations for
development of more accurate and less
expensive flowmeters; work with the
purchasing utilities to help identify meter
replacement needs. Keep
communication lines with the purchasing
utilities open and maintain productive
relations. Keep the written agreement
current with clear and explicit language
that meets the ongoing needs of all
parties.
Billed metered:
n/a (not applicable). Select
n/a only if the entire
customer population is not
metered and is billed for
water service on a flat or
fixed rate basis. In such a
case the volume entered
must be zero.
Less than 50% of customers with
volume-based billings from meter
readings; flat or fixed rate billing
exists for the majority of the
customer population
At least 50% of customers with
volume-based billing from meter
reads; flat rate billing for others.
Manual meter reading is conducted,
with less than 50% meter read
success rate, remainding accounts'
consumption is estimated. Limited
meter records, no regular meter
testing or replacement. Billing data
maintained on paper records, with no
auditing.
Conditions between
2 and 4
At least 75% of customers with
volume-based, billing from meter
reads; flat or fixed rate billing for
remaining accounts. Manual meter
reading is conducted with at least
50% meter read success rate;
consumption for accounts with failed
reads is estimated. Purchase
records verify age of customer
meters; only very limited meter
accuracy testing is conducted.
Customer meters are replaced only
upon complete failure. Computerized
billing records exist, but only sporadic
internal auditing conducted.
Conditions between
4 and 6
At least 90% of customers with volumebased billing from meter reads; consumption for remaining accounts is
estimated. Manual customer meter
reading gives at least 80% customer
meter reading success rate;
consumption for accounts with failed
reads is estimated. Good customer
meter records eixst, but only limited
meter accuracy testing is conducted.
Regular replacement is conducted for
the oldest meters. Computerized
billing records exist with annual auditing
of summary statistics conducting by
utility personnel.
Conditions between
6 and 8
At least 97% of customers exist with
volume-based billing from meter
reads. At least 90% customer meter
reading success rate; or at least 80%
read success rate with planning and
budgeting for trials of Automatic Meter
Reading (AMR) or Advanced Metering
Infrastructure (AMI) in one or more
pilot areas. Good customer meter
records. Regular meter accuracy
testing guides replacement of
statistically significant number of
meters each year. Routine auditing of
computerized billing records for global
and detailed statistics occurs annually
by utility personnel, and is verified by
third party at least once every five
years.
Conditions between
8 and 10
At least 99% of customers exist with
volume-based billing from meter reads.
At least 95% customer meter reading
success rate; or minimum 80% meter
reading success rate, with Automatic
Meter Reading (AMR) or Advanced
Metering Infrastructure (AMI) trials
underway. Statistically significant
customer meter testing and
replacement program in place on a
continuous basis. Computerized billing
with routine, detailed auditing, including
field investigation of representative
sample of accounts undertaken annually
by utility personnel. Audit is conducted
by third party auditors at least once
every three years.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Billed
Metered Consumption"
component:
If n/a is selected because
the customer meter
population is unmetered,
consider establishing a
new policy to meter the
customer population and
employ water rates based
upon metered volumes.
to qualify for 2:
Conduct investigations or trials of
customer meters to select
appropriate meter models. Budget
funding for meter installations.
Investigate volume based water rate
structures.
to maintain 10:
Continue annual internal billing data
auditing, and third party auditing at least
every three years. Continue customer
meter accuracy testing to ensure that
accurate customer meter readings are
obtained and entered as the basis for
volume based billing. Stay abreast of
improvements in Automatic Meter
Reading (AMR) and Advanced Metering
Infrastructure (AMI) and information
management. Plan and budget for
justified upgrades in metering, meter
reading and billing data management to
maintain very high accuracy in customer
metering and billing.
Billed unmetered:
Select n/a if it is the policy
of the water utility to meter
all customer connections
and it has been confirmed
by detailed auditing that all
customers do indeed have
a water meter; i.e. no
intentionally unmetered
accounts exist
Water utility policy does not require
customer metering; flat or fixed fee
billing is employed. No data is
collected on customer consumption.
The only estimates of customer
population consumption available
are derived from data estimation
methods using average fixture count
multiplied by number of connections,
or similar approach.
Water utility policy does not require
customer metering; flat or fixed fee
billing is employed. Some metered
accounts exist in parts of the system
(pilot areas or District Metered
Areas) with consumption read
periodically or recorded on portable
dataloggers over one, three, or
seven day periods. Data from these
sample meters are used to infer
consumption for the total customer
population. Site specific estimation
methods are used for unusual
buildings/water uses.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Water utility policy does require
metering and volume based billing in
general. However, a liberal amount
of exemptions and a lack of clearly
written and communicated
procedures result in up to 20% of
billed accounts believed to be
unmetered by exemption; or the
water utility is in transition to
becoming fully metered, and a large
number of customers remain
unmetered. A rough estimate of the
annual consumption for all unmetered
accounts is included in the annual
water audit, with no inspection of
individual unmetered accounts.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Water utility policy does require
metering and volume based billing but
established exemptions exist for a
portion of accounts such as municipal
buildings. As many as 15% of billed
accounts are unmetered due to this
exemption or meter installation
difficulties. Only a group estimate of
annual consumption for all unmetered
accounts is included in the annual
water audit, with no inspection of
individual unmetered accounts.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Water utility policy does require
metering and volume based billing for
all customer accounts. However, less
than 5% of billed accounts remain
unmetered because meter installation
is hindered by unusual circumstances.
The goal is to minimize the number of
unmetered accounts. Reliable
estimates of consumption are
obtained for these unmetered
accounts via site specific estimation
methods.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Water utility policy does require
metering and volume based billing for all
customer accounts. Less than 2% of
billed accounts are unmetered and exist
because meter installation is hindered
by unusual circumstances. The goal
exists to minimize the number of
unmetered accounts to the extent that is
economical. Reliable estimates of
consumption are obtained at these
accounts via site specific estimation
methods.
to qualify for 10:
Conduct accountability checks to confirm that all exported metered flow data is reviewed and corrected each business day by the utility selling the water. Results of all meter accuracy tests and data corrections should be available for sharing between the utility and the purchasing Utility. Establish a schedule for a regular review and updating of the contractual language in the written agreements with the purchasing utilities; at least every five years.
to qualify for 6:
Refine computerized data collection and archive to include hourly exported supply metered flow data that is reviewed at least on a weekly basis to detect specific data anomalies and gaps. Make necessary corrections to errors/data errors on a weekly basis.
to qualify for 8:
Ensure that all exported metered flow data is collected and archived on at least an hourly basis. All data is reviewed and errors/data gaps are corrected each business day.
AUTHORIZED CONSUMPTION
to qualify for 4:
Purchase and install meters on unmetered accounts.
Implement policies to improve meter reading success.
Catalog meter information during meter read visits to
identify age/model of existing meters. Test a minimal
number of meters for accuracy. Install computerized billing system.
to qualify for 6:
Purchase and install meters on unmetered accounts.
Eliminate flat fee billing and establish appropriate water rate structure based upon measured consumption. Continue to
achieve verifiable success in removing manual meter reading barriers. Expand meter accuracy testing. Launch regular meter replacement program. Launch a program of annual
auditing of global billing statistics by utility personnel. to qualify for 10:
Purchase and install meters on unmetered accounts. Launch Automatic Meter Reading (AMR) or Advanced Metering
Infrastructure (AMI) system trials if manual meter reading success rate of at least 99% is not achieved within a five-year program. Continue meter accuracy testing program. Conduct planning and budgeting for large scale meter replacement based upon meter life cycle analysis using cumulative flow target. Continue annual detailed billing data auditing by utility personnel and conduct third party auditing at least once every three years.
to qualify for 4:
Install automatic datalogging equipment on exported supply meters. Set a procedure to review this data on a monthly basis to detect gross anomalies and data gaps. Launch
discussions with the purchasing utilities to jointly review terms of the written agreements regarding meter accuracy testing and data management; revise the terms as
necessary.
to qualify for 8:
Purchase and install meters on unmetered accounts. If
customer meter reading success rate is less than 97%,
assess cost-effectiveness of Automatic Meter Reading
(AMR) or Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) system for portion or entire system; or otherwise achieve ongoing
improvements in manual meter reading success rate to 97% or higher. Refine meter accuracy testing program. Set
meter replacement goals based upon accuracy test results.
Implement annual auditing of detailed billing records by utility personnel and implement third party auditing at least once every five years.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 25
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Billed
Unmetered Consumption"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Conduct research and evaluate
cost/benefit of a new water utility
policy to require metering of the
customer population; thereby greatly
reducing or eliminating unmetered
accounts. Conduct pilot metering
project by installing water meters in
small sample of customer accounts
and periodically reading the meters
or datalogging the water
consumption over one, three, or
seven day periods.
to maintain 10:
Continue to refine estimation methods
for unmetered consumption and explore
means to establish metering, for as
many billed remaining unmetered
accounts as is economically feasible.
Unbilled metered:
select n/a if all billingexempt consumption is
unmetered.
Billing practices exempt certain
accounts, such as municipal
buildings, but written policies do not
exist; and a reliable count of unbilled
metered accounts is unavailable.
Meter upkeep and meter reading on
these accounts is rare and not
considered a priority. Due to poor
recordkeeping and lack of auditing,
water consumption for all such
accounts is purely guesstimated.
Billing practices exempt certain
accounts, such as municipal
buildings, but only scattered, dated
written directives exist to justify this
practice. A reliable count of unbilled
metered accounts is unavailable.
Sporadic meter replacement and
meter reading occurs on an asneeded basis. The total annual water consumption for all unbilled, metered
accounts is estimated based upon
approximating the number of
accounts and assigning consumption
from actively billed accounts of same
meter size.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Dated written procedures permit
billing exemption for specific
accounts, such as municipal
properties, but are unclear regarding
certain other types of accounts.
Meter reading is given low priority and
is sporadic. Consumption is
quantified from meter readings where
available. The total number of
unbilled, unmetered accounts must
be estimated along with consumption
volumes.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Written policies regarding billing
exemptions exist but adherence in
practice is questionable. Metering and
meter reading for municipal buildings is
reliable but sporadic for other unbilled
metered accounts. Periodic auditing of
such accounts is conducted. Water
consumption is quantified directly from
meter readings where available, but
the majority of the consumption is
estimated.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Written policy identifies the types of
accounts granted a billing exemption.
Customer meter management and
meter reading are considered
secondary priorities, but meter reading
is conducted at least annually to obtain
consumption volumes for the annual
water audit. High level auditing of
billing records ensures that a reliable
census of such accounts exists.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Clearly written policy identifies the types
of accounts given a billing exemption,
with emphasis on keeping such
accounts to a minimum. Customer
meter management and meter reading
for these accounts is given proper
priority and is reliably conducted.
Regular auditing confirms this. Total
water consumption for these accounts is
taken from reliable readings from
accurate meters.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Unbilled
Metered Consumption"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Reassess the water utility's policy
allowing certain accounts to be
granted a billing exemption. Draft an
outline of a new written policy for
billing exemptions, with clear
justification as to why any accounts
should be exempt from billing, and
with the intention to keep the
number of such accounts to a
minimum.
to maintain 10:
Reassess the utility's philosophy in
allowing any water uses to go "unbilled".
It is possible to meter and bill all
accounts, even if the fee charged for
water consumption is discounted or
waived. Metering and billing all
accounts ensures that water
consumption is tracked and water waste
from plumbing leaks is detected and
minimized.
Unbilled unmetered:
Extent of unbilled, unmetered
consumption is unknown due to
unclear policies and poor
recordkeeping. Total consumption
is quantified based upon a purely
subjective estimate.
Clear extent of unbilled, unmetered
consumption is unknown, but a
number of events are randomly
documented each year, confirming
existence of such consumption, but
without sufficient documentation to
quantify an accurate estimate of the
annual volume consumed.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Extent of unbilled, unmetered
consumption is partially known, and
procedures exist to document certain
events such as miscellaneous fire
hydrant uses. Formulae is used to
quantify the consumption from such
events (time running multiplied by
typical flowrate, multiplied by number
of events).
Default value of
1.25% of system input
volume is employed
Coherent policies exist for some forms
of unbilled, unmetered consumption but
others await closer evaluation.
Reasonable recordkeeping for the
managed uses exists and allows for
annual volumes to be quantified by
inference, but unsupervised uses are
guesstimated.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Clear policies and good recordkeeping
exist for some uses (ex: water used in
periodic testing of unmetered fire
connections), but other uses (ex:
miscellaneous uses of fire hydrants)
have limited oversight. Total
consumption is a mix of well quantified
use such as from formulae (time
running multiplied by typical flow,
multiplied by number of events) or
temporary meters, and relatively
subjective estimates of less regulated
use.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Clear policies exist to identify permitted
use of water in unbilled, unmetered
fashion, with the intention of minimizing
this type of consumption. Good records
document each occurrence and
consumption is quantified via formulae
(time running multiplied by typical flow,
multiplied by number of events) or use
of temporary meters.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Unbilled
Unmetered Consumption"
component:
to qualify for 5:
Utilize the accepted default value of
1.25% of the volume of water
supplied as an expedient means to
gain a reasonable quantification of
this use.
to qualify for 2:
Establish a policy regarding what
water uses should be allowed to
remain as unbilled and unmetered.
Consider tracking a small sample of
one such use (ex: fire hydrant
flushings).
to qualify for 5:
Utilize accepted default value of
1.25% of the volume of water
supplied as an expedient means to
gain a reasonable quantification of all
such use. This is particularly
appropriate for water utilities who are
in the early stages of the water
auditing process, and should focus on
other components since the volume
of unbilled, umetered consumption is
usually a relatively small quatity
component, and other larger-quantity
components should take priority.
to qualify for 6 or
greater:
Finalize policy and
begin to conduct field
checks to better
establish and quantify
such usage. Proceed
if top-down audit
exists and/or a great
volume of such use is
suspected.
to maintain 10:
Continue to refine policy and procedures
with intention of reducing the number of
allowable uses of water in unbilled and
unmetered fashion. Any uses that can
feasibly become billed and metered
should be converted eventually.
to qualify for 10:
Ensure that meter management (meter accuracy testing,
meter replacement) and meter reading activities for unbilled accounts are accorded the same priority as billed accounts.
Establish ongoing annual auditing process to ensure that water consumption is reliably collected and provided to the annual water audit process.
to qualify for 4:
Implement a new water utility policy requiring customer metering. Launch or expand pilot metering study to include several different meter types, which will provide data for economic assessment of full scale metering options.
Assess sites with access difficulties to devise means to obtain water consumption volumes. Begin customer meter
installation.
to qualify for 6:
Refine policy and procedures to improve customer metering participation for all but solidly exempt accounts. Assign staff resources to review billing records to identify errant
unmetered properties. Specify metering needs and funding requirements to install sufficient meters to significant reduce the number of unmetered accounts
to qualify for 8:
Communicate billing exemption policy throughout the
organization and implement procedures that ensure proper account management. Conduct inspections of accounts
confirmed in unbilled metered status and verify that accurate meters exist and are scheduled for routine meter readings.
Gradually increase the number of unbilled metered accounts that are included in regular meter reading routes.
APPARENT LOSSES
to qualify for 4:
Review historic written directives and policy documents allowing certain accounts to be billing-exempt. Draft an outline of a written policy for billing exemptions, identify criteria that grants an exemption, with a goal of keeping this number of accounts to a minimum. Consider
increasing the priority of reading meters on unbilled
accounts at least annually.
to qualify for 6:
Draft a new written policy regarding billing exemptions based upon consensus criteria allowing this occurrence. Assign resources to audit meter records and billing records to obtain census of unbilled metered accounts. Gradually include a greater number of these metered accounts to the routes for regular meter reading.
to qualify for 10:
Refine written procedures to ensure that all uses of unbilled, unmetered water are overseen by a structured permitting process managed by water utility personnel. Reassess policy to determine if some of these uses have value in being
converted to billed and/or metered status.
to qualify for 8:
Assess water utility policy and procedures for various
unmetered usages. For example, ensure that a policy exists and permits are issued for use of fire hydrants by persons outside of the utility. Create written procedures for use and documentation of fire hydrants by water utility personnel.
Use same approach for other types of unbilled, unmetered water usage.
to qualify for 5:
Utilize accepted default value of 1.25% of the volume of water supplied as an expedient means to gain a
reasonable quantification of this use.
to qualify for 4:
Evaluate the documentation of events that have been
observed. Meet with user groups (ex: for fire hydrants - fire departments, contractors to ascertain their need and/or volume requirements for water from fire hydrants).
to qualify for 8:
Push to install customer meters on a full scale basis. Refine metering policy and procedures to ensure that all accounts, including municipal properties, are designated for meters.
Plan special efforts to address "hard-to-access" accounts.
Implement procedures to obtain a reliable consumption
estimate for the remaining few unmetered accounts awaiting meter installation.
to qualify for 10:
Continue customer meter installation throughout the service area, with a goal to minimize unmetered accounts. Sustain the effort to investigate accounts with access difficulties, and devise means to install water meters or otherwise measure water consumption.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 26
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Unauthorized consumption:
Extent of unauthorized consumption
is unknown due to unclear policies
and poor recordkeeping. Total
unauthorized consumption is
guesstimated.
Unauthorized consumption is a
known occurrence, but its extent is a
mystery. There are no requirements
to document observed events, but
periodic field reports capture some of
these occurrences. Total
unauthorized consumption is
approximated from this limited data.
conditions between
2 and 4
Procedures exist to document some
unauthorized consumption such as
observed unauthorized fire hydrant
openings. Use formulae to quantify
this consumption (time running
multiplied typical flowrate, multiplied
by number of events).
Default value of
0.25% of volume of
water supplied is
employed
Coherent policies exist for some forms
of unauthorized consumption (more
than simply fire hydrant misuse) but
others await closer evaluation.
Reasonable surveillance and
recordkeeping exist for occurrences
that fall under the policy. Volumes
quantified by inference from these
records.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Clear policies and good auditable
recordkeeping exist for certain events
(ex: tampering with water meters,
illegal bypasses of customer meters);
but other occurrences have limited
oversight. Total consumption is a
combination of volumes from formulae
(time x typical flow) and subjective
estimates of unconfirmed
consumption.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Clear policies exist to identify all known
unauthorized uses of water. Staff and
procedures exist to provide enforcement
of policies and detect violations. Each
occurrence is recorded and quantified
via formulae (estimated time running
multiplied by typical flow) or similar
methods. All records and calculations
should exist in a form that can be
audited by a third party.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Unauthorized
Consumption" component:
to qualify for 5:
Use accepted default of 0.25% of
volume of water supplied.
to qualify for 2:
Review utility policy regarding what
water uses are considered
unauthorized, and consider tracking
a small sample of one such
occurrence (ex: unauthorized fire
hydrant openings)
to qualify for 5:
Utilize accepted default value of
0.25% of volume of water supplied as
an expedient means to gain a
reasonable quantification of all such
use. This is particularly appropriate
for water utilities who are in the early
stages of the water auditing process.
to qualify for 6 or
greater:
Finalize policy
updates to clearly
identify the types of
water consumption
that are authorized
from those usages
that fall outside of this
policy and are,
therefore,
unauthorized. Begin
to conduct regular
field checks. Proceed
if the top-down audit
already exists and/or
a great volume of
such use is
suspected.
to maintain 10:
Continue to refine policy and procedures
to eliminate any loopholes that allow or
tacitly encourage unauthorized
consumption. Continue to be vigilant in
detection, documentation and
enforcement efforts.
Customer metering
inaccuracies:
select n/a only if the entire
customer population is
unmetered. In such a case
the volume entered must
be zero.
Customer meters exist, but with
unorganized paper records on
meters; no meter accuracy testing
or meter replacement program for
any size of retail meter. Metering
workflow is driven chaotically with no
proactive management. Loss
volume due to aggregate meter
inaccuracy is guesstimated.
Poor recordkeeping and meter
oversight is recognized by water
utility management who has allotted
staff and funding resources to
organize improved recordkeeping
and start meter accuracy testing.
Existing paper records gathered and
organized to provide cursory
disposition of meter population.
Customer meters are tested for
accuracy only upon customer
request.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Reliable recordkeeping exists; meter
information is improving as meters
are replaced. Meter accuracy
testing is conducted annually for a
small number of meters (more than
just customer requests, but less than
1% of inventory). A limited number of
the oldest meters are replaced each
year. Inaccuracy volume is largely an
estimate, but refined based upon
limited testing data.
Conditions between
4 and 6
A reliable electronic recordkeeping
system for meters exists. The meter
population includes a mix of new high
performing meters and dated meters
with suspect accuracy. Routine, but
limited, meter accuracy testing and
meter replacement occur. Inaccuracy
volume is quantified using a mix of
reliable and less certain data.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Ongoing meter replacement and
accuracy testing result in highly
accurate customer meter population.
Testing is conducted on samples of
meters of varying age and
accumulated volume of throughput to
determine optimum replacement time
for various types of meters.
Ongoing meter
replacement and
accuracy testing result
in highly accurate
customer meter
population. Statistically
significant number of
meters are tested in
audit year. This testing
is conducted on
samples of meters of
varying age and
accumulated volume of
throughput to
determine optimum
replacement time for
these meters.
Good records of all active customer
meters exist and include as a minimum:
meter number, account
number/location, type, size and
manufacturer. Ongoing meter
replacement occurs according to a
targeted and justified basis. Regular
meter accuracy testing gives a reliable
measure of composite inaccuracy
volume for the customer meter
population. New metering technology is
embraced to keep overall accuracy
improving. Procedures are reviewed by
a third party knowledgeable in the M36
methodology.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Customer
meter inaccuracy volume"
component:
If n/a is selected because
the customer meter
population is unmetered,
consider establishing a
new policy to meter the
customer population and
employ water rates based
upon metered volumes.
to qualify for 2:
Gather available meter purchase
records. Conduct testing on a small
number of meters believed to be the
most inaccurate. Review staffing
needs of the metering group and
budget for necessary resources to
better organize meter management.
to qualify for 9:
Continue efforts to manage meter
population with reliable recordkeeping.
Test a statistically significant number
of meters each year and analyze test
results in an ongoing manner to serve
as a basis for a target meter
replacement strategy based upon
accumulated volume throughput.
to qualify for 10:
Continue efforts to
manage meter
population with reliable
recordkeeping, meter
testing and
replacement. Evaluate
new meter types and
install one or more
types in 5-10 customer
accounts each year in
order to pilot improving
metering technology.
to maintain 10:
Increase the number of meters tested
and replaced as justified by meter
accuracy test data. Continually monitor
development of new metering
technology and Advanced Metering
Infrastructure (AMI) to grasp
opportunities for greater accuracy in
metering of water flow and management
of customer consumption data.
to qualify for 6:
Standardize the procedures for meter recordkeeping within an electronic information system. Accelerate meter accuracy testing and meter replacements guided by testing results. to qualify for 8:
Expand annual meter accuracy testing to evaluate a
statistically significant number of meter makes/models.
Expand meter replacement program to replace statistically significant number of poor performing meters each year. to qualify for 5:
Use accepted default of 0.25% of system input volume
to qualify for 4:
Review utility policy regarding what water uses are
considered unauthorized, and consider tracking a small
sample of one such occurrence (ex: unauthorized fire
hydrant openings)
to qualify for 4:
Implement a reliable record keeping system for customer meter histories, preferably using electronic methods
typically linked to, or part of, the Customer Billing System or Customer Information System. Expand meter accuracy
testing to a larger group of meters.
to quality for 8:
Assess water utility policies to ensure that all known
occurrences of unauthorized consumption are outlawed, and that appropriate penalties are prescribed. Create written procedures for detection and documentation of various
occurrences of unauthorized consumption as they are
uncovered.
to qualify for 10:
Refine written procedures and assign staff to seek out likely occurrences of unauthorized consumption. Explore new
locking devices, monitors and other technologies designed to detect and thwart unauthorized consumption.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 27
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Systematic Data Handling
Errors:
Note: all water utilities
incur some amount of this
error. Even in water
utilities with unmetered
customer populations and
fixed rate billing, errors
occur in annual billing
tabulations. Enter a
positive value for the
volume and select a
grading.
Policies and procedures for
activation of new customer water
billing accounts are vague and lack
accountability. Billing data is
maintained on paper records which
are not well organized. No auditing
is conducted to confirm billing data
handling efficiency. An unknown
number of customers escape
routine billing due to lack of billing
process oversight.
Policy and procedures for activation
of new customer accounts and
oversight of billing records exist but
need refinement. Billing data is
maintained on paper records or
insufficiently capable electronic
database. Only periodic unstructured
auditing work is conducted to confirm
billing data handling efficiency. The
volume of unbilled water due to billing
lapses is a guess.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Policy and procedures for new
account activation and oversight of
billing operations exist but needs
refinement. Computerized billing
system exists, but is dated or lacks
needed functionality. Periodic, limited
internal audits conducted and confirm
with approximate accuracy the
consumption volumes lost to billing
lapses.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Policy and procedures for new account
activation and oversight of billing
operations is adequate and reviewed
periodically. Computerized billing
system is in use with basic reporting
available. Any effect of billing
adjustments on measured
consumption volumes is well
understood. Internal checks of billing
data error conducted annually.
Reasonably accurate quantification of
consumption volume lost to billing
lapses is obtained.
Conditions between
6 and 8
New account activation and billing
operations policy and procedures are
reviewed at least biannually.
Computerized billing system includes
an array of reports to confirm billing
data and system functionality. Checks
are conducted routinely to flag and
explain zero consumption accounts.
Annual internal checks conducted with
third party audit conducted at least
once every five years. Accountability
checks flag billing lapses.
Consumption lost to billing lapses is
well quantified and reducing year-byyear.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Sound written policy and procedures
exist for new account activation and
oversight of customer billing operations.
Robust computerized billing system
gives high functionality and reporting
capabilities which are utilized, analyzed
and the results reported each billing
cycle. Assessment of policy and data
handling errors are conducted internally
and audited by third party at least once
every three years, ensuring
consumption lost to billing lapses is
minimized and detected as it occurs.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Systematic
Data Handling Error volume"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Draft written policy and procedures
for activating new water billing
accounts and oversight of billing
operations. Investigate and budget
for computerized customer billing
system. Conduct initial audit of
billing records by flow-charting the
basic business processes of the
customer account/billing function.
to maintain 10:
Stay abreast of customer information
management developments and
innovations. Monitor developments of
Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI)
and integrate technology to ensure that
customer endpoint information is wellmonitored and errors/lapses are at an economic minimum.
Length of mains:
Poorly assembled and maintained
paper as-built records of existing
water main installations makes
accurate determination of system
pipe length impossible. Length of
mains is guesstimated.
Paper records in poor or uncertain
condition (no annual tracking of
installations & abandonments). Poor
procedures to ensure that new water
mains installed by developers are
accurately documented.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Sound written policy and procedures
exist for documenting new water main
installations, but gaps in management
result in a uncertain degree of error in
tabulation of mains length.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Sound written policy and procedures
exist for permitting and commissioning
new water mains. Highly accurate
paper records with regular field
validation; or electronic records and
asset management system in good
condition. Includes system backup.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Sound written policy and procedures
exist for permitting and commissioning
new water mains. Electronic
recordkeeping such as a Geographical
Information System (GIS) and asset
management system are used to
store and manage data.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Sound written policy exists for managing
water mains extensions and
replacements. Geographic Information
System (GIS) data and asset
management database agree and
random field validation proves truth of
databases. Records of annual field
validation should be available for review.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Length of
Water Mains" component:
to qualify for 2:
Assign personnel to inventory
current as-built records and
compare with customer billing
system records and highway plans
in order to verify poorly documented
pipelines. Assemble policy
documents regarding permitting and
documentation of water main
installations by the utility and building
developers; identify gaps in
procedures that result in poor
documentation of new water main
installations.
to maintain 10:
Continue with standardization and
random field validation to improve the
completeness and accuracy of the
system.
Number of active AND inactive
service connections:
Vague permitting (of new service
connections) policy and poor paper
recordkeeping of customer
connections/billings result in suspect
determination of the number of
service connections, which may be
10-15% in error from actual count.
General permitting policy exists but
paper records, procedural gaps, and
weak oversight result in questionable
total for number of connections,
which may vary 5-10% of actual
count.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Written account activation policy and
procedures exist, but with some gaps
in performance and oversight.
Computerized information
management system is being brought
online to replace dated paper
recordkeeping system. Reasonably
accurate tracking of service
connection installations &
abandonments; but count can be up
to 5% in error from actual total.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Written new account activation and
overall billing policies and procedures
are adequate and reviewed
periodically. Computerized information
management system is in use with
annual installations & abandonments
totaled. Very limited field verifications
and audits. Error in count of number of
service connections is believed to be
no more than 3%.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Policies and procedures for new
account activation and overall billing
operations are written, well-structured
and reviewed at least biannually. Wellmanaged computerized information management system exists and
routine, periodic field checks and
internal system audits are conducted.
Counts of connections are no more
than 2% in error.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Sound written policy and well managed
and audited procedures ensure reliable
management of service connection
population. Computerized information
management system, Customer Billing
System, and Geographic Information
System (GIS) information agree; field
validation proves truth of databases.
Count of connections recorded as being
in error is less than 1% of the entire
population.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Number of
Active and Inactive Service
Connections" component:
Note: The number of
Service Connections
does not include fire
hydrant leads/lines
connecting the hydrant
to the water main
to qualify for 2:
Draft new policy and procedures for
new account activation and overall
billing operations. Research and
collect paper records of installations
& abandonments for several years
prior to audit year.
to maintain 10:
Continue with standardization and
random field validation to improve
knowledge of system.
to qualify for 8:
Launch random field checks of limited number of locations.
Convert to electronic database such as a Geographic
Information System (GIS) with backup as justified. Develop written policy and procedures.
to qualify for 10:
Link Geographic Information System (GIS) and asset
management databases, conduct field verification of data.
Record field verification information at least annually. to qualify for 6:
Finalize updates/improvements to written policy and
procedures for permitting/commissioning new main
installations. Confirm inventory of records for five years prior to audit year; correct any errors or omissions.
SYSTEM DATA
Either of two conditions can be met for a
grading of 10:
a) Customer water meters exist outside
of customer buildings next to the curb
stop or boundary separating
utility/customer responsibility for service
connection piping. If so, answer "Yes"
to the question on the Reporting
Working asking about this condition. A
value of zero and a Grading of 10 are
automatically entered in the Reporting
Worksheet .
b). Meters exist inside customer
buildingsor properties are unmetered
to qualify for 10:
Close policy/procedure loopholes that allow some customer accounts to go unbilled, or data handling errors to exist.
Ensure that billing system reports are utilized, analyzed and reported every billing cycle. Ensure that internal and third party audits are conducted at least once every three years.
to qualify for 4:
Finalize written policy and procedures for activation of new billing acocunts and overall billing operations management.
Implement a computerized customer billing system.
Conduct initial audit of billing records as part of this process.
to qualify for 6:
Refine new account activation and billing operations
procedures and ensure consistency with the utility policy regarding billing, and minimize opportunity for missed billings.
Upgrade or replace customer billing system for needed
functionality - ensure that billing adjustments don't corrupt the value of consumption volumes. Procedurize internal annual audit process.
to qualify for 8:
Formalize regular review of new account activation process and general billing practices. Enhance reporting capability of computerized billing system. Formalize regular auditing process to reveal scope of data handling error. Plan for periodic third party audit to occur at least once every five years.
Gradings 1-9 apply if customer properties are unmetered, if customer meters exist and are located inside the customer building premises, or if the water utility owns and is responsible for the entire service connection piping from the water main to the customer building. In any of these cases the average distance between the curb stop or boundary separating utility/customer responsibility for service connection piping, and the typical first point of use (ex: faucet) or the customer meter must be quantified. Gradings of 1-9 are used to grade the validity of the means to quantify this value. (See the "Service Connection Diagram" worksheet) to qualify for 8:
Formalize regular review of new account activation and
overall billing operations policies and procedures. Launch random field checks of limited number of locations. Develop reports and auditing mechanisms for computerized
information management system.
to qualify for 10:
Close any procedural loopholes that allow installations to go undocumented. Link computerized information management
system with Geographic Information System (GIS) and
formalize field inspection and information system auditing processes. Documentation of new or decommissioned service connections encounters several levels of checks and balances. to qualify for 4:
Refine policy and procedures for new account activation and overall billing operations. Research computerized
recordkeeping system (Customer Information System or
Customer Billing System) to improve documentation format for service connections.
to qualify for 6:
Refine procedures to ensure consistency with new account activation and overall billing policy to establish new service connections or decommission existing connections. Improve process to include all totals for at least five years prior to audit year.
to qualify for 4:
Complete inventory of paper records of water main
installations for several years prior to audit year. Review policy and procedures for commissioning and documenting new water main installation.
Average length of customer
service line:
Note: if customer water
meters are located outside
of the customer building
next to the curb stop or
boundary separating
utility/customer
responsibility, then the
auditor should answer
"Yes" to the question on
the Reporting Worksheet
asking about this. If the
answer is Yes, the grading
description listed under the
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 28
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Vague policy exists to define the
delineation of water utility ownership
and customer ownership of the
service connection piping. Curb
stops are perceived as the
breakpoint but these have not been
well-maintained or documented.
Most are buried or obscured. Their
location varies widely from site-tosite, and estimating this distance is arbitrary due to the unknown location
of many curb stops.
Policy requires that the curb stop
serves as the delineation point
between water utility ownership and
customer ownership of the service
connection piping. The piping from
the water main to the curb stop is the
property of the water utility; and the
piping from the curb stop to the
customer building is owned by the
customer. Curb stop locations are
not well documented and the
average distance is based upon a
limited number of locations
measured in the field.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Good policy requires that the curb
stop serves as the delineation point
between water utility ownership and
customer ownership of the service
connection piping. Curb stops are
generally installed as needed and are
reasonably documented. Their
location varies widely from site-tosite, and an estimate of this distance is hindered by the availability of paper
records of limited accuracy.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Clear written policy exists to define
utility/customer responsibility for
service connection piping. Accurate,
well-maintained paper or basic
electronic recordkeeping system
exists. Periodic field checks confirm
piping lengths for a sample of
customer properties.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Clearly worded policy standardizes the
location of curb stops and meters,
which are inspected upon installation.
Accurate and well maintained
electronic records exist with periodic
field checks to confirm locations of
service lines, curb stops and customer
meter pits. An accurate number of
customer properties from the
customer billing system allows for
reliable averaging of this length.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Average
Length of Customer Service
Line" component:
to qualify for 2:
Research and collect paper records
of service line installations. Inspect
several sites in the field using pipe
locators to locate curb stops. Obtain
the length of this small sample of
connections in this manner.
to maintain 10:
Continue with standardization and
random field validation to improve
knowledge of service connection
configurations and customer meter
locations.
Average operating pressure:
Available records are poorly
assembled and maintained paper
records of supply pump
characteristics and water distribution
system operating conditions.
Average pressure is guesstimated
based upon this information and
ground elevations from crude
topographical maps. Widely varying
distribution system pressures due to
undulating terrain, high system head
loss and weak/erratic pressure
controls further compromise the
validity of the average pressure
calculation.
Limited telemetry monitoring of
scattered pumping station and water
storage tank sites provides some
static pressure data, which is
recorded in handwritten logbooks.
Pressure data is gathered at
individual sites only when low
pressure complaints arise. Average
pressure is determined by averaging
relatively crude data, and is affected
by significant variation in ground
elevations, system head loss and
gaps in pressure controls in the
distribution system.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Effective pressure controls separate
different pressure zones; moderate
pressure variation across the system,
occasional open boundary valves are
discovered that breech pressure
zones. Basic telemetry monitoring of
the distribution system logs pressure
data electronically. Pressure data
gathered by gauges or dataloggers at
fire hydrants or buildings when low
pressure complaints arise, and during
fire flow tests and system flushing.
Reliable topographical data exists.
Average pressure is calculated using
this mix of data.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Reliable pressure controls separate
distinct pressure zones; only very
occasional open boundary valves are
encountered that breech pressure
zones. Well-covered telemetry
monitoring of the distribution system
(not just pumping at source treatment
plants or wells) logs extensive pressure
data electronically. Pressure gathered
by gauges/dataloggers at fire hydrants
and buildings when low pressure
complaints arise, and during fire flow
tests and system flushing. Average
pressure is determined by using this
mix of reliable data.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Well-managed, discrete pressure
zones exist with generally predictable
pressure fluctuations. A current fullscale SCADA System or similar realtime monitoring system exists to
monitor the water distribution system
and collect data, including real time
pressure readings at representative
sites across the system. The average
system pressure is determined from
reliable monitoring system data.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Well-managed pressure districts/zones,
SCADA System and hydraulic model
exist to give very precise pressure data
across the water distribution system.
Average system pressure is reliably
calculated from extensive, reliable, and
cross-checked data. Calculations are
reported on an annual basis as a
minimum.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Average
Operating Pressure"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Employ pressure gauging and/or
datalogging equipment to obtain
pressure measurements from fire
hydrants. Locate accurate
topographical maps of service area
in order to confirm ground
elevations. Research pump data
sheets to find pump pressure/flow
characteristics
to maintain 10:
Continue to refine the hydraulic model of
the distribution system and consider
linking it with SCADA System for realtime pressure data calibration, and averaging.
to qualify for 8:
Implement an electronic means of recordkeeping, typically via a customer information system, customer billing system, or Geographic Information System (GIS). Standardize the process to conduct field checks of a limited number of
locations.
Either of two conditions can be met for a
grading of 10:
a) Customer water meters exist outside
of customer buildings next to the curb
stop or boundary separating
utility/customer responsibility for service
connection piping. If so, answer "Yes"
to the question on the Reporting
Working asking about this condition. A
value of zero and a Grading of 10 are
automatically entered in the Reporting
Worksheet .
b). Meters exist inside customer
buildings, or properties are unmetered.
In either case, answer "No" to the
Reporting Worksheet question on meter
location, and enter a distance
determined by the auditor. For a
Grading of 10 this value must be a very
reliable number from a Geographic
Information System (GIS) and
confirmed by a statistically valid number
of field checks.
to qualify for 8:
Install a Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) System, or similar realtime monitoring system, to monitor system parameters and control operations. Set regular
calibration schedule for instrumentation to insure data accuracy. Obtain accurate topographical data and utilize pressure data gathered from field surveys to provide
extensive, reliable data for pressure averaging.
to qualify for 10:
Annually, obtain a system-wide average pressure value from the hydraulic model of the distribution system that has been calibrated via field measurements in the water distribution system and confirmed in comparisons with SCADA System
data.
to qualify for 4:
Formalize and communicate policy delineating
utility/customer responsibilities for service connection piping. Assess accuracy of paper records by field
inspection of a small sample of service connections using pipe locators as needed. Research the potential migration to a computerized information management system to
store service connection data.
to qualify for 10:
Link customer information management system and
Geographic Information System (GIS), standardize process for field verification of data.
to qualify for 4:
Formalize a procedure to use pressure
gauging/datalogging equipment to gather pressure data
during various system events such as low pressure
complaints, or operational testing. Gather pump pressure and flow data at different flow regimes. Identify faulty pressure controls (pressure reducing valves, altitude
valves, partially open boundary valves) and plan to properly configure pressure zones. Make all pressure data from
these efforts available to generate system-wide average pressure.
to qualify for 6:
Expand the use of pressure gauging/datalogging equipment to gather scattered pressure data at a representative set of sites, based upon pressure zones or areas. Utilize pump pressure and flow data to determine supply head entering each pressure zone or district. Correct any faulty pressure controls (pressure reducing valves, altitude valves, partially open boundary valves) to ensure properly configured
pressure zones. Use expanded pressure dataset from these activities to generate system-wide average pressure.
to qualify for 6:
Establish coherent procedures to ensure that policy for curb stop, meter installation and documentation is followed. Gain consensus within the water utility for the establishment of a computerized information management system.
Average length of customer
service line:
Note: if customer water
meters are located outside
of the customer building
next to the curb stop or
boundary separating
utility/customer
responsibility, then the
auditor should answer
"Yes" to the question on
the Reporting Worksheet
asking about this. If the
answer is Yes, the grading
description listed under the
Grading of 10(a) will be
followed, with a value of
zero automatically entered
at a Grading of 10. See
the Service Connection
Diagram worksheet for a
visual presentation of this
distance.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 29
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Total annual cost of operating
water system:
Incomplete paper records and lack
of financial accounting
documentation on many operating
functions makes calculation of water
system operating costs a pure
guesstimate
Reasonably maintained, but
incomplete, paper or electronic
accounting provides data to estimate
the major portion of water system
operating costs.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Electronic, industry-standard cost
accounting system in place.
However, gaps in data are known to
exist, periodic internal reviews are
conducted but not a structured
financial audit.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Reliable electronic, industry-standard
cost accounting system in place, with
all pertinent water system operating
costs tracked. Data audited
periodically by utility personnel, but not
a Certified Public Accountant (CPA).
Conditions between
6 and 8
Reliable electronic, industry-standard
cost accounting system in place, with
all pertinent water system operating
costs tracked. Data audited at least
annually by utility personnel, and at
least once every three years by thirdparty CPA.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Reliable electronic, industry-standard
cost accounting system in place, with all
pertinent water system operating costs
tracked. Data audited annually by utility
personnel and annually also by thirdparty CPA.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Total Annual
Cost of Operating the Water
System" component:
to qualify for 2:
Gather available records, institute
new financial accounting procedures
to regularly collect and audit basic
cost data of most important
operations functions.
to maintain 10:
Maintain program, stay abreast of
expenses subject to erratic cost
changes and long-term cost trend, and
budget/track costs proactively
Customer retail unit cost
(applied to Apparent
Losses):
Customer population
unmetered, and/or only a
fixed fee is charged for
consumption.
Antiquated, cumbersome water rate
structure is used, with periodic
historic amendments that were
poorly documented and
implemented; resulting in classes of
customers being billed inconsistent
charges. The actual composite
billing rate likely differs significantly
from the published water rate
structure, but a lack of auditing
leaves the degree of error
indeterminate.
Dated, cumbersome water rate
structure, not always employed
consistently in actual billing
operations. The actual composite
billing rate is known to differ from the
published water rate structure, and a
reasonably accurate estimate of the
degree of error is determined,
allowing a composite billing rate to be
quantified.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Straight-forward water rate structure
in use, but not updated in several
years. Billing operations reliably
employ the rate structure. The
composite billing rate is derived from
a single customer class such as
residential customer accounts,
neglecting the effect of different rates
from varying customer classes.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Clearly written, up-to-date water rate
structure is in force and is applied
reliably in billing operations.
Composite customer rate is
determined using a weighted average
residential rate using volumes of water
in each rate block.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Effective water rate structure is in
force and is applied reliably in billing
operations. Composite customer rate
is determined using a weighted
average composite consumption rate,
which includes residential, commercial,
industrial, institutional (CII), and any
other distinct customer classes within
the water rate structure.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Current, effective water rate structure is
in force and applied reliably in billing
operations. The rate structure and
calculations of composite rate - which
includes residential, commercial,
industrial, institutional (CII), and other
distinct customer classes - are reviewed
by a third party knowledgeable in the
M36 methodology at least once every
five years.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Customer
Retail Unit Cost" component:
to qualify for 2:
Formalize the process to implement
water rates, including a secure
documentation procedure. Create a
current, formal water rate document
and gain approval from all
stakeholders.
to qualify for 6:
Evaluate volume of water used in
each usage block by residential
users. Multiply volumes by full rate
structure.
Launch effort to fully
meter the customer
population and charge
rates based upon
water volumes
to maintain 10:
Keep water rate structure current in
addressing the water utility's revenue
needs. Update the calculation of the
customer unit rate as new rate
components, customer classes, or other
components are modified.
Variable production cost
(applied to Real Losses):
Note: if the water utility
purchases/imports its
entire water supply, then
enter the unit purchase
cost of the bulk water
supply in the Reporting
Worksheet with a grading
of 10
Incomplete paper records and lack
of documentation on primary
operating functions (electric power
and treatment costs most
importantly) makes calculation of
variable production costs a pure
guesstimate
Reasonably maintained, but
incomplete, paper or electronic
accounting provides data to roughly
estimate the basic operations costs
(pumping power costs and treatment
costs) and calculate a unit variable
production cost.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Electronic, industry-standard cost
accounting system in place. Electric
power and treatment costs are
reliably tracked and allow accurate
weighted calculation of unit variable
production costs based on these two
inputs and water imported purchase
costs (if applicable). All costs are
audited internally on a periodic basis.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Reliable electronic, industry-standard
cost accounting system in place, with
all pertinent water system operating
costs tracked. Pertinent additional
costs beyond power, treatment and
water imported purchase costs (if
applicable) such as liability, residuals
management, wear and tear on
equipment, impending expansion of
supply, are included in the unit variable
production cost, as applicable. The
data is audited at least annually by
utility personnel.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Reliable electronic, industry-standard
cost accounting system in place, with
all pertinent primary and secondary
variable production and water
imported purchase (if applicable)
costs tracked. The data is audited at
least annually by utility personnel, and
at least once every three years by a
third-party knowledgeable in the M36
methodology.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Either of two conditions can be met to
obtain a grading of 10:
1) Third party CPA audit of all pertinent
primary and secondary variable
production and water imported purchase
(if applicable) costs on an annual basis.
or:
2) Water supply is entirely purchased as
bulk water imported, and the unit
purchase cost - including all applicable
marginal supply costs - serves as the
variable production cost. If all applicable
marginal supply costs are not included
in this figure, a grade of 10 should not
be selected.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Variable
Production Cost" component:
to qualify for 2:
Gather available records, institute
new procedures to regularly collect
and audit basic cost data and most
important operations functions.
to maintain 10:
Maintain program, stay abreast of
expenses subject to erratic cost
changes and budget/track costs
proactively
to qualify for 10:
Conduct a periodic third-party audit of water used in each usage block by all classifications of users. Multiply volumes by full rate structure.
to qualify for 4:
Implement an electronic cost accounting system,
structured according to accounting standards for water
utilities
to qualify for 10:
Standardize the process to conduct a third-party financial audit by a CPA on an annual basis.
COST DATA
to qualify for 6:
Establish process for periodic internal audit of water system operating costs; identify cost data gaps and institute
procedures for tracking these outstanding costs.
to qualify for 8:
Standardize the process to conduct routine financial audit on an annual basis. Arrange for CPA audit of financial records at least once every three years.
to qualify for 6:
Formalize process for regular internal audits of production costs. Assess whether additional costs (liability, residuals management, equipment wear, impending infrastructure
expansion) should be included to calculate a more
representative variable production cost.
to qualify for 8:
Formalize the accounting process to include direct cost components (power, treatment) as well as indirect cost
components (liability, residuals management, etc.) Arrange to conduct audits by a knowledgable third-party at least once every three years.
to qualify for 10:
Standardize the process to conduct a third-party financial audit by a CPA on an annual basis.
to qualify for 4:
Implement an electronic cost accounting system,
structured according to accounting standards for water
utilities
to qualify for 4:
Review the water rate structure and update/formalize as needed. Assess billing operations to ensure that actual billing operations incorporate the established water rate structure.
to qualify for 8:
Evaluate volume of water used in each usage block by all classifications of users. Multiply volumes by full rate structure.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 30
"O
Cl)
"O
·;;
0 I...
Cl..
I...
0 .....
ro
:2
ro
>
CAVANAUGH
Stewardship Through Innovation
AWWA Water Audit Level 1 Validation Document
Audit Information:
Utility: Livingston PWS ID: 2410004
System Type: Potable Audit Period: Calendar 2017
Utility Representation: Tony Avina (Lead Operator}, Anthony Chavarria (PW Superintendent}, Happy Bains (Senior Accountant) Validation Date: 1/30/2019 Call Time: 11:30 am Sufficient Supporting Documents Provided: Yes Validation Findings & Confirmation Statement:
Key Audit Metrics:
Data Validity Score: 61 Data Validity Band (Level): Band Ill (51-70) ILi: 0.75 Real Loss: 8.02 (gal/conn/ day) Apparent Loss: 37.64 (gal/conn/day) Non-revenue water as percent of cost of operating system: 2.7% Certification Statement by Validator:
This water loss audit report has been Level 1 validated per the requirements of California Code of Regulations Title 23, Division 2, Chapter 7 and the California Water Code Section 10608.34.
All recommendations on volume derivation and Data Validity Grades were incorporated into the water audit. ~ Validator Information:
Water Audit Validator: Drew Blackwell Validator Qualifications: Contractor for California Water Loss TAP Page j 1
2017 AWWA Water Audit Level 1 Validation
Water System Name: _ Water System ID Number: Water Audit Period:
Water Audit & Water Loss Improvement Steps:
Steps taken in preceding year to increase data validity, reduce real loss and apparent {ass as informed by the annual validated water audit:
«Information to be completed by Utility»
1. We are in the process of doing meter change outs from manual reads to radio read meters and anything over 25 years old is also being replaced with radio read meters. ·
2. The City is also in the middle of multi-million main water line replacement and new servl<;:e line replacements.
3. Our 1M Water Storage Tank is in the process of being renovated inside and outside.
4. The City i~ resear: hing to try to go onto a fixed base radio read unit to read all meters throughout t he City. - - - - - ----
Certification Statement by Utility Executive:
This water loss audit report meets the requirements of California Code of Regulations Title 23, Division 2, Chapter 7 and the California Water Code Section 10608.34 and has been prepared in accordance with the method adopted by the American Water Works Association, as contained in their manual, Water Audits and Loss Controf Programs, Manual M36, Fourth Edition and in the Free Water Audit Softwi:lre version 5. 2 ·Z .. lP , /9
Executive Name (Print) Executive Position Date
5 Name of Contact Person: All audit data are entered on the Reporting Worksheet Email Address: Value can be entered by user
Telephone | Ext.: 1(209)394-8044 Value calculated based on input data Name of City / Utility: These cells contain recommended default values City/Town/Municipality:
State / Province: Pcnt: Value:
Country: 0.25%
Year: 2017 Calendar Year
Start Date: Enter MM/YYYY numeric format
End Date: Enter MM/YYYY numeric format
Audit Preparation Date:
Volume Reporting Units:
PWSID / Other ID:
If you have questions or comments regarding the software please contact us via email at: [email protected] The spreadsheet contains several separate worksheets. Sheets can be accessed using the tabs towards the bottom of the screen, or by clicking the buttons below.
TONY AVINA
Acre-feet
Please begin by providing the following information The following guidance will help you complete the Audit California (CA)
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0
CITY OF LIVINGSTON
The following worksheets are available by clicking the buttons below or selecting the tabs along the bottom of the page
LIVINGSTON
[email protected]
Auditors are strongly encouraged to refer to the most current edition of AWWA M36 Manual for Water Audits for detailed guidance on the water auditing process and targetting loss reduction levels This spreadsheet-based water audit tool is designed to help quantify and track water losses associated with water distribution systems and identify areas for improved efficiency and cost recovery. It provides a "top-down" summary water audit format, and is not meant to take the place of a full-scale, comprehensive water audit format. 241004
USA
Use of Option
(Radio) Buttons:
American Water Works Association Copyright © 2014, All Rights Reserved.
Select the default percentage
by choosing the option button
on the left
To enter a value, choose
this button and enter a
value in the cell to the right
Instructions
The current sheet.
Enter contact
information and basic
audit details (year,
units etc)
Performance
Indicators
Review the
performance
indicators to evaluate
the results of the audit
Comments
Enter comments to
explain how values
were calculated or to
document data
sources
Water Balance
The values entered in
the Reporting
Worksheet are used to
populate the Water
Balance
Dashboard
A graphical summary
of the water balance
and Non-Revenue
Water components
Grading Matrix
Presents the possible
grading options for
each input component
of the audit
Service Connection
Diagram
Diagrams depicting
possible customer
service connection line
configurations
Acknowledgements
Acknowledgements for
the AWWA Free Water
Audit Software v5.0
Loss Control
Planning
Use this sheet to
interpret the results of
the audit validity score
and performance
indicators
Definitions
Use this sheet to
understand the terms
used in the audit
process
Example Audits
Reporting Worksheet
and Performance
Indicators examples
are shown for two
validated audits
Reporting Worksheet
Enter the required data
on this worksheet to
calculate the water
balance and data grading
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Instructions 1
Water Audit Report for:
Reporting Year:
All volumes to be entered as: ACRE-FEET PER YEAR
Master Meter and Supply Error Adjustments
WATER SUPPLIED Pcnt: Value:
Volume from own sources: 5 7,166.600 acre-ft/yr acre-ft/yr Water imported: n/a 0.000 acre-ft/yr acre-ft/yr
Water exported: n/a 0.000 acre-ft/yr acre-ft/yr
Enter negative % or value for under-registration
WATER SUPPLIED: 7,166.600 acre-ft/yr Enter positive % or value for over-registration .
AUTHORIZED CONSUMPTION
Billed metered: 7 6,487.000 acre-ft/yr
Billed unmetered: n/a 0.000 acre-ft/yr
Unbilled metered: n/a 0.000 acre-ft/yr Pcnt: Value:
Unbilled unmetered: 89.583 acre-ft/yr 1.25% 24061 acre-ft/yr AUTHORIZED CONSUMPTION: 6,576.583 acre-ft/yr
WATER LOSSES (Water Supplied - Authorized Consumption) 590.018 acre-ft/yr Apparent Losses Pcnt: Value:
Unauthorized consumption: 17.917 acre-ft/yr 0.25% acre-ft/yr Customer metering inaccuracies: 3 0.000 acre-ft/yr acre-ft/yr Systematic data handling errors: 16.218 acre-ft/yr 0.25% acre-ft/yr Apparent Losses: 34.134 acre-ft/yr
Real Losses (Current Annual Real Losses or CARL)
Real Losses = Water Losses - Apparent Losses: 555.884 acre-ft/yr WATER LOSSES: 590.018 acre-ft/yr
NON-REVENUE WATER
NON-REVENUE WATER: 679.600 acre-ft/yr
= Water Losses + Unbilled Metered + Unbilled Unmetered
SYSTEM DATA
Length of mains: 7 36.0 miles
Number of active AND inactive service connections: 7 3,065 Service connection density: 85 conn./mile main
Yes
Average length of customer service line: ft
Average operating pressure: 5 50.0 psi
COST DATA
Total annual cost of operating water system: 10 $2,709,132 $/Year Customer retail unit cost (applied to Apparent Losses): 4 $1.57 Variable production cost (applied to Real Losses): 5 $/acre-ft WATER AUDIT DATA VALIDITY SCORE:
PRIORITY AREAS FOR ATTENTION:
1: Volume from own sources
2: Customer metering inaccuracies
3: Customer retail unit cost (applied to Apparent Losses) Based on the information provided, audit accuracy can be improved by addressing the following components:
$/1000 gallons (US)
<----------- Enter grading in column 'E' and 'J' ----------> Default option selected for unauthorized consumption - a grading of 5 is applied but not displayed *** YOUR SCORE IS: 55 out of 100 ***
A weighted scale for the components of consumption and water loss is included in the calculation of the Water Audit Data Validity Score Default option selected for Systematic data handling errors - a grading of 5 is applied but not displayed Average length of customer service line has been set to zero and a data grading score of 10 has been applied Are customer meters typically located at the curbstop or property line? AWWA Free Water Audit Software:
Reporting Worksheet
Default option selected for Unbilled unmetered - a grading of 5 is applied but not displayed 2017 1/2017 - 12/2017
CITY OF LIVINGSTON (241004)
?
?
?
?
?
? Click to access definition
?
?
?
?
?
?
Please enter data in the white cells below. Where available, metered values should be used; if metered values are unavailable please estimate a value. Indicate your confidence in the accuracy of the input data by grading each component (n/a or 1-10) using the drop-down list to the left of the input cell. Hover the mouse over the cell to obtain a description of the grades ?
?
?
?
?
?
(length of service line, beyond the property
boundary, that is the responsibility of the utility)
Use buttons to select
percentage of water
supplied
OR
value
Click here: ?
for help using option
buttons below
?
?
?
?
+
+ Click to add a comment
WAS v5.0
+
+
+
+
+
+
American Water Works Association.
?
?
?
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Use Customer Retail Unit Cost to value real losses
?
To select the correct data grading for each input, determine the highest grade where AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Reporting Worksheet 2 •
: ~1 -------1
I I l~ __ I____ I
I i~l 1----------t
--§ -
--
--
-- I@ 0 11
-
t.. ...
t
-- I I@ 0 II I
:: 1 ~ : 0
0 -
-
-
--
••CII~ __ ____.
I I
I I
I I
I I
Water Audit Report for: CITY OF LIVINGSTON (241004)
Reporting Year:
System Attributes:
Apparent Losses: 34.134 acre-ft/yr
+ Real Losses: 555.884 acre-ft/yr
= Water Losses: 590.018 acre-ft/yr
Unavoidable Annual Real Losses (UARL): 36.66 acre-ft/yr Annual cost of Apparent Losses: $17,463
Annual cost of Real Losses: Valued at Customer Retail Unit Cost Performance Indicators:
Non-revenue water as percent by volume of Water Supplied: 9.5% Non-revenue water as percent by cost of operating system: 12.8% Real Losses valued at Customer Retail Unit Cost Apparent Losses per service connection per day: 9.94 gallons/connection/day Real Losses per service connection per day: 161.91 gallons/connection/day Real Losses per length of main per day*: N/A
Real Losses per service connection per day per psi pressure: 3.24 gallons/connection/day/psi From Above, Real Losses = Current Annual Real Losses (CARL): 555.88 acre-feet/year
15.16 * This performance indicator applies for systems with a low service connection density of less than 32 service connections/mile of pipeline Infrastructure Leakage Index (ILI) [CARL/UARL]:
2017 1/2017 - 12/2017
Return to Reporting Worksheet to change this assumpiton AWWA Free Water Audit Software:
System Attributes and Performance Indicators
*** YOUR WATER AUDIT DATA VALIDITY SCORE IS: 55 out of 100 *** ?
?
American Water Works Association.
WAS v5.0
Financial:
Operational Efficiency:
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Performance Indicators 3 ft
-
{
-
General Comment:
Audit Item Comment
Volume from own sources:
Vol. from own sources: Master meter
error adjustment:
Water imported:
Water imported: master meter error
adjustment:
Water exported:
Water exported: master meter error
adjustment:
Billed metered:
Billed unmetered:
Unbilled metered:
Unbilled unmetered:
AWWA Free Water Audit Software:
User Comments
Use this worksheet to add comments or notes to explain how an input value was calculated, or to document the sources of the information used.
WAS v5.0
American Water Works Association.
Copyright © 2014, All Rights Reserved.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Comments 4
-~ Ill
I' I 7
-
-
-
-
-
-
'
-
-
-
-
-
-
- '
-
I
Audit Item Comment
Unauthorized consumption:
Customer metering inaccuracies:
Systematic data handling errors:
Length of mains:
Number of active AND inactive
service connections:
Average length of customer service
line:
Average operating pressure:
Total annual cost of operating water
system:
Customer retail unit cost (applied to
Apparent Losses):
Variable production cost (applied to
Real Losses):
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Comments 5
Water Audit Report for:
Reporting Year: 2017 1/2017 - 12/2017
Data Validity Score: 55
Water Exported Revenue Water
0.000 0.000
is removed)
Billed Metered Consumption (water exported
Revenue Water
6,487.000
Own Sources
Authorized
Consumption
6,487.000 Billed Unmetered Consumption 6,487.000
0.000
6,576.583 Unbilled Metered Consumption
0.000
7,166.600
89.583 Unbilled Unmetered Consumption
89.583
System Input Water Supplied Unauthorized Consumption 679.600 7,166.600 Apparent Losses 17.917
7,166.600 34.134 Customer Metering Inaccuracies
0.000
Systematic Data Handling Errors
Water Losses 16.218
Water Imported 590.018
Mains
Leakage on Transmission and/or Distribution
Real Losses Not broken down
0.000
555.884
Not broken down
Leakage on Service Connections
Not broken down
Tanks
Leakage and Overflows at Utility's Storage
AWWA Free Water Audit Software: Water Balance
Non-Revenue Water
(NRW)
Billed Authorized Consumption
Unbilled Authorized Consumption
(Adjusted for known
errors)
Billed Water Exported
CITY OF LIVINGSTON (241004)
WAS v5.0
American Water Works Association.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Water Balance 21
•
I
I I I I I I I I
.
I
I I I I I I I I
I
.
I I I I I
l
I I I I I I I I .
I
I I I I I I I I I I
I
Water Audit Report for:
Reporting Year: 2017 Show me the VOLUME of Non-Revenue Water Data Validity Score: 55 Show me the COST of Non-Revenue Water AWWA Free Water Audit Software:
Dashboard
1/2017 - 12/2017
CITY OF LIVINGSTON (241004)
0 0
0 0
0 1
1 1
1 1
1 Cost $
Total Cost of NRW =$
Unbilled metered (valued at Cust.Ret.Unit Cost)
Unbilled unmetered (valued at Cust.Ret.Unit Cost)
Unauth. consumption
Cust. metering inaccuracies
Syst. data handling errors
Real Losses (valued at Cust.Ret.Unit Cost)
WAS v5.0
American Water Works Association.
Water Exported
Authorized Consumption
Water Losses
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Water Exported
Water Imported
Volume From Own Sources
Water Exported
Billed Auth. Cons.
Unbilled Auth. Cons.
Apparent Losses
Real Losses
Water Exported
Revenue Water
Non Revenue Water
The graphic below is a visual representation of the
Water Balance with bar heights propotional to the
volume of the audit components
Water Exported
Water Supplied
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Dashboard 22
l~I
.._
■ ■
■
■
■
"'
■
■
■
■
■
■
0 @
■
■
■
■
■
■
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Volume from own sources:
Select this grading only if
the water utility
purchases/imports all of its
water resources (i.e. has
no sources of its own)
Less than 25% of water production
sources are metered, remaining
sources are estimated. No regular
meter accuracy testing or electronic
calibration conducted.
25% - 50% of treated water
production sources are metered;
other sources estimated. No regular
meter accuracy testing or electronic
calibration conducted.
Conditions between
2 and 4
50% - 75% of treated water
production sources are metered,
other sources estimated. Occasional
meter accuracy testing or electronic
calibration conducted.
Conditions between
4 and 6
At least 75% of treated water
production sources are metered, or at
least 90% of the source flow is derived
from metered sources. Meter
accuracy testing and/or electronic
calibration of related instrumentation is
conducted annually. Less than 25% of
tested meters are found outside of +/-
6% accuracy.
Conditions between
6 and 8
100% of treated water production
sources are metered, meter accuracy
testing and electronic calibration of
related instrumentation is conducted
annually, less than 10% of meters are
found outside of +/- 6% accuracy
Conditions between
8 and 10
100% of treated water production
sources are metered, meter accuracy
testing and electronic calibration of
related instrumentation is conducted
semi-annually, with less than 10% found
outside of +/- 3% accuracy. Procedures
are reviewed by a third party
knowledgeable in the M36 methodology.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Volume from
own Sources" component:
to qualify for 2:
Organize and launch efforts to
collect data for determining volume
from own sources
to maintain 10:
Standardize meter accuracy test
frequency to semi-annual, or more
frequent, for all meters. Repair or
replace meters outside of +/- 3%
accuracy. Continually investigate/pilot
improving metering technology.
Volume from own sources
master meter and supply error
adjustment:
Select n/a only if the water
utility fails to have meters
on its sources of supply
Inventory information on meters and
paper records of measured volumes
exist but are incomplete and/or in a
very crude condition; data error
cannot be determined
No automatic datalogging of
production volumes; daily readings
are scribed on paper records without
any accountability controls. Flows
are not balanced across the water
distribution system: tank/storage
elevation changes are not employed
in calculating the "Volume from own
sources" component and archived
flow data is adjusted only when
grossly evident data error occurs.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Production meter data is logged
automatically in electronic format and
reviewed at least on a monthly basis
with necessary corrections
implemented. "Volume from own
sources" tabulations include estimate
of daily changes in tanks/storage
facilities. Meter data is adjusted
when gross data errors occur, or
occasional meter testing deems this
necessary.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Hourly production meter data logged
automatically & reviewed on at least a
weekly basis. Data is adjusted to
correct gross error when
meter/instrumentation equipment
malfunction is detected; and/or error is
confirmed by meter accuracy testing.
Tank/storage facility elevation changes
are automatically used in calculating a
balanced "Volume from own sources"
component, and data gaps in the
archived data are corrected on at least
a weekly basis.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Continuous production meter data is
logged automatically & reviewed each
business day. Data is adjusted to
correct gross error from detected
meter/instrumentation equipment
malfunction and/or results of meter
accuracy testing. Tank/storage facility
elevation changes are automatically
used in "Volume from own sources"
tabulations and data gaps in the
archived data are corrected on a daily
basis.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Computerized system (SCADA or
similar) automatically balances flows
from all sources and storages; results
are reviewed each business day. Tight
accountability controls ensure that all
data gaps that occur in the archived flow
data are quickly detected and corrected.
Regular calibrations between SCADA
and sources meters ensures minimal
data transfer error.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Master meter
and supply error adjustment"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Develop a plan to restructure
recordkeeping system to capture all
flow data; set a procedure to review
flow data on a daily basis to detect
input errors. Obtain more reliable
information about existing meters by
conducting field inspections of
meters and related instrumentation,
and obtaining manufacturer
literature.
to maintain 10:
Monitor meter innovations for
development of more accurate and less
expensive flowmeters. Continue to
replace or repair meters as they
perform outside of desired accuracy
limits. Stay abreast of new and more
accurate water level instruments to
better record tank/storage levels and
archive the variations in storage volume.
Keep current with SCADA and data
management systems to ensure that
archived data is well-managed and error
free.
Water Imported:
Select n/a if the water
utility's supply is
exclusively from its own
water resources (no bulk
purchased/ imported
water)
Less than 25% of imported water
sources are metered, remaining
sources are estimated. No regular
meter accuracy testing.
25% - 50% of imported water
sources are metered; other sources
estimated. No regular meter
accuracy testing.
Conditions between
2 and 4
50% - 75% of imported water
sources are metered, other sources
estimated. Occasional meter
accuracy testing conducted.
Conditions between
4 and 6
At least 75% of imported water
sources are metered, meter accuracy
testing and/or electronic calibration of
related instrumentation is conducted
annually for all meter installations.
Less than 25% of tested meters are
found outside of +/- 6% accuracy.
Conditions between
6 and 8
100% of imported water sources are
metered, meter accuracy testing and
electronic calibration of related
instrumentation is conducted annually,
less than 10% of meters are found
outside of +/- 6% accuracy
Conditions between
8 and 10
100% of imported water sources are
metered, meter accuracy testing and
electronic calibration of related
instrumentation is conducted semiannually for all meter installations, with less than 10% of accuracy tests found
outside of +/- 3% accuracy.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Water
Imported Volume" component:
(Note: usually the water
supplier selling the water - "the
Exporter" - to the utility being
audited is responsible to
maintain the metering
installation measuring the
imported volume. The utility
should coordinate carefully
with the Exporter to ensure
that adequate meter upkeep
takes place and an accurate
measure of the Water
Imported volume is quantified. )
to qualify for 2:
Review bulk water purchase
agreements with partner suppliers;
confirm requirements for use and
maintenance of accurate metering.
Identify needs for new or
replacement meters with goal to
meter all imported water sources.
to maintain 10:
Standardize meter accuracy test
frequency to semi-annual, or more
frequent, for all meters. Continue to
conduct calibration of related
instrumentation on a semi-annual basis.
Repair or replace meters outside of +/-
3% accuracy. Continually
investigate/pilot improving metering
technology.
to qualify for 8:
Complete project to install new, or replace defective, meters on all imported water interconnections. Maintain annual meter accuracy testing for all imported water meters and conduct calibration of related instrumentation at least annually. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 6%
accuracy.
to qualify for 4:
Locate all water production sources on maps and in the
field, launch meter accuracy testing for existing meters, begin to install meters on unmetered water production
sources and replace any obsolete/defective meters.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software: Grading Matrix
The grading assigned to each audit component and the corresponding recommended improvements and actions are highlighted in yellow. Audit accuracy is likely to be improved by prioritizing those items shown in red to qualify for 6:
Refine computerized data collection and archive to include hourly production meter data that is reviewed at least on a weekly basis to detect specific data anomalies and gaps.
Use daily net storage change to balance flows in calculating "Water Supplied" volume. Necessary corrections to data
errors are implemented on a weekly basis.
to qualify for 8:
Ensure that all flow data is collected and archived on at least an hourly basis. All data is reviewed and detected errors corrected each business day. Tank/storage levels variations are employed in calculating balanced "Water Supplied"
component. Adjust production meter data for gross error and inaccuracy confirmed by testing.
to qualify for 10:
Link all production and tank/storage facility elevation change data to a Supervisory Control & Data Acquisition (SCADA) System, or similar computerized monitoring/control system, and establish automatic flow balancing algorithm and regularly calibrate between SCADA and source meters. Data is
reviewed and corrected each business day.
to qualify for 6:
Formalize annual meter accuracy testing for all source
meters; specify the frequency of testing. Complete
installation of meters on unmetered water production sources and complete replacement of all obsolete/defective meters. to qualify for 8:
Conduct annual meter accuracy testing and calibration of related instrumentation on all meter installations on a regular basis. Complete project to install new, or replace defective existing, meters so that entire production meter population is metered. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 6%
accuracy.
To qualify for 4:
Locate all imported water sources on maps and in the field, launch meter accuracy testing for existing meters, begin to install meters on unmetered imported water
interconnections and replace obsolete/defective meters. to qualify for 6:
Formalize annual meter accuracy testing for all imported water meters, planning for both regular meter accuracy
testing and calibration of the related instrumentation.
Continue installation of meters on unmetered imported water interconnections and replacement of obsolete/defective
meters.
to qualify for 10:
Maintain annual meter accuracy testing and calibration of related instrumentation for all meter installations. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 3% accuracy. Investigate new meter technology; pilot one or more replacements with
innovative meters in attempt to further improve meter
accuracy.
to qualify for 4:
Install automatic datalogging equipment on production
meters. Complete installation of level instrumentation at all tanks/storage facilities and include tank level data in automatic calculation routine in a computerized system.
Construct a computerized listing or spreadsheet to archive input volumes, tank/storage volume changes and
import/export flows in order to determine the composite "Water Supplied" volume for the distribution system. Set a procedure to review this data on a monthly basis to detect gross anomalies and data gaps.
to qualify for 10:
Conduct meter accuracy testing for all meters on a semiannual basis, along with calibration of all related instrumentation. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 3% accuracy. Investigate new meter technology; pilot one or more replacements with innovative meters in attempt to improve meter accuracy.
WATER SUPPLIED
WAS 5.0
American Water Works Association. Copyright © 2014, All Rights Reserved.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 23
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Water imported master meter
and supply error adjustment:
Select n/a if the Imported
water supply is
unmetered, with Imported
water quantities estimated
on the billing invoices sent
by the Exporter to the
purchasing Utility.
Inventory information on imported
meters and paper records of
measured volumes exist but are
incomplete and/or in a very crude
condition; data error cannot be
determined Written agreement(s)
with water Exporter(s) are missing or
written in vague language
concerning meter management and
testing.
No automatic datalogging of
imported supply volumes; daily
readings are scribed on paper
records without any accountability
controls to confirm data accuracy
and the absence of errors and data
gaps in recorded volumes. Written
agreement requires meter accuracy
testing but is vague on the details of
how and who conducts the testing.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Imported supply metered flow data is
logged automatically in electronic
format and reviewed at least on a
monthly basis by the Exporter with
necessary corrections implemented.
Meter data is adjusted by the
Exporter when gross data errors are
detected. A coherent data trail exists
for this process to protect both the
selling and the purchasing Utility.
Written agreement exists and clearly
states requirements and roles for
meter accuracy testing and data
management.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Hourly Imported supply metered data
is logged automatically & reviewed on
at least a weekly basis by the Exporter.
Data is adjusted to correct gross error
when meter/instrumentation equipment
malfunction is detected; and to correct
for error confirmed by meter accuracy
testing. Any data gaps in the archived
data are detected and corrected during
the weekly review. A coherent data
trail exists for this process to protect
both the selling and the purchasing
Utility.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Continuous Imported supply metered
flow data is logged automatically &
reviewed each business day by the
Exporter. Data is adjusted to correct
gross error from detected
meter/instrumentation equipment
malfunction and/or results of meter
accuracy testing. Any data
errors/gaps are detected and
corrected on a daily basis. A data trail
exists for the process to protect both
the selling and the purchasing Utility.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Computerized system (SCADA or
similar) automatically records data
which is reviewed each business day by
the Exporter. Tight accountability
controls ensure that all error/data gaps
that occur in the archived flow data are
quickly detected and corrected. A
reliable data trail exists and contract
provisions for meter testing and data
management are reviewed by the selling
and purchasing Utility at least once
every five years.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Water
imported master meter and
supply error adjustment"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Develop a plan to restructure
recordkeeping system to capture all
flow data; set a procedure to review
flow data on a daily basis to detect
input errors. Obtain more reliable
information about existing meters by
conducting field inspections of
meters and related instrumentation,
and obtaining manufacturer
literature. Review the written
agreement between the selling and
purchasing Utility.
to maintain 10:
Monitor meter innovations for
development of more accurate and less
expensive flowmeters; work with the
Exporter to help identify meter
replacement needs. Keep
communication lines with Exporters
open and maintain productive relations.
Keep the written agreement current with
clear and explicit language that meets
the ongoing needs of all parties.
Water Exported:
Select n/a if the water
utility sells no bulk water to
neighboring water utilities
(no exported water sales)
Less than 25% of exported water
sources are metered, remaining
sources are estimated. No regular
meter accuracy testing.
25% - 50% of exported water
sources are metered; other sources
estimated. No regular meter
accuracy testing.
Conditions between
2 and 4
50% - 75% of exported water
sources are metered, other sources
estimated. Occasional meter
accuracy testing conducted.
Conditions between
4 and 6
At least 75% of exported water sources
are metered, meter accuracy testing
and/or electronic calibration conducted
annually. Less than 25% of tested
meters are found outside of +/- 6%
accuracy.
Conditions between
6 and 8
100% of exported water sources are
metered, meter accuracy testing and
electronic calibration of related
instrumentation is conducted annually,
less than 10% of meters are found
outside of +/- 6% accuracy
Conditions between
8 and 10
100% of exported water sources are
metered, meter accuracy testing and
electronic calibration of related
instrumentation is conducted semiannually for all meter installations, with less than 10% of accuracy tests found
outside of +/- 3% accuracy.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Water
Exported Volume" component:
(Note: usually, if the water
utility being audited sells
(Exports) water to a
neighboring purchasing Utility,
it is the responsibility of the
utility exporting the water to
maintain the metering
installation measuring the
Exported volume. The utility
exporting the water should
ensure that adequate meter
upkeep takes place and an
accurate measure of the
Water Exported volume is
quantified. )
to qualify for 2:
Review bulk water sales
agreements with purchasing utilities;
confirm requirements for use &
upkeep of accurate metering.
Identify needs to install new, or
replace defective meters as needed.
to maintain 10:
Standardize meter accuracy test
frequency to semi-annual, or more
frequent, for all meters. Repair or
replace meters outside of +/- 3%
accuracy. Continually investigate/pilot
improving metering technology.
Water exported master meter
and supply error adjustment:
Select n/a only if the water
utility fails to have meters
on its exported supply
interconnections.
Inventory information on exported
meters and paper records of
measured volumes exist but are
incomplete and/or in a very crude
condition; data error cannot be
determined Written agreement(s)
with the utility purchasing the water
are missing or written in vague
language concerning meter
management and testing.
No automatic datalogging of
exported supply volumes; daily
readings are scribed on paper
records without any accountability
controls to confirm data accuracy
and the absence of errors and data
gaps in recorded volumes. Written
agreement requires meter accuracy
testing but is vague on the details of
how and who conducts the testing.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Exported metered flow data is logged
automatically in electronic format and
reviewed at least on a monthly basis,
with necessary corrections
implemented. Meter data is adjusted
by the utility selling (exporting) the
water when gross data errors are
detected. A coherent data trail exists
for this process to protect both the
utility exporting the water and the
purchasing Utility. Written agreement
exists and clearly states requirements
and roles for meter accuracy testing
and data management.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Hourly exported supply metered data is
logged automatically & reviewed on at
least a weekly basis by the utility selling
the water. Data is adjusted to correct
gross error when
meter/instrumentation equipment
malfunction is detected; and to correct
for error found by meter accuracy
testing. Any data gaps in the archived
data are detected and corrected during
the weekly review. A coherent data
trail exists for this process to protect
both the selling (exporting) utility and
the purchasing Utility.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Continuous exported supply metered
flow data is logged automatically &
reviewed each business day by the
utility selling (exporting) the water.
Data is adjusted to correct gross error
from detected meter/instrumentation
equipment malfunction and any error
confirmed by meter accuracy testing.
Any data errors/gaps are detected and
corrected on a daily basis. A data trail
exists for the process to protect both
the selling (exporting) Utility and the
purchasing Utility.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Computerized system (SCADA or
similar) automatically records data
which is reviewed each business day by
the utility selling (exporting) the water.
Tight accountability controls ensure that
all error/data gaps that occur in the
archived flow data are quickly detected
and corrected. A reliable data trail
exists and contract provisions for meter
testing and data management are
reviewed by the selling Utility and
purchasing Utility at least once every
five years.
to qualify for 4:
Install automatic datalogging equipment on Imported
supply meters. Set a procedure to review this data on a monthly basis to detect gross anomalies and data gaps.
Launch discussions with the Exporters to jointly review terms of the written agreements regarding meter accuracy testing and data management; revise the terms as
necessary.
to qualify for 6:
Refine computerized data collection and archive to include hourly Imported supply metered flow data that is reviewed at least on a weekly basis to detect specific data anomalies and gaps. Make necessary corrections to errors/data errors on a weekly basis.
to qualify for 8:
Ensure that all Imported supply metered flow data is
collected and archived on at least an hourly basis. All data is reviewed and errors/data gaps are corrected each business day.
to qualify for 6:
Formalize annual meter accuracy testing for all exported water meters. Continue installation of meters on unmetered exported water interconnections and replacement of
obsolete/defective meters.
to qualify for 8:
Complete project to install new, or replace defective, meters on all exported water interconnections. Maintain annual meter accuracy testing for all exported water meters. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 6% accuracy.
to qualify for 10:
Maintain annual meter accuracy testing for all meters. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 3% accuracy. Investigate new meter technology; pilot one or more replacements with
innovative meters in attempt to improve meter accuracy. to qualify for 10:
Conduct accountability checks to confirm that all Imported supply metered data is reviewed and corrected each business day by the Exporter. Results of all meter accuracy tests and data corrections should be available for sharing between the Exporter and the purchasing Utility. Establish a schedule for a regular review and updating of the contractual language in the written agreement between the selling and the purchasing Utility; at least every five years.
To qualify for 4:
Locate all exported water sources on maps and in field, launch meter accuracy testing for existing meters, begin to install meters on unmetered exported water
interconnections and replace obsolete/defective meters
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 24
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Water
exported master meter and
supply error adjustment"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Develop a plan to restructure
recordkeeping system to capture all
flow data; set a procedure to review
flow data on a daily basis to detect
input errors. Obtain more reliable
information about existing meters by
conducting field inspections of
meters and related instrumentation,
and obtaining manufacturer
literature. Review the written
agreement between the utility selling
(exporting) the water and the
purchasing Utility.
to maintain 10:
Monitor meter innovations for
development of more accurate and less
expensive flowmeters; work with the
purchasing utilities to help identify meter
replacement needs. Keep
communication lines with the purchasing
utilities open and maintain productive
relations. Keep the written agreement
current with clear and explicit language
that meets the ongoing needs of all
parties.
Billed metered:
n/a (not applicable). Select
n/a only if the entire
customer population is not
metered and is billed for
water service on a flat or
fixed rate basis. In such a
case the volume entered
must be zero.
Less than 50% of customers with
volume-based billings from meter
readings; flat or fixed rate billing
exists for the majority of the
customer population
At least 50% of customers with
volume-based billing from meter
reads; flat rate billing for others.
Manual meter reading is conducted,
with less than 50% meter read
success rate, remainding accounts'
consumption is estimated. Limited
meter records, no regular meter
testing or replacement. Billing data
maintained on paper records, with no
auditing.
Conditions between
2 and 4
At least 75% of customers with
volume-based, billing from meter
reads; flat or fixed rate billing for
remaining accounts. Manual meter
reading is conducted with at least
50% meter read success rate;
consumption for accounts with failed
reads is estimated. Purchase
records verify age of customer
meters; only very limited meter
accuracy testing is conducted.
Customer meters are replaced only
upon complete failure. Computerized
billing records exist, but only sporadic
internal auditing conducted.
Conditions between
4 and 6
At least 90% of customers with volumebased billing from meter reads; consumption for remaining accounts is
estimated. Manual customer meter
reading gives at least 80% customer
meter reading success rate;
consumption for accounts with failed
reads is estimated. Good customer
meter records eixst, but only limited
meter accuracy testing is conducted.
Regular replacement is conducted for
the oldest meters. Computerized
billing records exist with annual auditing
of summary statistics conducting by
utility personnel.
Conditions between
6 and 8
At least 97% of customers exist with
volume-based billing from meter
reads. At least 90% customer meter
reading success rate; or at least 80%
read success rate with planning and
budgeting for trials of Automatic Meter
Reading (AMR) or Advanced Metering
Infrastructure (AMI) in one or more
pilot areas. Good customer meter
records. Regular meter accuracy
testing guides replacement of
statistically significant number of
meters each year. Routine auditing of
computerized billing records for global
and detailed statistics occurs annually
by utility personnel, and is verified by
third party at least once every five
years.
Conditions between
8 and 10
At least 99% of customers exist with
volume-based billing from meter reads.
At least 95% customer meter reading
success rate; or minimum 80% meter
reading success rate, with Automatic
Meter Reading (AMR) or Advanced
Metering Infrastructure (AMI) trials
underway. Statistically significant
customer meter testing and
replacement program in place on a
continuous basis. Computerized billing
with routine, detailed auditing, including
field investigation of representative
sample of accounts undertaken annually
by utility personnel. Audit is conducted
by third party auditors at least once
every three years.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Billed
Metered Consumption"
component:
If n/a is selected because
the customer meter
population is unmetered,
consider establishing a
new policy to meter the
customer population and
employ water rates based
upon metered volumes.
to qualify for 2:
Conduct investigations or trials of
customer meters to select
appropriate meter models. Budget
funding for meter installations.
Investigate volume based water rate
structures.
to maintain 10:
Continue annual internal billing data
auditing, and third party auditing at least
every three years. Continue customer
meter accuracy testing to ensure that
accurate customer meter readings are
obtained and entered as the basis for
volume based billing. Stay abreast of
improvements in Automatic Meter
Reading (AMR) and Advanced Metering
Infrastructure (AMI) and information
management. Plan and budget for
justified upgrades in metering, meter
reading and billing data management to
maintain very high accuracy in customer
metering and billing.
Billed unmetered:
Select n/a if it is the policy
of the water utility to meter
all customer connections
and it has been confirmed
by detailed auditing that all
customers do indeed have
a water meter; i.e. no
intentionally unmetered
accounts exist
Water utility policy does not require
customer metering; flat or fixed fee
billing is employed. No data is
collected on customer consumption.
The only estimates of customer
population consumption available
are derived from data estimation
methods using average fixture count
multiplied by number of connections,
or similar approach.
Water utility policy does not require
customer metering; flat or fixed fee
billing is employed. Some metered
accounts exist in parts of the system
(pilot areas or District Metered
Areas) with consumption read
periodically or recorded on portable
dataloggers over one, three, or
seven day periods. Data from these
sample meters are used to infer
consumption for the total customer
population. Site specific estimation
methods are used for unusual
buildings/water uses.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Water utility policy does require
metering and volume based billing in
general. However, a liberal amount
of exemptions and a lack of clearly
written and communicated
procedures result in up to 20% of
billed accounts believed to be
unmetered by exemption; or the
water utility is in transition to
becoming fully metered, and a large
number of customers remain
unmetered. A rough estimate of the
annual consumption for all unmetered
accounts is included in the annual
water audit, with no inspection of
individual unmetered accounts.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Water utility policy does require
metering and volume based billing but
established exemptions exist for a
portion of accounts such as municipal
buildings. As many as 15% of billed
accounts are unmetered due to this
exemption or meter installation
difficulties. Only a group estimate of
annual consumption for all unmetered
accounts is included in the annual
water audit, with no inspection of
individual unmetered accounts.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Water utility policy does require
metering and volume based billing for
all customer accounts. However, less
than 5% of billed accounts remain
unmetered because meter installation
is hindered by unusual circumstances.
The goal is to minimize the number of
unmetered accounts. Reliable
estimates of consumption are
obtained for these unmetered
accounts via site specific estimation
methods.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Water utility policy does require
metering and volume based billing for all
customer accounts. Less than 2% of
billed accounts are unmetered and exist
because meter installation is hindered
by unusual circumstances. The goal
exists to minimize the number of
unmetered accounts to the extent that is
economical. Reliable estimates of
consumption are obtained at these
accounts via site specific estimation
methods.
to qualify for 8:
Purchase and install meters on unmetered accounts. If
customer meter reading success rate is less than 97%,
assess cost-effectiveness of Automatic Meter Reading
(AMR) or Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) system for portion or entire system; or otherwise achieve ongoing
improvements in manual meter reading success rate to 97% or higher. Refine meter accuracy testing program. Set
meter replacement goals based upon accuracy test results.
Implement annual auditing of detailed billing records by utility personnel and implement third party auditing at least once every five years.
to qualify for 4:
Purchase and install meters on unmetered accounts.
Implement policies to improve meter reading success.
Catalog meter information during meter read visits to
identify age/model of existing meters. Test a minimal
number of meters for accuracy. Install computerized billing system.
to qualify for 6:
Purchase and install meters on unmetered accounts.
Eliminate flat fee billing and establish appropriate water rate structure based upon measured consumption. Continue to
achieve verifiable success in removing manual meter reading barriers. Expand meter accuracy testing. Launch regular meter replacement program. Launch a program of annual
auditing of global billing statistics by utility personnel. to qualify for 10:
Purchase and install meters on unmetered accounts. Launch Automatic Meter Reading (AMR) or Advanced Metering
Infrastructure (AMI) system trials if manual meter reading success rate of at least 99% is not achieved within a five-year program. Continue meter accuracy testing program. Conduct planning and budgeting for large scale meter replacement based upon meter life cycle analysis using cumulative flow target. Continue annual detailed billing data auditing by utility personnel and conduct third party auditing at least once every three years.
to qualify for 4:
Install automatic datalogging equipment on exported supply meters. Set a procedure to review this data on a monthly basis to detect gross anomalies and data gaps. Launch
discussions with the purchasing utilities to jointly review terms of the written agreements regarding meter accuracy testing and data management; revise the terms as
necessary.
AUTHORIZED CONSUMPTION
to qualify for 10:
Conduct accountability checks to confirm that all exported metered flow data is reviewed and corrected each business day by the utility selling the water. Results of all meter accuracy tests and data corrections should be available for sharing between the utility and the purchasing Utility. Establish a schedule for a regular review and updating of the contractual language in the written agreements with the purchasing utilities; at least every five years.
to qualify for 6:
Refine computerized data collection and archive to include hourly exported supply metered flow data that is reviewed at least on a weekly basis to detect specific data anomalies and gaps. Make necessary corrections to errors/data errors on a weekly basis.
to qualify for 8:
Ensure that all exported metered flow data is collected and archived on at least an hourly basis. All data is reviewed and errors/data gaps are corrected each business day.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 25
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Billed
Unmetered Consumption"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Conduct research and evaluate
cost/benefit of a new water utility
policy to require metering of the
customer population; thereby greatly
reducing or eliminating unmetered
accounts. Conduct pilot metering
project by installing water meters in
small sample of customer accounts
and periodically reading the meters
or datalogging the water
consumption over one, three, or
seven day periods.
to maintain 10:
Continue to refine estimation methods
for unmetered consumption and explore
means to establish metering, for as
many billed remaining unmetered
accounts as is economically feasible.
Unbilled metered:
select n/a if all billingexempt consumption is
unmetered.
Billing practices exempt certain
accounts, such as municipal
buildings, but written policies do not
exist; and a reliable count of unbilled
metered accounts is unavailable.
Meter upkeep and meter reading on
these accounts is rare and not
considered a priority. Due to poor
recordkeeping and lack of auditing,
water consumption for all such
accounts is purely guesstimated.
Billing practices exempt certain
accounts, such as municipal
buildings, but only scattered, dated
written directives exist to justify this
practice. A reliable count of unbilled
metered accounts is unavailable.
Sporadic meter replacement and
meter reading occurs on an asneeded basis. The total annual water consumption for all unbilled, metered
accounts is estimated based upon
approximating the number of
accounts and assigning consumption
from actively billed accounts of same
meter size.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Dated written procedures permit
billing exemption for specific
accounts, such as municipal
properties, but are unclear regarding
certain other types of accounts.
Meter reading is given low priority and
is sporadic. Consumption is
quantified from meter readings where
available. The total number of
unbilled, unmetered accounts must
be estimated along with consumption
volumes.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Written policies regarding billing
exemptions exist but adherence in
practice is questionable. Metering and
meter reading for municipal buildings is
reliable but sporadic for other unbilled
metered accounts. Periodic auditing of
such accounts is conducted. Water
consumption is quantified directly from
meter readings where available, but
the majority of the consumption is
estimated.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Written policy identifies the types of
accounts granted a billing exemption.
Customer meter management and
meter reading are considered
secondary priorities, but meter reading
is conducted at least annually to obtain
consumption volumes for the annual
water audit. High level auditing of
billing records ensures that a reliable
census of such accounts exists.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Clearly written policy identifies the types
of accounts given a billing exemption,
with emphasis on keeping such
accounts to a minimum. Customer
meter management and meter reading
for these accounts is given proper
priority and is reliably conducted.
Regular auditing confirms this. Total
water consumption for these accounts is
taken from reliable readings from
accurate meters.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Unbilled
Metered Consumption"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Reassess the water utility's policy
allowing certain accounts to be
granted a billing exemption. Draft an
outline of a new written policy for
billing exemptions, with clear
justification as to why any accounts
should be exempt from billing, and
with the intention to keep the
number of such accounts to a
minimum.
to maintain 10:
Reassess the utility's philosophy in
allowing any water uses to go "unbilled".
It is possible to meter and bill all
accounts, even if the fee charged for
water consumption is discounted or
waived. Metering and billing all
accounts ensures that water
consumption is tracked and water waste
from plumbing leaks is detected and
minimized.
Unbilled unmetered:
Extent of unbilled, unmetered
consumption is unknown due to
unclear policies and poor
recordkeeping. Total consumption
is quantified based upon a purely
subjective estimate.
Clear extent of unbilled, unmetered
consumption is unknown, but a
number of events are randomly
documented each year, confirming
existence of such consumption, but
without sufficient documentation to
quantify an accurate estimate of the
annual volume consumed.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Extent of unbilled, unmetered
consumption is partially known, and
procedures exist to document certain
events such as miscellaneous fire
hydrant uses. Formulae is used to
quantify the consumption from such
events (time running multiplied by
typical flowrate, multiplied by number
of events).
Default value of
1.25% of system input
volume is employed
Coherent policies exist for some forms
of unbilled, unmetered consumption but
others await closer evaluation.
Reasonable recordkeeping for the
managed uses exists and allows for
annual volumes to be quantified by
inference, but unsupervised uses are
guesstimated.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Clear policies and good recordkeeping
exist for some uses (ex: water used in
periodic testing of unmetered fire
connections), but other uses (ex:
miscellaneous uses of fire hydrants)
have limited oversight. Total
consumption is a mix of well quantified
use such as from formulae (time
running multiplied by typical flow,
multiplied by number of events) or
temporary meters, and relatively
subjective estimates of less regulated
use.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Clear policies exist to identify permitted
use of water in unbilled, unmetered
fashion, with the intention of minimizing
this type of consumption. Good records
document each occurrence and
consumption is quantified via formulae
(time running multiplied by typical flow,
multiplied by number of events) or use
of temporary meters.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Unbilled
Unmetered Consumption"
component:
to qualify for 5:
Utilize the accepted default value of
1.25% of the volume of water
supplied as an expedient means to
gain a reasonable quantification of
this use.
to qualify for 2:
Establish a policy regarding what
water uses should be allowed to
remain as unbilled and unmetered.
Consider tracking a small sample of
one such use (ex: fire hydrant
flushings).
to qualify for 5:
Utilize accepted default value of
1.25% of the volume of water
supplied as an expedient means to
gain a reasonable quantification of all
such use. This is particularly
appropriate for water utilities who are
in the early stages of the water
auditing process, and should focus on
other components since the volume
of unbilled, umetered consumption is
usually a relatively small quatity
component, and other larger-quantity
components should take priority.
to qualify for 6 or
greater:
Finalize policy and
begin to conduct field
checks to better
establish and quantify
such usage. Proceed
if top-down audit
exists and/or a great
volume of such use is
suspected.
to maintain 10:
Continue to refine policy and procedures
with intention of reducing the number of
allowable uses of water in unbilled and
unmetered fashion. Any uses that can
feasibly become billed and metered
should be converted eventually.
to qualify for 8:
Push to install customer meters on a full scale basis. Refine metering policy and procedures to ensure that all accounts, including municipal properties, are designated for meters.
Plan special efforts to address "hard-to-access" accounts.
Implement procedures to obtain a reliable consumption
estimate for the remaining few unmetered accounts awaiting meter installation.
to qualify for 10:
Continue customer meter installation throughout the service area, with a goal to minimize unmetered accounts. Sustain the effort to investigate accounts with access difficulties, and devise means to install water meters or otherwise measure water consumption.
to qualify for 8:
Assess water utility policy and procedures for various
unmetered usages. For example, ensure that a policy exists and permits are issued for use of fire hydrants by persons outside of the utility. Create written procedures for use and documentation of fire hydrants by water utility personnel.
Use same approach for other types of unbilled, unmetered water usage.
to qualify for 5:
Utilize accepted default value of 1.25% of the volume of water supplied as an expedient means to gain a
reasonable quantification of this use.
to qualify for 4:
Evaluate the documentation of events that have been
observed. Meet with user groups (ex: for fire hydrants - fire departments, contractors to ascertain their need and/or volume requirements for water from fire hydrants).
to qualify for 8:
Communicate billing exemption policy throughout the
organization and implement procedures that ensure proper account management. Conduct inspections of accounts
confirmed in unbilled metered status and verify that accurate meters exist and are scheduled for routine meter readings.
Gradually increase the number of unbilled metered accounts that are included in regular meter reading routes.
APPARENT LOSSES
to qualify for 4:
Review historic written directives and policy documents allowing certain accounts to be billing-exempt. Draft an outline of a written policy for billing exemptions, identify criteria that grants an exemption, with a goal of keeping this number of accounts to a minimum. Consider
increasing the priority of reading meters on unbilled
accounts at least annually.
to qualify for 6:
Draft a new written policy regarding billing exemptions based upon consensus criteria allowing this occurrence. Assign resources to audit meter records and billing records to obtain census of unbilled metered accounts. Gradually include a greater number of these metered accounts to the routes for regular meter reading.
to qualify for 10:
Refine written procedures to ensure that all uses of unbilled, unmetered water are overseen by a structured permitting process managed by water utility personnel. Reassess policy to determine if some of these uses have value in being
converted to billed and/or metered status.
to qualify for 10:
Ensure that meter management (meter accuracy testing,
meter replacement) and meter reading activities for unbilled accounts are accorded the same priority as billed accounts.
Establish ongoing annual auditing process to ensure that water consumption is reliably collected and provided to the annual water audit process.
to qualify for 4:
Implement a new water utility policy requiring customer metering. Launch or expand pilot metering study to include several different meter types, which will provide data for economic assessment of full scale metering options.
Assess sites with access difficulties to devise means to obtain water consumption volumes. Begin customer meter
installation.
to qualify for 6:
Refine policy and procedures to improve customer metering participation for all but solidly exempt accounts. Assign staff resources to review billing records to identify errant
unmetered properties. Specify metering needs and funding requirements to install sufficient meters to significant reduce the number of unmetered accounts
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 26
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Unauthorized consumption:
Extent of unauthorized consumption
is unknown due to unclear policies
and poor recordkeeping. Total
unauthorized consumption is
guesstimated.
Unauthorized consumption is a
known occurrence, but its extent is a
mystery. There are no requirements
to document observed events, but
periodic field reports capture some of
these occurrences. Total
unauthorized consumption is
approximated from this limited data.
conditions between
2 and 4
Procedures exist to document some
unauthorized consumption such as
observed unauthorized fire hydrant
openings. Use formulae to quantify
this consumption (time running
multiplied typical flowrate, multiplied
by number of events).
Default value of
0.25% of volume of
water supplied is
employed
Coherent policies exist for some forms
of unauthorized consumption (more
than simply fire hydrant misuse) but
others await closer evaluation.
Reasonable surveillance and
recordkeeping exist for occurrences
that fall under the policy. Volumes
quantified by inference from these
records.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Clear policies and good auditable
recordkeeping exist for certain events
(ex: tampering with water meters,
illegal bypasses of customer meters);
but other occurrences have limited
oversight. Total consumption is a
combination of volumes from formulae
(time x typical flow) and subjective
estimates of unconfirmed
consumption.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Clear policies exist to identify all known
unauthorized uses of water. Staff and
procedures exist to provide enforcement
of policies and detect violations. Each
occurrence is recorded and quantified
via formulae (estimated time running
multiplied by typical flow) or similar
methods. All records and calculations
should exist in a form that can be
audited by a third party.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Unauthorized
Consumption" component:
to qualify for 5:
Use accepted default of 0.25% of
volume of water supplied.
to qualify for 2:
Review utility policy regarding what
water uses are considered
unauthorized, and consider tracking
a small sample of one such
occurrence (ex: unauthorized fire
hydrant openings)
to qualify for 5:
Utilize accepted default value of
0.25% of volume of water supplied as
an expedient means to gain a
reasonable quantification of all such
use. This is particularly appropriate
for water utilities who are in the early
stages of the water auditing process.
to qualify for 6 or
greater:
Finalize policy
updates to clearly
identify the types of
water consumption
that are authorized
from those usages
that fall outside of this
policy and are,
therefore,
unauthorized. Begin
to conduct regular
field checks. Proceed
if the top-down audit
already exists and/or
a great volume of
such use is
suspected.
to maintain 10:
Continue to refine policy and procedures
to eliminate any loopholes that allow or
tacitly encourage unauthorized
consumption. Continue to be vigilant in
detection, documentation and
enforcement efforts.
Customer metering
inaccuracies:
select n/a only if the entire
customer population is
unmetered. In such a case
the volume entered must
be zero.
Customer meters exist, but with
unorganized paper records on
meters; no meter accuracy testing
or meter replacement program for
any size of retail meter. Metering
workflow is driven chaotically with no
proactive management. Loss
volume due to aggregate meter
inaccuracy is guesstimated.
Poor recordkeeping and meter
oversight is recognized by water
utility management who has allotted
staff and funding resources to
organize improved recordkeeping
and start meter accuracy testing.
Existing paper records gathered and
organized to provide cursory
disposition of meter population.
Customer meters are tested for
accuracy only upon customer
request.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Reliable recordkeeping exists; meter
information is improving as meters
are replaced. Meter accuracy
testing is conducted annually for a
small number of meters (more than
just customer requests, but less than
1% of inventory). A limited number of
the oldest meters are replaced each
year. Inaccuracy volume is largely an
estimate, but refined based upon
limited testing data.
Conditions between
4 and 6
A reliable electronic recordkeeping
system for meters exists. The meter
population includes a mix of new high
performing meters and dated meters
with suspect accuracy. Routine, but
limited, meter accuracy testing and
meter replacement occur. Inaccuracy
volume is quantified using a mix of
reliable and less certain data.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Ongoing meter replacement and
accuracy testing result in highly
accurate customer meter population.
Testing is conducted on samples of
meters of varying age and
accumulated volume of throughput to
determine optimum replacement time
for various types of meters.
Ongoing meter
replacement and
accuracy testing result
in highly accurate
customer meter
population. Statistically
significant number of
meters are tested in
audit year. This testing
is conducted on
samples of meters of
varying age and
accumulated volume of
throughput to
determine optimum
replacement time for
these meters.
Good records of all active customer
meters exist and include as a minimum:
meter number, account
number/location, type, size and
manufacturer. Ongoing meter
replacement occurs according to a
targeted and justified basis. Regular
meter accuracy testing gives a reliable
measure of composite inaccuracy
volume for the customer meter
population. New metering technology is
embraced to keep overall accuracy
improving. Procedures are reviewed by
a third party knowledgeable in the M36
methodology.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Customer
meter inaccuracy volume"
component:
If n/a is selected because
the customer meter
population is unmetered,
consider establishing a
new policy to meter the
customer population and
employ water rates based
upon metered volumes.
to qualify for 2:
Gather available meter purchase
records. Conduct testing on a small
number of meters believed to be the
most inaccurate. Review staffing
needs of the metering group and
budget for necessary resources to
better organize meter management.
to qualify for 9:
Continue efforts to manage meter
population with reliable recordkeeping.
Test a statistically significant number
of meters each year and analyze test
results in an ongoing manner to serve
as a basis for a target meter
replacement strategy based upon
accumulated volume throughput.
to qualify for 10:
Continue efforts to
manage meter
population with reliable
recordkeeping, meter
testing and
replacement. Evaluate
new meter types and
install one or more
types in 5-10 customer
accounts each year in
order to pilot improving
metering technology.
to maintain 10:
Increase the number of meters tested
and replaced as justified by meter
accuracy test data. Continually monitor
development of new metering
technology and Advanced Metering
Infrastructure (AMI) to grasp
opportunities for greater accuracy in
metering of water flow and management
of customer consumption data.
to quality for 8:
Assess water utility policies to ensure that all known
occurrences of unauthorized consumption are outlawed, and that appropriate penalties are prescribed. Create written procedures for detection and documentation of various
occurrences of unauthorized consumption as they are
uncovered.
to qualify for 10:
Refine written procedures and assign staff to seek out likely occurrences of unauthorized consumption. Explore new
locking devices, monitors and other technologies designed to detect and thwart unauthorized consumption.
to qualify for 5:
Use accepted default of 0.25% of system input volume
to qualify for 4:
Review utility policy regarding what water uses are
considered unauthorized, and consider tracking a small
sample of one such occurrence (ex: unauthorized fire
hydrant openings)
to qualify for 4:
Implement a reliable record keeping system for customer meter histories, preferably using electronic methods
typically linked to, or part of, the Customer Billing System or Customer Information System. Expand meter accuracy
testing to a larger group of meters.
to qualify for 6:
Standardize the procedures for meter recordkeeping within an electronic information system. Accelerate meter accuracy testing and meter replacements guided by testing results. to qualify for 8:
Expand annual meter accuracy testing to evaluate a
statistically significant number of meter makes/models.
Expand meter replacement program to replace statistically significant number of poor performing meters each year.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 27
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Systematic Data Handling
Errors:
Note: all water utilities
incur some amount of this
error. Even in water
utilities with unmetered
customer populations and
fixed rate billing, errors
occur in annual billing
tabulations. Enter a
positive value for the
volume and select a
grading.
Policies and procedures for
activation of new customer water
billing accounts are vague and lack
accountability. Billing data is
maintained on paper records which
are not well organized. No auditing
is conducted to confirm billing data
handling efficiency. An unknown
number of customers escape
routine billing due to lack of billing
process oversight.
Policy and procedures for activation
of new customer accounts and
oversight of billing records exist but
need refinement. Billing data is
maintained on paper records or
insufficiently capable electronic
database. Only periodic unstructured
auditing work is conducted to confirm
billing data handling efficiency. The
volume of unbilled water due to billing
lapses is a guess.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Policy and procedures for new
account activation and oversight of
billing operations exist but needs
refinement. Computerized billing
system exists, but is dated or lacks
needed functionality. Periodic, limited
internal audits conducted and confirm
with approximate accuracy the
consumption volumes lost to billing
lapses.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Policy and procedures for new account
activation and oversight of billing
operations is adequate and reviewed
periodically. Computerized billing
system is in use with basic reporting
available. Any effect of billing
adjustments on measured
consumption volumes is well
understood. Internal checks of billing
data error conducted annually.
Reasonably accurate quantification of
consumption volume lost to billing
lapses is obtained.
Conditions between
6 and 8
New account activation and billing
operations policy and procedures are
reviewed at least biannually.
Computerized billing system includes
an array of reports to confirm billing
data and system functionality. Checks
are conducted routinely to flag and
explain zero consumption accounts.
Annual internal checks conducted with
third party audit conducted at least
once every five years. Accountability
checks flag billing lapses.
Consumption lost to billing lapses is
well quantified and reducing year-byyear.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Sound written policy and procedures
exist for new account activation and
oversight of customer billing operations.
Robust computerized billing system
gives high functionality and reporting
capabilities which are utilized, analyzed
and the results reported each billing
cycle. Assessment of policy and data
handling errors are conducted internally
and audited by third party at least once
every three years, ensuring
consumption lost to billing lapses is
minimized and detected as it occurs.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Systematic
Data Handling Error volume"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Draft written policy and procedures
for activating new water billing
accounts and oversight of billing
operations. Investigate and budget
for computerized customer billing
system. Conduct initial audit of
billing records by flow-charting the
basic business processes of the
customer account/billing function.
to maintain 10:
Stay abreast of customer information
management developments and
innovations. Monitor developments of
Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI)
and integrate technology to ensure that
customer endpoint information is wellmonitored and errors/lapses are at an economic minimum.
Length of mains:
Poorly assembled and maintained
paper as-built records of existing
water main installations makes
accurate determination of system
pipe length impossible. Length of
mains is guesstimated.
Paper records in poor or uncertain
condition (no annual tracking of
installations & abandonments). Poor
procedures to ensure that new water
mains installed by developers are
accurately documented.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Sound written policy and procedures
exist for documenting new water main
installations, but gaps in management
result in a uncertain degree of error in
tabulation of mains length.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Sound written policy and procedures
exist for permitting and commissioning
new water mains. Highly accurate
paper records with regular field
validation; or electronic records and
asset management system in good
condition. Includes system backup.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Sound written policy and procedures
exist for permitting and commissioning
new water mains. Electronic
recordkeeping such as a Geographical
Information System (GIS) and asset
management system are used to
store and manage data.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Sound written policy exists for managing
water mains extensions and
replacements. Geographic Information
System (GIS) data and asset
management database agree and
random field validation proves truth of
databases. Records of annual field
validation should be available for review.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Length of
Water Mains" component:
to qualify for 2:
Assign personnel to inventory
current as-built records and
compare with customer billing
system records and highway plans
in order to verify poorly documented
pipelines. Assemble policy
documents regarding permitting and
documentation of water main
installations by the utility and building
developers; identify gaps in
procedures that result in poor
documentation of new water main
installations.
to maintain 10:
Continue with standardization and
random field validation to improve the
completeness and accuracy of the
system.
Number of active AND inactive
service connections:
Vague permitting (of new service
connections) policy and poor paper
recordkeeping of customer
connections/billings result in suspect
determination of the number of
service connections, which may be
10-15% in error from actual count.
General permitting policy exists but
paper records, procedural gaps, and
weak oversight result in questionable
total for number of connections,
which may vary 5-10% of actual
count.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Written account activation policy and
procedures exist, but with some gaps
in performance and oversight.
Computerized information
management system is being brought
online to replace dated paper
recordkeeping system. Reasonably
accurate tracking of service
connection installations &
abandonments; but count can be up
to 5% in error from actual total.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Written new account activation and
overall billing policies and procedures
are adequate and reviewed
periodically. Computerized information
management system is in use with
annual installations & abandonments
totaled. Very limited field verifications
and audits. Error in count of number of
service connections is believed to be
no more than 3%.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Policies and procedures for new
account activation and overall billing
operations are written, well-structured
and reviewed at least biannually. Wellmanaged computerized information management system exists and
routine, periodic field checks and
internal system audits are conducted.
Counts of connections are no more
than 2% in error.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Sound written policy and well managed
and audited procedures ensure reliable
management of service connection
population. Computerized information
management system, Customer Billing
System, and Geographic Information
System (GIS) information agree; field
validation proves truth of databases.
Count of connections recorded as being
in error is less than 1% of the entire
population.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Number of
Active and Inactive Service
Connections" component:
Note: The number of
Service Connections
does not include fire
hydrant leads/lines
connecting the hydrant
to the water main
to qualify for 2:
Draft new policy and procedures for
new account activation and overall
billing operations. Research and
collect paper records of installations
& abandonments for several years
prior to audit year.
to maintain 10:
Continue with standardization and
random field validation to improve
knowledge of system.
Average length of customer
service line:
Note: if customer water
meters are located outside
of the customer building
next to the curb stop or
boundary separating
utility/customer
responsibility, then the
auditor should answer
"Yes" to the question on
the Reporting Worksheet
asking about this. If the
answer is Yes, the grading
description listed under the
to qualify for 4:
Finalize written policy and procedures for activation of new billing acocunts and overall billing operations management.
Implement a computerized customer billing system.
Conduct initial audit of billing records as part of this process.
to qualify for 6:
Refine new account activation and billing operations
procedures and ensure consistency with the utility policy regarding billing, and minimize opportunity for missed billings.
Upgrade or replace customer billing system for needed
functionality - ensure that billing adjustments don't corrupt the value of consumption volumes. Procedurize internal annual audit process.
to qualify for 8:
Formalize regular review of new account activation process and general billing practices. Enhance reporting capability of computerized billing system. Formalize regular auditing process to reveal scope of data handling error. Plan for periodic third party audit to occur at least once every five years.
Gradings 1-9 apply if customer properties are unmetered, if customer meters exist and are located inside the customer building premises, or if the water utility owns and is responsible for the entire service connection piping from the water main to the customer building. In any of these cases the average distance between the curb stop or boundary separating utility/customer responsibility for service connection piping, and the typical first point of use (ex: faucet) or the customer meter must be quantified. Gradings of 1-9 are used to grade the validity of the means to quantify this value. (See the "Service Connection Diagram" worksheet) to qualify for 8:
Formalize regular review of new account activation and
overall billing operations policies and procedures. Launch random field checks of limited number of locations. Develop reports and auditing mechanisms for computerized
information management system.
to qualify for 10:
Close any procedural loopholes that allow installations to go undocumented. Link computerized information management
system with Geographic Information System (GIS) and
formalize field inspection and information system auditing processes. Documentation of new or decommissioned service connections encounters several levels of checks and balances. to qualify for 4:
Refine policy and procedures for new account activation and overall billing operations. Research computerized
recordkeeping system (Customer Information System or
Customer Billing System) to improve documentation format for service connections.
to qualify for 6:
Refine procedures to ensure consistency with new account activation and overall billing policy to establish new service connections or decommission existing connections. Improve process to include all totals for at least five years prior to audit year.
to qualify for 4:
Complete inventory of paper records of water main
installations for several years prior to audit year. Review policy and procedures for commissioning and documenting new water main installation.
SYSTEM DATA
Either of two conditions can be met for a
grading of 10:
a) Customer water meters exist outside
of customer buildings next to the curb
stop or boundary separating
utility/customer responsibility for service
connection piping. If so, answer "Yes"
to the question on the Reporting
Working asking about this condition. A
value of zero and a Grading of 10 are
automatically entered in the Reporting
Worksheet .
b). Meters exist inside customer
buildingsor properties are unmetered
to qualify for 10:
Close policy/procedure loopholes that allow some customer accounts to go unbilled, or data handling errors to exist.
Ensure that billing system reports are utilized, analyzed and reported every billing cycle. Ensure that internal and third party audits are conducted at least once every three years.
to qualify for 8:
Launch random field checks of limited number of locations.
Convert to electronic database such as a Geographic
Information System (GIS) with backup as justified. Develop written policy and procedures.
to qualify for 10:
Link Geographic Information System (GIS) and asset
management databases, conduct field verification of data.
Record field verification information at least annually. to qualify for 6:
Finalize updates/improvements to written policy and
procedures for permitting/commissioning new main
installations. Confirm inventory of records for five years prior to audit year; correct any errors or omissions.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 28
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Vague policy exists to define the
delineation of water utility ownership
and customer ownership of the
service connection piping. Curb
stops are perceived as the
breakpoint but these have not been
well-maintained or documented.
Most are buried or obscured. Their
location varies widely from site-tosite, and estimating this distance is arbitrary due to the unknown location
of many curb stops.
Policy requires that the curb stop
serves as the delineation point
between water utility ownership and
customer ownership of the service
connection piping. The piping from
the water main to the curb stop is the
property of the water utility; and the
piping from the curb stop to the
customer building is owned by the
customer. Curb stop locations are
not well documented and the
average distance is based upon a
limited number of locations
measured in the field.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Good policy requires that the curb
stop serves as the delineation point
between water utility ownership and
customer ownership of the service
connection piping. Curb stops are
generally installed as needed and are
reasonably documented. Their
location varies widely from site-tosite, and an estimate of this distance is hindered by the availability of paper
records of limited accuracy.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Clear written policy exists to define
utility/customer responsibility for
service connection piping. Accurate,
well-maintained paper or basic
electronic recordkeeping system
exists. Periodic field checks confirm
piping lengths for a sample of
customer properties.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Clearly worded policy standardizes the
location of curb stops and meters,
which are inspected upon installation.
Accurate and well maintained
electronic records exist with periodic
field checks to confirm locations of
service lines, curb stops and customer
meter pits. An accurate number of
customer properties from the
customer billing system allows for
reliable averaging of this length.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Average
Length of Customer Service
Line" component:
to qualify for 2:
Research and collect paper records
of service line installations. Inspect
several sites in the field using pipe
locators to locate curb stops. Obtain
the length of this small sample of
connections in this manner.
to maintain 10:
Continue with standardization and
random field validation to improve
knowledge of service connection
configurations and customer meter
locations.
Average operating pressure:
Available records are poorly
assembled and maintained paper
records of supply pump
characteristics and water distribution
system operating conditions.
Average pressure is guesstimated
based upon this information and
ground elevations from crude
topographical maps. Widely varying
distribution system pressures due to
undulating terrain, high system head
loss and weak/erratic pressure
controls further compromise the
validity of the average pressure
calculation.
Limited telemetry monitoring of
scattered pumping station and water
storage tank sites provides some
static pressure data, which is
recorded in handwritten logbooks.
Pressure data is gathered at
individual sites only when low
pressure complaints arise. Average
pressure is determined by averaging
relatively crude data, and is affected
by significant variation in ground
elevations, system head loss and
gaps in pressure controls in the
distribution system.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Effective pressure controls separate
different pressure zones; moderate
pressure variation across the system,
occasional open boundary valves are
discovered that breech pressure
zones. Basic telemetry monitoring of
the distribution system logs pressure
data electronically. Pressure data
gathered by gauges or dataloggers at
fire hydrants or buildings when low
pressure complaints arise, and during
fire flow tests and system flushing.
Reliable topographical data exists.
Average pressure is calculated using
this mix of data.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Reliable pressure controls separate
distinct pressure zones; only very
occasional open boundary valves are
encountered that breech pressure
zones. Well-covered telemetry
monitoring of the distribution system
(not just pumping at source treatment
plants or wells) logs extensive pressure
data electronically. Pressure gathered
by gauges/dataloggers at fire hydrants
and buildings when low pressure
complaints arise, and during fire flow
tests and system flushing. Average
pressure is determined by using this
mix of reliable data.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Well-managed, discrete pressure
zones exist with generally predictable
pressure fluctuations. A current fullscale SCADA System or similar realtime monitoring system exists to
monitor the water distribution system
and collect data, including real time
pressure readings at representative
sites across the system. The average
system pressure is determined from
reliable monitoring system data.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Well-managed pressure districts/zones,
SCADA System and hydraulic model
exist to give very precise pressure data
across the water distribution system.
Average system pressure is reliably
calculated from extensive, reliable, and
cross-checked data. Calculations are
reported on an annual basis as a
minimum.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Average
Operating Pressure"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Employ pressure gauging and/or
datalogging equipment to obtain
pressure measurements from fire
hydrants. Locate accurate
topographical maps of service area
in order to confirm ground
elevations. Research pump data
sheets to find pump pressure/flow
characteristics
to maintain 10:
Continue to refine the hydraulic model of
the distribution system and consider
linking it with SCADA System for realtime pressure data calibration, and averaging.
Average length of customer
service line:
Note: if customer water
meters are located outside
of the customer building
next to the curb stop or
boundary separating
utility/customer
responsibility, then the
auditor should answer
"Yes" to the question on
the Reporting Worksheet
asking about this. If the
answer is Yes, the grading
description listed under the
Grading of 10(a) will be
followed, with a value of
zero automatically entered
at a Grading of 10. See
the Service Connection
Diagram worksheet for a
visual presentation of this
distance.
to qualify for 6:
Establish coherent procedures to ensure that policy for curb stop, meter installation and documentation is followed. Gain consensus within the water utility for the establishment of a computerized information management system.
to qualify for 4:
Formalize a procedure to use pressure
gauging/datalogging equipment to gather pressure data
during various system events such as low pressure
complaints, or operational testing. Gather pump pressure and flow data at different flow regimes. Identify faulty pressure controls (pressure reducing valves, altitude
valves, partially open boundary valves) and plan to properly configure pressure zones. Make all pressure data from
these efforts available to generate system-wide average pressure.
to qualify for 6:
Expand the use of pressure gauging/datalogging equipment to gather scattered pressure data at a representative set of sites, based upon pressure zones or areas. Utilize pump pressure and flow data to determine supply head entering each pressure zone or district. Correct any faulty pressure controls (pressure reducing valves, altitude valves, partially open boundary valves) to ensure properly configured
pressure zones. Use expanded pressure dataset from these activities to generate system-wide average pressure.
Either of two conditions can be met for a
grading of 10:
a) Customer water meters exist outside
of customer buildings next to the curb
stop or boundary separating
utility/customer responsibility for service
connection piping. If so, answer "Yes"
to the question on the Reporting
Working asking about this condition. A
value of zero and a Grading of 10 are
automatically entered in the Reporting
Worksheet .
b). Meters exist inside customer
buildings, or properties are unmetered.
In either case, answer "No" to the
Reporting Worksheet question on meter
location, and enter a distance
determined by the auditor. For a
Grading of 10 this value must be a very
reliable number from a Geographic
Information System (GIS) and
confirmed by a statistically valid number
of field checks.
to qualify for 8:
Install a Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) System, or similar realtime monitoring system, to monitor system parameters and control operations. Set regular
calibration schedule for instrumentation to insure data accuracy. Obtain accurate topographical data and utilize pressure data gathered from field surveys to provide
extensive, reliable data for pressure averaging.
to qualify for 10:
Annually, obtain a system-wide average pressure value from the hydraulic model of the distribution system that has been calibrated via field measurements in the water distribution system and confirmed in comparisons with SCADA System
data.
to qualify for 4:
Formalize and communicate policy delineating
utility/customer responsibilities for service connection piping. Assess accuracy of paper records by field
inspection of a small sample of service connections using pipe locators as needed. Research the potential migration to a computerized information management system to
store service connection data.
to qualify for 10:
Link customer information management system and
Geographic Information System (GIS), standardize process for field verification of data.
to qualify for 8:
Implement an electronic means of recordkeeping, typically via a customer information system, customer billing system, or Geographic Information System (GIS). Standardize the process to conduct field checks of a limited number of
locations.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 29
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Total annual cost of operating
water system:
Incomplete paper records and lack
of financial accounting
documentation on many operating
functions makes calculation of water
system operating costs a pure
guesstimate
Reasonably maintained, but
incomplete, paper or electronic
accounting provides data to estimate
the major portion of water system
operating costs.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Electronic, industry-standard cost
accounting system in place.
However, gaps in data are known to
exist, periodic internal reviews are
conducted but not a structured
financial audit.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Reliable electronic, industry-standard
cost accounting system in place, with
all pertinent water system operating
costs tracked. Data audited
periodically by utility personnel, but not
a Certified Public Accountant (CPA).
Conditions between
6 and 8
Reliable electronic, industry-standard
cost accounting system in place, with
all pertinent water system operating
costs tracked. Data audited at least
annually by utility personnel, and at
least once every three years by thirdparty CPA.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Reliable electronic, industry-standard
cost accounting system in place, with all
pertinent water system operating costs
tracked. Data audited annually by utility
personnel and annually also by thirdparty CPA.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Total Annual
Cost of Operating the Water
System" component:
to qualify for 2:
Gather available records, institute
new financial accounting procedures
to regularly collect and audit basic
cost data of most important
operations functions.
to maintain 10:
Maintain program, stay abreast of
expenses subject to erratic cost
changes and long-term cost trend, and
budget/track costs proactively
Customer retail unit cost
(applied to Apparent
Losses):
Customer population
unmetered, and/or only a
fixed fee is charged for
consumption.
Antiquated, cumbersome water rate
structure is used, with periodic
historic amendments that were
poorly documented and
implemented; resulting in classes of
customers being billed inconsistent
charges. The actual composite
billing rate likely differs significantly
from the published water rate
structure, but a lack of auditing
leaves the degree of error
indeterminate.
Dated, cumbersome water rate
structure, not always employed
consistently in actual billing
operations. The actual composite
billing rate is known to differ from the
published water rate structure, and a
reasonably accurate estimate of the
degree of error is determined,
allowing a composite billing rate to be
quantified.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Straight-forward water rate structure
in use, but not updated in several
years. Billing operations reliably
employ the rate structure. The
composite billing rate is derived from
a single customer class such as
residential customer accounts,
neglecting the effect of different rates
from varying customer classes.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Clearly written, up-to-date water rate
structure is in force and is applied
reliably in billing operations.
Composite customer rate is
determined using a weighted average
residential rate using volumes of water
in each rate block.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Effective water rate structure is in
force and is applied reliably in billing
operations. Composite customer rate
is determined using a weighted
average composite consumption rate,
which includes residential, commercial,
industrial, institutional (CII), and any
other distinct customer classes within
the water rate structure.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Current, effective water rate structure is
in force and applied reliably in billing
operations. The rate structure and
calculations of composite rate - which
includes residential, commercial,
industrial, institutional (CII), and other
distinct customer classes - are reviewed
by a third party knowledgeable in the
M36 methodology at least once every
five years.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Customer
Retail Unit Cost" component:
to qualify for 2:
Formalize the process to implement
water rates, including a secure
documentation procedure. Create a
current, formal water rate document
and gain approval from all
stakeholders.
to qualify for 6:
Evaluate volume of water used in
each usage block by residential
users. Multiply volumes by full rate
structure.
Launch effort to fully
meter the customer
population and charge
rates based upon
water volumes
to maintain 10:
Keep water rate structure current in
addressing the water utility's revenue
needs. Update the calculation of the
customer unit rate as new rate
components, customer classes, or other
components are modified.
Variable production cost
(applied to Real Losses):
Note: if the water utility
purchases/imports its
entire water supply, then
enter the unit purchase
cost of the bulk water
supply in the Reporting
Worksheet with a grading
of 10
Incomplete paper records and lack
of documentation on primary
operating functions (electric power
and treatment costs most
importantly) makes calculation of
variable production costs a pure
guesstimate
Reasonably maintained, but
incomplete, paper or electronic
accounting provides data to roughly
estimate the basic operations costs
(pumping power costs and treatment
costs) and calculate a unit variable
production cost.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Electronic, industry-standard cost
accounting system in place. Electric
power and treatment costs are
reliably tracked and allow accurate
weighted calculation of unit variable
production costs based on these two
inputs and water imported purchase
costs (if applicable). All costs are
audited internally on a periodic basis.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Reliable electronic, industry-standard
cost accounting system in place, with
all pertinent water system operating
costs tracked. Pertinent additional
costs beyond power, treatment and
water imported purchase costs (if
applicable) such as liability, residuals
management, wear and tear on
equipment, impending expansion of
supply, are included in the unit variable
production cost, as applicable. The
data is audited at least annually by
utility personnel.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Reliable electronic, industry-standard
cost accounting system in place, with
all pertinent primary and secondary
variable production and water
imported purchase (if applicable)
costs tracked. The data is audited at
least annually by utility personnel, and
at least once every three years by a
third-party knowledgeable in the M36
methodology.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Either of two conditions can be met to
obtain a grading of 10:
1) Third party CPA audit of all pertinent
primary and secondary variable
production and water imported purchase
(if applicable) costs on an annual basis.
or:
2) Water supply is entirely purchased as
bulk water imported, and the unit
purchase cost - including all applicable
marginal supply costs - serves as the
variable production cost. If all applicable
marginal supply costs are not included
in this figure, a grade of 10 should not
be selected.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Variable
Production Cost" component:
to qualify for 2:
Gather available records, institute
new procedures to regularly collect
and audit basic cost data and most
important operations functions.
to maintain 10:
Maintain program, stay abreast of
expenses subject to erratic cost
changes and budget/track costs
proactively
to qualify for 6:
Formalize process for regular internal audits of production costs. Assess whether additional costs (liability, residuals management, equipment wear, impending infrastructure
expansion) should be included to calculate a more
representative variable production cost.
to qualify for 8:
Formalize the accounting process to include direct cost components (power, treatment) as well as indirect cost
components (liability, residuals management, etc.) Arrange to conduct audits by a knowledgable third-party at least once every three years.
to qualify for 10:
Standardize the process to conduct a third-party financial audit by a CPA on an annual basis.
to qualify for 4:
Implement an electronic cost accounting system,
structured according to accounting standards for water
utilities
to qualify for 4:
Review the water rate structure and update/formalize as needed. Assess billing operations to ensure that actual billing operations incorporate the established water rate structure.
to qualify for 8:
Evaluate volume of water used in each usage block by all classifications of users. Multiply volumes by full rate structure.
to qualify for 10:
Conduct a periodic third-party audit of water used in each usage block by all classifications of users. Multiply volumes by full rate structure.
to qualify for 4:
Implement an electronic cost accounting system,
structured according to accounting standards for water
utilities
to qualify for 10:
Standardize the process to conduct a third-party financial audit by a CPA on an annual basis.
COST DATA
to qualify for 6:
Establish process for periodic internal audit of water system operating costs; identify cost data gaps and institute
procedures for tracking these outstanding costs.
to qualify for 8:
Standardize the process to conduct routine financial audit on an annual basis. Arrange for CPA audit of financial records at least once every three years.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 30
z
0 -
~
~
0 0::
LI.
z
-
C
LIJ
C
-
> 0
0::
0. 0::
0 ~ C
-..I
c(
>
Certified Validation Report
Audit Information
Water Supplier Information: City of Livingston
System Type: Potable
PWSID:CA2410004
Audit Period: January - December 2018
Utility Representation: Tony Avina (Public Works Superintendent), Anthony Chavarria (Public Works Director), Jesus Chavez (Operator), and Mayra Dheri (Accont Clerk)
Validation Date: December 16, 2019
Validation Findings & Confirmation Statement
Key Audit Metrics
Data Validity Score: 60
Ill: 0.36
Non-Revenue Water as Percentage of Cost of Operating System: 1.5% Certification Statement By Validator
Interview Time: 10:30 am
Data Validity Band (Level): Ill (51-70)
Real Loss: 4.04 gallons/connection/day
Apparent Loss: 24.15 gallons/connection/day
This water loss audit report has been Level One (1) validated per the requirements of California Code of Regulations Title 23, Division 2, Chapter 7 and the California Water Code Section 10608.34.
All recommendations on the volume derivation and Data Validity Grades were incorporated into the water audit If not, rejected recommendations are included here:
Validator Information
Water Audit Validator: Angela Hall
Qualifications: Water Audit Validator Certificate issued by the CA-NV Section of the AWWA z
0 I--
<(
:E
0 D:
,..
z
-
C
LLI
C
-
> 0
D:
0. ~ -
_.
I--
::,
Water Supplier Name: City of Livingston
Water Supplier ID Number: CA2410004
Water Audit Period: January- December 2018
Water Audit & Water Loss Improvement Steps:
Utility to provide steps taken in preceding year to increase data validity, reduce real loss and apparent loss as informed by the annual validated water audit:
1. The City is still in the process of doing meter change outs from manual reads to radio meter reads and any meter 25 years or older is being replaced with radio read meters.
2. The City will perform electronic calibrations on all groundwater wells at least on an annual basis.
Certification Statement by Utility Executive:
This water loss audit report meets the requirements of California Code of Regulations Title 23, Division 2, Chapter 7 and the California Water Code Section 10608.34 and has been prepared in accordance with the method adopted by the American Water Works Association, as contained in their manual, Water Audit and Loss Control Programs, Manual M36, Fourth Edition and in the Free Water Audit Software version 5.
Name (Print) Title
Signature Date
5 Name of Contact Person: All audit data are entered on the Reporting Worksheet Email Address: Value can be entered by user
Telephone | Ext.: 209-394-8041 Ext. 115 Value calculated based on input data Name of City / Utility: These cells contain recommended default values City/Town/Municipality:
State / Province: Pcnt: Value:
Country: 0.25%
Year: 2018 Calendar Year
Start Date: Enter MM/YYYY numeric format
End Date: Enter MM/YYYY numeric format
Audit Preparation Date: 11/20/2019
Volume Reporting Units:
PWSID / Other ID:
If you have questions or comments regarding the software please contact us via email at: [email protected] AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0
City of Livingston
The following worksheets are available by clicking the buttons below or selecting the tabs along the bottom of the page City
[email protected]
Auditors are strongly encouraged to refer to the most current edition of AWWA M36 Manual for Water Audits for detailed guidance on the water auditing process and targetting loss reduction levels This spreadsheet-based water audit tool is designed to help quantify and track water losses associated with water distribution systems and identify areas for improved efficiency and cost recovery. It provides a "top-down" summary water audit format, and is not meant to take the place of a full-scale, comprehensive water audit format.
CA2410004
Merced
Use of Option
(Radio) Buttons:
The spreadsheet contains several separate worksheets. Sheets can be accessed using the tabs towards the bottom of the screen, or by clicking the buttons below.
Odi Ortiz, Assisant City Manager
Million gallons (US)
Please begin by providing the following information The following guidance will help you complete the Audit California (CA)
American Water Works Association Copyright © 2014, All Rights Reserved.
Select the default percentage
by choosing the option button
on the left
To enter a value, choose
this button and enter a
value in the cell to the right
Instructions
The current sheet.
Enter contact
information and basic
audit details (year,
units etc)
Performance
Indicators
Review the
performance
indicators to evaluate
the results of the audit
Comments
Enter comments to
explain how values
were calculated or to
document data
sources
Water Balance
The values entered in
the Reporting
Worksheet are used to
populate the Water
Balance
Dashboard
A graphical summary
of the water balance
and Non-Revenue
Water components
Grading Matrix
Presents the possible
grading options for
each input component
of the audit
Service Connection
Diagram
Diagrams depicting
possible customer
service connection line
configurations
Acknowledgements
Acknowledgements for
the AWWA Free Water
Audit Software v5.0
Loss Control
Planning
Use this sheet to
interpret the results of
the audit validity score
and performance
indicators
Definitions
Use this sheet to
understand the terms
used in the audit
process
Example Audits
Reporting Worksheet
and Performance
Indicators examples
are shown for two
validated audits
Reporting Worksheet
Enter the required data
on this worksheet to
calculate the water
balance and data grading
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Instructions 1
Water Audit Report for:
Reporting Year:
All volumes to be entered as: MILLION GALLONS (US) PER YEAR Master Meter and Supply Error Adjustments
WATER SUPPLIED Pcnt: Value:
Volume from own sources: 5 2,223.982 MG/Yr 3 MG/Yr
Water imported: n/a 0.000 MG/Yr n/a MG/Yr
Water exported: n/a 0.000 MG/Yr MG/Yr
Enter negative % or value for under-registration
WATER SUPPLIED: 2,223.982 MG/Yr Enter positive % or value for over-registration .
AUTHORIZED CONSUMPTION
Billed metered: 7 2,157.947 MG/Yr
Billed unmetered: n/a 0.000 MG/Yr
Unbilled metered: n/a 0.000 MG/Yr Pcnt: Value:
Unbilled unmetered: 3 27.800 MG/Yr 1.25% 24061 MG/Yr
AUTHORIZED CONSUMPTION: 2,185.747 MG/Yr
WATER LOSSES (Water Supplied - Authorized Consumption) 38.235 MG/Yr Apparent Losses Pcnt: Value:
Unauthorized consumption: 5.560 MG/Yr 0.25% MG/Yr
Customer metering inaccuracies: 3 21.797 MG/Yr 1.00% MG/Yr Systematic data handling errors: 5.395 MG/Yr 0.25% MG/Yr Apparent Losses: 32.752 MG/Yr
Real Losses (Current Annual Real Losses or CARL)
Real Losses = Water Losses - Apparent Losses: 5.483 MG/Yr WATER LOSSES: 38.235 MG/Yr
NON-REVENUE WATER
NON-REVENUE WATER: 66.035 MG/Yr
= Water Losses + Unbilled Metered + Unbilled Unmetered
SYSTEM DATA
Length of mains: 7 36.0 miles
Number of active AND inactive service connections: 9 3,715 Service connection density: 103 conn./mile main
Yes
Average length of customer service line: 100.0 ft
Average operating pressure: 8 55.0 psi
COST DATA
Total annual cost of operating water system: 10 $4,381,658 $/Year Customer retail unit cost (applied to Apparent Losses): 8 $1.61 Variable production cost (applied to Real Losses): 6 $393.36 $/Million gallons WATER AUDIT DATA VALIDITY SCORE:
PRIORITY AREAS FOR ATTENTION:
1: Volume from own sources
2: Customer metering inaccuracies
3: Billed metered
Average length of customer service line has been set to zero and a data grading score of 10 has been applied Are customer meters typically located at the curbstop or property line? AWWA Free Water Audit Software:
Reporting Worksheet
Default option selected for Unbilled unmetered - a grading of 5 is applied but not displayed
5.000
2018 1/2018 - 12/2018
City of Livingston (CA2410004)
*** YOUR SCORE IS: 60 out of 100 ***
A weighted scale for the components of consumption and water loss is included in the calculation of the Water Audit Data Validity Score Default option selected for Systematic data handling errors - a grading of 5 is applied but not displayed Based on the information provided, audit accuracy can be improved by addressing the following components:
$/1000 gallons (US)
<----------- Enter grading in column 'E' and 'J' ----------> Default option selected for unauthorized consumption - a grading of 5 is applied but not displayed ?
?
?
?
?
? Click to access definition
?
?
?
?
?
?
Please enter data in the white cells below. Where available, metered values should be used; if metered values are unavailable please estimate a value. Indicate your confidence in the accuracy of the input data by grading each component (n/a or 1-10) using the drop-down list to the left of the input cell. Hover the mouse over the cell to obtain a description of the grades ?
?
?
?
?
?
(length of service line, beyond the property
boundary, that is the responsibility of the utility)
Use buttons to select
percentage of water
supplied
OR
value
Click here: ?
for help using option
buttons below
?
?
?
?
+
+ Click to add a comment
WAS v5.0
+
+
+
+
+
+
American Water Works Association.
?
?
?
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Use Customer Retail Unit Cost to value real losses
?
To select the correct data grading for each input, determine the highest grade where the utility meets or exceeds all criteria for that grade and all grades below it.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Reporting Worksheet 2 -----
I
1'---_ __.1.___ ___ __.1
il§t--1 -----I
--§ @ _o I
-- @ 0
--
1------+-=----~1: f---------l @ 0 ~ ~ --~-----'
- --8
--
--
-- @ 0
-
t ...
...
-- @ 0
::Bl @ 0
@ 0
-
-
-
--
--□ '---------'
il§t--l------11 ---------~
I
I I
I I
I I
Water Audit Report for: City of Livingston (CA2410004)
Reporting Year:
System Attributes:
Apparent Losses: 32.752 MG/Yr
+ Real Losses: 5.483 MG/Yr
= Water Losses: 38.235 MG/Yr
Unavoidable Annual Real Losses (UARL): 15.10 MG/Yr
Annual cost of Apparent Losses: $52,731
Annual cost of Real Losses: $2,157 Valued at Variable Production Cost Performance Indicators:
Non-revenue water as percent by volume of Water Supplied: 3.0% Non-revenue water as percent by cost of operating system: 1.5% Real Losses valued at Variable Production Cost Apparent Losses per service connection per day: 24.15 gallons/connection/day Real Losses per service connection per day: 4.04 gallons/connection/day Real Losses per length of main per day*: N/A
Real Losses per service connection per day per psi pressure: 0.07 gallons/connection/day/psi From Above, Real Losses = Current Annual Real Losses (CARL): 5.48 million gallons/year
0.36 * This performance indicator applies for systems with a low service connection density of less than 32 service connections/mile of pipeline Infrastructure Leakage Index (ILI) [CARL/UARL]:
2018 1/2018 - 12/2018
Return to Reporting Worksheet to change this assumpiton AWWA Free Water Audit Software:
System Attributes and Performance Indicators
*** YOUR WATER AUDIT DATA VALIDITY SCORE IS: 60 out of 100 *** ?
?
American Water Works Association.
WAS v5.0
Financial:
Operational Efficiency:
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Performance Indicators 3 -
{
-
General Comment:
Audit Item Comment
Volume from own sources:
The City of Livingston's water source is exclusively groundwater from nine active domestic supply wells. 100% of treated water production sources are metered. The City conducted electronic calibration on Well No. 9 during 2017; however, no meter testing or calibration was done on the nine active wells during the audit period.
Since “occasional” meter calibration occurs, a DVG of 5 has been applied.
Vol. from own sources: Master meter
error adjustment:
Meter readings are manually collected and then logged into an electronic format by City staff on a daily basis. Production meter data is then reviewed at least on a monthly basis with necessary correction implemented, if applicable. No corrections were made to the meter production data during the audit period. Storage tank levels are tracked automatically by the system’s SCADA system; however, no net change in storage was included in the volume adjustment. Since no net change in storage for the audit reporting year was provided, a DVG of 3 has been applied.
Water imported: Not applicable, the City does not imprort potable water. No additional comments.
Water imported: master meter error
adjustment: Not applicable, the City does not imprort potable water. No additional comments.
Water exported: Not applicable, the City does not export potable water. No additional comments.
Water exported: master meter error
adjustment: Not applicable, the City does not export potable water. No additional comments.
Billed metered:
100% of customers are metered. At least 95% of customers meter reading are collected through by automatic meter reading (AMR) and 5% are manually collected.
Good customer meter records exist; however, the City follows a limited meter accuracy testing program. The City estimates that approximately 10 small meters were tested during the audit period, a smaller amount was tested for larger meters. The City’s meter replacement program is ongoing and focuses on changing out older meter that are 25 years or older. Staff estimates that approximately 250 to 300 meters were replaced during the audit period. Computerized billing records exist with auditing of data conducted by staff at least on a monthly basis. For these reasons, a DVG of 7 has been applied.
Billed unmetered: Not applicable. All water is metered in the City of Livingston.
Unbilled metered: No unbilled metered accounts exist. This Section is not applicable to the City of Livingston.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software:
User Comments
Use this worksheet to add comments or notes to explain how an input value was calculated, or to document the sources of the information used.
WAS v5.0
American Water Works Association.
Copyright © 2014, All Rights Reserved.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Comments 4
-~ Ill
I' I 7
-
-
-
-
-
-
'
-
-
-
-
-
-
I 1 J
Audit Item Comment
Unbilled unmetered: All water usage is metered. This Section is not applicable to the City of Livingston.
Unauthorized consumption: Default Grade Applied
Customer metering inaccuracies: Since customer meter accuracy testing is only preformed on problem meters and consumption flags, a DVG has been 3 applied.
Systematic data handling errors: Default Grade Applied
Length of mains:
Sound written policy and procedures exist for permitting and installing new water mains. Electronic recordkeeping such as a digital water plat map exists to determine the total amount of water mains; however, the City does not utilize an asset management system that tracks condition assessment characteristics (break history, date of installation, etc.). For this reason, a DVG of 7 has been applied.
Number of active AND inactive
service connections:
Policies and procedures for new account activation and billing operations are written and well structured and managed. Computerized billing system keeps track of all active connections, inactive connections were verified through field investigation. Internal system audits are conducted on an basis. The City estimates that counts of connections are less than 2% in error. For these reasons, a DVG of 9 has been applied.
Average length of customer service
line: Default input and grade applice, as customer meters are typically located at the property boundary.
Average operating pressure:
All groundwater wells and the storage tank are on pressure transducers which keeps the average water pressure at about 55 PSI. A Realtime monitoring system (SCADA) exists to monitor the system and collect data, including real time pressure readings. The AOP is determined from reliable monitoring system data. Pressure data is collected on an hourly basis through the SCADA system. For these reasons, a DVG of 8 has been applied.
Total annual cost of operating water
system:
Average annual operating costs were obtained from the City of Livingston's FY 19/20 budget. Reliable electronic, industry standard cost accounting system (Springbrook) in place, with all pertinent water system operating costs tracked. Financial data is audited monthly by staff and annually by a third-party CPA. For these reasons, a DVG of 10 has been applied.
Customer retail unit cost (applied to
Apparent Losses):
Rate sturcture: classes, tiered rates.
Input derivation: this value was calcualted from the total customer consumption water revenues ($3,471,674.54) divided by total billed consumption (2,157.947 MG).
Sewer charges are not included. Input calculations have not been reviewed by an M36 water loss expert. For this reason a DVG of 8 has been applied.
Variable production cost (applied to
Real Losses):
The input includes the electrical costs to operate the source water pumps to treat the raw water and to maintain distribution pressure ($592,712), costs associated with treatment such as chemical cost, media costs, and analytical testing ($240,257), and costs associated with the water distribution system such as water main line repair, service line repair, and analytical testing within the distribution system ($41,854). The total production cost of $874,823 includes both primary and secondary cost.Since both primary and secondary cost have also been included, a DVG of 6 has been applied.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Comments 5
Water Audit Report for:
Reporting Year: 2018 1/2018 - 12/2018
Data Validity Score: 60
Water Exported Revenue Water
0.000 0.000
Billed Metered Consumption (water exported
is removed) Revenue Water
2,157.947
Own Sources Authorized
Consumption 2,157.947 Billed Unmetered Consumption 2,157.947
0.000
2,185.747 Unbilled Metered Consumption
0.000
2,223.982 27.800 Unbilled Unmetered Consumption
27.800
System Input Water Supplied Unauthorized Consumption 66.035 2,223.982 Apparent Losses 5.560
2,223.982 32.752 Customer Metering Inaccuracies
21.797
Systematic Data Handling Errors
Water Losses 5.395
Water Imported 38.235 Leakage on Transmission and/or Distribution Mains
Real Losses Not broken down
0.000 5.483 Leakage and Overflows at Utility's Storage
Tanks
Not broken down
Leakage on Service Connections
Not broken down
AWWA Free Water Audit Software: Water Balance
Non-Revenue Water
(NRW)
Billed Authorized Consumption
Unbilled Authorized Consumption
(Adjusted for known
errors)
Billed Water Exported
City of Livingston (CA2410004)
WAS v5.0
American Water Works Association.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Water Balance 21
~ l
---------· -----------·-----------------,...--------------------· ------------ Water Audit Report for:
Reporting Year: 2018 Show me the VOLUME of Non-Revenue Water Data Validity Score: 60 Show me the COST of Non-Revenue Water AWWA Free Water Audit Software:
Dashboard
1/2018 - 12/2018
City of Livingston (CA2410004)
0 5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
25,000
30,000
35,000
40,000
Cost $
Total Cost of NRW =$65,823
Unbilled metered (valued at Var. Prod. Cost)
Unbilled unmetered (valued at Var. Prod. Cost)
Unauth. consumption
Cust. metering inaccuracies
Syst. data handling errors
Real Losses (valued at Var. Prod. Cost)
WAS v5.0
American Water Works Association.
Water Exported
Authorized Consumption
Water Losses
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Water Exported
Water Imported
Volume From Own Sources
Water Exported
Billed Auth. Cons.
Unbilled Auth. Cons.
Apparent Losses
Real Losses
Water Exported
Revenue Water
Non Revenue Water
The graphic below is a visual representation of the
Water Balance with bar heights propotional to the
volume of the audit components
Water Exported
Water Supplied
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Dashboard 22
l~I
■ ■
■
■
■
1'
■
■
■
■
■
■
0 @
■
■
■
■
■
■
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 n/a Grading >>>
Volume from own sources:
Select this grading only if
the water utility
purchases/imports all of its
water resources (i.e. has
no sources of its own)
Less than 25% of water production
sources are metered, remaining
sources are estimated. No regular
meter accuracy testing or electronic
calibration conducted.
25% - 50% of treated water
production sources are metered;
other sources estimated. No regular
meter accuracy testing or electronic
calibration conducted.
Conditions between
2 and 4
50% - 75% of treated water
production sources are metered,
other sources estimated. Occasional
meter accuracy testing or electronic
calibration conducted.
Conditions between
4 and 6
At least 75% of treated water
at or production sources are metered,
least 90% of the source flow is derived
from metered sources. Meter
accuracy testing and/or electronic
calibration of related instrumentation is
conducted annually. Less than 25% of
tested meters are found outside of +/-
6% accuracy.
Conditions between
6 and 8
100% of treated water production
sources are metered, meter accuracy
testing and electronic calibration of
related instrumentation is conducted
annually, less than 10% of meters are
found outside of +/- 6% accuracy
Conditions between
8 and 10
100% of treated water production
sources are metered, meter accuracy
testing and electronic calibration of
related instrumentation is conducted
semi-annually, with less than 10% found
outside of +/- 3% accuracy. Procedures
are reviewed by a third party
knowledgeable in the M36 methodology.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Volume from
own Sources" component:
to qualify for 2:
Organize and launch efforts to
collect data for determining volume
from own sources
: to maintain 10
Standardize meter accuracy test
frequency to semi-annual, or more
frequent, for all meters. Repair or
replace meters outside of +/- 3%
accuracy. Continually investigate/pilot
improving metering technology.
Volume from own sources
master meter and supply error
adjustment:
Select n/a only if the water
utility fails to have meters
on its sources of supply
Inventory information on meters and
paper records of measured volumes
exist but are incomplete and/or in a
very crude condition; data error
cannot be determined
No automatic datalogging of
production volumes; daily readings
are scribed on paper records without
any accountability controls. Flows
are not balanced across the water
distribution system: tank/storage
elevation changes are not employed
in calculating the "Volume from own
sources" component and archived
flow data is adjusted only when
grossly evident data error occurs.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Production meter data is logged
automatically in electronic format and
reviewed at least on a monthly basis
with necessary corrections
implemented. "Volume from own
sources" tabulations include estimate
of daily changes in tanks/storage
facilities. Meter data is adjusted
when gross data errors occur, or
occasional meter testing deems this
necessary.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Hourly production meter data logged
automatically & reviewed on at least a
weekly basis. Data is adjusted to
correct gross error when
meter/instrumentation equipment
malfunction is detected; and/or error is
confirmed by meter accuracy testing.
Tank/storage facility elevation changes
are automatically used in calculating a
balanced "Volume from own sources"
component, and data gaps in the
archived data are corrected on at least
a weekly basis.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Continuous production meter data is
logged automatically & reviewed each
business day. Data is adjusted to
correct gross error from detected
meter/instrumentation equipment
malfunction and/or results of meter
accuracy testing. Tank/storage facility
elevation changes are automatically
used in "Volume from own sources"
tabulations and data gaps in the
archived data are corrected on a daily
basis.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Computerized system (SCADA or
similar) automatically balances flows
from all sources and storages; results
are reviewed each business day. Tight
accountability controls ensure that all
data gaps that occur in the archived flow
data are quickly detected and corrected.
Regular calibrations between SCADA
and sources meters ensures minimal
data transfer error.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Master meter
and supply error adjustment"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Develop a plan to restructure
recordkeeping system to capture all
flow data; set a procedure to review
flow data on a daily basis to detect
input errors. Obtain more reliable
information about existing meters by
conducting field inspections of
meters and related instrumentation,
and obtaining manufacturer
literature.
: to maintain 10
Monitor meter innovations for
development of more accurate and less
expensive flowmeters. Continue to
replace or repair meters as they
perform outside of desired accuracy
limits. Stay abreast of new and more
accurate water level instruments to
better record tank/storage levels and
archive the variations in storage volume.
Keep current with SCADA and data
management systems to ensure that
archived data is well-managed and error
free.
Water Imported:
Select n/a if the water
utility's supply is
exclusively from its own
water resources (no bulk
purchased/ imported
water)
Less than 25% of imported water
sources are metered, remaining
sources are estimated. No regular
meter accuracy testing.
25% - 50% of imported water
sources are metered; other sources
estimated. No regular meter
accuracy testing.
Conditions between
2 and 4
50% - 75% of imported water
sources are metered, other sources
estimated. Occasional meter
accuracy testing conducted.
Conditions between
4 and 6
At least 75% of imported water
sources are metered, meter accuracy
testing and/or electronic calibration of
related instrumentation is conducted
annually for all meter installations.
Less than 25% of tested meters are
found outside of +/- 6% accuracy.
Conditions between
6 and 8
100% of imported water sources are
metered, meter accuracy testing and
electronic calibration of related
instrumentation is conducted annually,
less than 10% of meters are found
outside of +/- 6% accuracy
Conditions between
8 and 10
100% of imported water sources are
metered, meter accuracy testing and
electronic calibration of related
instrumentation is conducted semiannually for all meter installations, with less than 10% of accuracy tests found
outside of +/- 3% accuracy.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Water
Imported Volume" component:
Note: usually the water (
supplier selling the water - "the
Exporter" - to the utility being
audited is responsible to
maintain the metering
installation measuring the
imported volume. The utility
should coordinate carefully
with the Exporter to ensure
that adequate meter upkeep
takes place and an accurate
measure of the Water
) Imported volume is quantified.
to qualify for 2:
Review bulk water purchase
agreements with partner suppliers;
confirm requirements for use and
maintenance of accurate metering.
Identify needs for new or
replacement meters with goal to
meter all imported water sources.
: to maintain 10
Standardize meter accuracy test
frequency to semi-annual, or more
frequent, for all meters. Continue to
conduct calibration of related
instrumentation on a semi-annual basis.
Repair or replace meters outside of +/-
3% accuracy. Continually
investigate/pilot improving metering
technology.
WATER SUPPLIED
: to qualify for 4
Install automatic datalogging equipment on production
meters. Complete installation of level instrumentation at all tanks/storage facilities and include tank level data in automatic calculation routine in a computerized system.
Construct a computerized listing or spreadsheet to archive input volumes, tank/storage volume changes and
import/export flows in order to determine the composite "Water Supplied" volume for the distribution system. Set a procedure to review this data on a monthly basis to detect gross anomalies and data gaps.
to qualify for 10:
Conduct meter accuracy testing for all meters on a semiannual basis, along with calibration of all related instrumentation. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 3% accuracy. Investigate new meter technology; pilot one or more replacements with innovative meters in attempt to improve meter accuracy.
: to qualify for 10
Link all production and tank/storage facility elevation change data to a Supervisory Control & Data Acquisition (SCADA) System, or similar computerized monitoring/control system, and establish automatic flow balancing algorithm and regularly calibrate between SCADA and source meters. Data is
reviewed and corrected each business day.
: to qualify for 6
Formalize annual meter accuracy testing for all source
meters; specify the frequency of testing. Complete
installation of meters on unmetered water production sources and complete replacement of all obsolete/defective meters. to qualify for 8:
Conduct annual meter accuracy testing and calibration of related instrumentation on all meter installations on a regular basis. Complete project to install new, or replace defective existing, meters so that entire production meter population is metered. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 6%
accuracy.
: To qualify for 4
Locate all imported water sources on maps and in the field, launch meter accuracy testing for existing meters, begin to install meters on unmetered imported water
interconnections and replace obsolete/defective meters. : to qualify for 6
Formalize annual meter accuracy testing for all imported water meters, planning for both regular meter accuracy
testing and calibration of the related instrumentation.
Continue installation of meters on unmetered imported water interconnections and replacement of obsolete/defective
meters.
to qualify for 10:
Maintain annual meter accuracy testing and calibration of related instrumentation for all meter installations. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 3% accuracy. Investigate new meter technology; pilot one or more replacements with
innovative meters in attempt to further improve meter
accuracy.
: to qualify for 8
Complete project to install new, or replace defective, meters on all imported water interconnections. Maintain annual meter accuracy testing for all imported water meters and conduct calibration of related instrumentation at least annually. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 6%
accuracy.
to qualify for 4:
Locate all water production sources on maps and in the
field, launch meter accuracy testing for existing meters, begin to install meters on unmetered water production
sources and replace any obsolete/defective meters.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software: Grading Matrix
The grading assigned to each audit component and the corresponding recommended improvements and actions are highlighted in yellow. Audit accuracy is likely to be improved by prioritizing those items shown in red : to qualify for 6
Refine computerized data collection and archive to include hourly production meter data that is reviewed at least on a weekly basis to detect specific data anomalies and gaps.
Use daily net storage change to balance flows in calculating "Water Supplied" volume. Necessary corrections to data
errors are implemented on a weekly basis.
: to qualify for 8
Ensure that all flow data is collected and archived on at least an hourly basis. All data is reviewed and detected errors corrected each business day. Tank/storage levels variations are employed in calculating balanced "Water Supplied"
component. Adjust production meter data for gross error and inaccuracy confirmed by testing.
WAS 5.0
All Rights Reserved. Copyright © 2014, American Water Works Association.
Grading Matrix 23 AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0
¥
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Water imported master meter
and supply error adjustment:
Select n/a if the Imported
water supply is
unmetered, with Imported
water quantities estimated
on the billing invoices sent
by the Exporter to the
purchasing Utility.
Inventory information on imported
meters and paper records of
measured volumes exist but are
incomplete and/or in a very crude
condition; data error cannot be
determined Written agreement(s)
with water Exporter(s) are missing or
written in vague language
concerning meter management and
testing.
No automatic datalogging of
imported supply volumes; daily
readings are scribed on paper
records without any accountability
controls to confirm data accuracy
and the absence of errors and data
gaps in recorded volumes. Written
agreement requires meter accuracy
testing but is vague on the details of
how and who conducts the testing.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Imported supply metered flow data is
logged automatically in electronic
format and reviewed at least on a
monthly basis by the Exporter with
necessary corrections implemented.
Meter data is adjusted by the
Exporter when gross data errors are
detected. A coherent data trail exists
for this process to protect both the
selling and the purchasing Utility.
Written agreement exists and clearly
states requirements and roles for
meter accuracy testing and data
management.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Hourly Imported supply metered data
is logged automatically & reviewed on
at least a weekly basis by the Exporter.
Data is adjusted to correct gross error
when meter/instrumentation equipment
malfunction is detected; and to correct
for error confirmed by meter accuracy
testing. Any data gaps in the archived
data are detected and corrected during
the weekly review. A coherent data
trail exists for this process to protect
both the selling and the purchasing
Utility.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Continuous Imported supply metered
flow data is logged automatically &
reviewed each business day by the
Exporter. Data is adjusted to correct
gross error from detected
meter/instrumentation equipment
malfunction and/or results of meter
accuracy testing. Any data
errors/gaps are detected and
corrected on a daily basis. A data trail
exists for the process to protect both
the selling and the purchasing Utility.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Computerized system (SCADA or
similar) automatically records data
which is reviewed each business day by
the Exporter. Tight accountability
controls ensure that all error/data gaps
that occur in the archived flow data are
quickly detected and corrected. A
reliable data trail exists and contract
provisions for meter testing and data
management are reviewed by the selling
and purchasing Utility at least once
every five years.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Water
imported master meter and
supply error adjustment"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Develop a plan to restructure
recordkeeping system to capture all
flow data; set a procedure to review
flow data on a daily basis to detect
input errors. Obtain more reliable
information about existing meters by
conducting field inspections of
meters and related instrumentation,
and obtaining manufacturer
literature. Review the written
agreement between the selling and
purchasing Utility.
to maintain 10:
Monitor meter innovations for
development of more accurate and less
expensive flowmeters; work with the
Exporter to help identify meter
replacement needs. Keep
communication lines with Exporters
open and maintain productive relations.
Keep the written agreement current with
clear and explicit language that meets
the ongoing needs of all parties.
Water Exported:
Select n/a if the water
utility sells no bulk water to
neighboring water utilities
(no exported water sales)
Less than 25% of exported water
sources are metered, remaining
sources are estimated. No regular
meter accuracy testing.
25% - 50% of exported water
sources are metered; other sources
estimated. No regular meter
accuracy testing.
Conditions between
2 and 4
50% - 75% of exported water
sources are metered, other sources
estimated. Occasional meter
accuracy testing conducted.
Conditions between
4 and 6
At least 75% of exported water sources
are metered, meter accuracy testing
and/or electronic calibration conducted
annually. Less than 25% of tested
meters are found outside of +/- 6%
accuracy.
Conditions between
6 and 8
100% of exported water sources are
metered, meter accuracy testing and
electronic calibration of related
instrumentation is conducted annually,
less than 10% of meters are found
outside of +/- 6% accuracy
Conditions between
8 and 10
100% of exported water sources are
metered, meter accuracy testing and
electronic calibration of related
instrumentation is conducted semiannually for all meter installations, with less than 10% of accuracy tests found
outside of +/- 3% accuracy.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Water
Exported Volume" component:
(Note: usually, if the water
utility being audited sells
(Exports) water to a
neighboring purchasing Utility,
it is the responsibility of the
utility exporting the water to
maintain the metering
installation measuring the
Exported volume. The utility
exporting the water should
ensure that adequate meter
upkeep takes place and an
accurate measure of the
Water Exported volume is
quantified. )
to qualify for 2:
Review bulk water sales
agreements with purchasing utilities;
confirm requirements for use &
upkeep of accurate metering.
Identify needs to install new, or
replace defective meters as needed.
to maintain 10:
Standardize meter accuracy test
frequency to semi-annual, or more
frequent, for all meters. Repair or
replace meters outside of +/- 3%
accuracy. Continually investigate/pilot
improving metering technology.
Water exported master meter
and supply error adjustment:
Select n/a only if the water
utility fails to have meters
on its exported supply
interconnections.
Inventory information on exported
meters and paper records of
measured volumes exist but are
incomplete and/or in a very crude
condition; data error cannot be
determined Written agreement(s)
with the utility purchasing the water
are missing or written in vague
language concerning meter
management and testing.
No automatic datalogging of
exported supply volumes; daily
readings are scribed on paper
records without any accountability
controls to confirm data accuracy
and the absence of errors and data
gaps in recorded volumes. Written
agreement requires meter accuracy
testing but is vague on the details of
how and who conducts the testing.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Exported metered flow data is logged
automatically in electronic format and
reviewed at least on a monthly basis,
with necessary corrections
implemented. Meter data is adjusted
by the utility selling (exporting) the
water when gross data errors are
detected. A coherent data trail exists
for this process to protect both the
utility exporting the water and the
purchasing Utility. Written agreement
exists and clearly states requirements
and roles for meter accuracy testing
and data management.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Hourly exported supply metered data is
logged automatically & reviewed on at
least a weekly basis by the utility selling
the water. Data is adjusted to correct
gross error when
meter/instrumentation equipment
malfunction is detected; and to correct
for error found by meter accuracy
testing. Any data gaps in the archived
data are detected and corrected during
the weekly review. A coherent data
trail exists for this process to protect
both the selling (exporting) utility and
the purchasing Utility.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Continuous exported supply metered
flow data is logged automatically &
reviewed each business day by the
utility selling (exporting) the water.
Data is adjusted to correct gross error
from detected meter/instrumentation
equipment malfunction and any error
confirmed by meter accuracy testing.
Any data errors/gaps are detected and
corrected on a daily basis. A data trail
exists for the process to protect both
the selling (exporting) Utility and the
purchasing Utility.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Computerized system (SCADA or
similar) automatically records data
which is reviewed each business day by
the utility selling (exporting) the water.
Tight accountability controls ensure that
all error/data gaps that occur in the
archived flow data are quickly detected
and corrected. A reliable data trail
exists and contract provisions for meter
testing and data management are
reviewed by the selling Utility and
purchasing Utility at least once every
five years.
to qualify for 10:
Conduct accountability checks to confirm that all Imported supply metered data is reviewed and corrected each business day by the Exporter. Results of all meter accuracy tests and data corrections should be available for sharing between the Exporter and the purchasing Utility. Establish a schedule for a regular review and updating of the contractual language in the written agreement between the selling and the purchasing Utility; at least every five years.
To qualify for 4:
Locate all exported water sources on maps and in field, launch meter accuracy testing for existing meters, begin to install meters on unmetered exported water
interconnections and replace obsolete/defective meters
to qualify for 4:
Install automatic datalogging equipment on Imported
supply meters. Set a procedure to review this data on a monthly basis to detect gross anomalies and data gaps.
Launch discussions with the Exporters to jointly review terms of the written agreements regarding meter accuracy testing and data management; revise the terms as
necessary.
to qualify for 6:
Refine computerized data collection and archive to include hourly Imported supply metered flow data that is reviewed at least on a weekly basis to detect specific data anomalies and gaps. Make necessary corrections to errors/data errors on a weekly basis.
to qualify for 8:
Ensure that all Imported supply metered flow data is
collected and archived on at least an hourly basis. All data is reviewed and errors/data gaps are corrected each business day.
to qualify for 6:
Formalize annual meter accuracy testing for all exported water meters. Continue installation of meters on unmetered exported water interconnections and replacement of
obsolete/defective meters.
to qualify for 8:
Complete project to install new, or replace defective, meters on all exported water interconnections. Maintain annual meter accuracy testing for all exported water meters. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 6% accuracy.
to qualify for 10:
Maintain annual meter accuracy testing for all meters. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 3% accuracy. Investigate new meter technology; pilot one or more replacements with
innovative meters in attempt to improve meter accuracy.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 24
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Water
exported master meter and
supply error adjustment"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Develop a plan to restructure
recordkeeping system to capture all
flow data; set a procedure to review
flow data on a daily basis to detect
input errors. Obtain more reliable
information about existing meters by
conducting field inspections of
meters and related instrumentation,
and obtaining manufacturer
literature. Review the written
agreement between the utility selling
(exporting) the water and the
purchasing Utility.
to maintain 10:
Monitor meter innovations for
development of more accurate and less
expensive flowmeters; work with the
purchasing utilities to help identify meter
replacement needs. Keep
communication lines with the purchasing
utilities open and maintain productive
relations. Keep the written agreement
current with clear and explicit language
that meets the ongoing needs of all
parties.
Billed metered:
n/a (not applicable). Select
n/a only if the entire
customer population is not
metered and is billed for
water service on a flat or
fixed rate basis. In such a
case the volume entered
must be zero.
Less than 50% of customers with
volume-based billings from meter
readings; flat or fixed rate billing
exists for the majority of the
customer population
At least 50% of customers with
volume-based billing from meter
reads; flat rate billing for others.
Manual meter reading is conducted,
with less than 50% meter read
success rate, remainding accounts'
consumption is estimated. Limited
meter records, no regular meter
testing or replacement. Billing data
maintained on paper records, with no
auditing.
Conditions between
2 and 4
At least 75% of customers with
volume-based, billing from meter
reads; flat or fixed rate billing for
remaining accounts. Manual meter
reading is conducted with at least
50% meter read success rate;
consumption for accounts with failed
reads is estimated. Purchase
records verify age of customer
meters; only very limited meter
accuracy testing is conducted.
Customer meters are replaced only
upon complete failure. Computerized
billing records exist, but only sporadic
internal auditing conducted.
Conditions between
4 and 6
At least 90% of customers with volumebased billing from meter reads; consumption for remaining accounts is
estimated. Manual customer meter
reading gives at least 80% customer
meter reading success rate;
consumption for accounts with failed
reads is estimated. Good customer
meter records eixst, but only limited
meter accuracy testing is conducted.
Regular replacement is conducted for
the oldest meters. Computerized
billing records exist with annual auditing
of summary statistics conducting by
utility personnel.
Conditions between
6 and 8
At least 97% of customers exist with
volume-based billing from meter
reads. At least 90% customer meter
reading success rate; or at least 80%
read success rate with planning and
budgeting for trials of Automatic Meter
Reading (AMR) or Advanced Metering
Infrastructure (AMI) in one or more
pilot areas. Good customer meter
records. Regular meter accuracy
testing guides replacement of
statistically significant number of
meters each year. Routine auditing of
computerized billing records for global
and detailed statistics occurs annually
by utility personnel, and is verified by
third party at least once every five
years.
Conditions between
8 and 10
At least 99% of customers exist with
volume-based billing from meter reads.
At least 95% customer meter reading
success rate; or minimum 80% meter
reading success rate, with Automatic
Meter Reading (AMR) or Advanced
Metering Infrastructure (AMI) trials
underway. Statistically significant
customer meter testing and
replacement program in place on a
continuous basis. Computerized billing
with routine, detailed auditing, including
field investigation of representative
sample of accounts undertaken annually
by utility personnel. Audit is conducted
by third party auditors at least once
every three years.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Billed
Metered Consumption"
component:
If n/a is selected because
the customer meter
population is unmetered,
consider establishing a
new policy to meter the
customer population and
employ water rates based
upon metered volumes.
to qualify for 2:
Conduct investigations or trials of
customer meters to select
appropriate meter models. Budget
funding for meter installations.
Investigate volume based water rate
structures.
to maintain 10:
Continue annual internal billing data
auditing, and third party auditing at least
every three years. Continue customer
meter accuracy testing to ensure that
accurate customer meter readings are
obtained and entered as the basis for
volume based billing. Stay abreast of
improvements in Automatic Meter
Reading (AMR) and Advanced Metering
Infrastructure (AMI) and information
management. Plan and budget for
justified upgrades in metering, meter
reading and billing data management to
maintain very high accuracy in customer
metering and billing.
Billed unmetered:
Select n/a if it is the policy
of the water utility to meter
all customer connections
and it has been confirmed
by detailed auditing that all
customers do indeed have
a water meter; i.e. no
intentionally unmetered
accounts exist
Water utility policy does not require
customer metering; flat or fixed fee
billing is employed. No data is
collected on customer consumption.
The only estimates of customer
population consumption available
are derived from data estimation
methods using average fixture count
multiplied by number of connections,
or similar approach.
Water utility policy does not require
customer metering; flat or fixed fee
billing is employed. Some metered
accounts exist in parts of the system
(pilot areas or District Metered
Areas) with consumption read
periodically or recorded on portable
dataloggers over one, three, or
seven day periods. Data from these
sample meters are used to infer
consumption for the total customer
population. Site specific estimation
methods are used for unusual
buildings/water uses.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Water utility policy does require
metering and volume based billing in
general. However, a liberal amount
of exemptions and a lack of clearly
written and communicated
procedures result in up to 20% of
billed accounts believed to be
unmetered by exemption; or the
water utility is in transition to
becoming fully metered, and a large
number of customers remain
unmetered. A rough estimate of the
annual consumption for all unmetered
accounts is included in the annual
water audit, with no inspection of
individual unmetered accounts.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Water utility policy does require
metering and volume based billing but
established exemptions exist for a
portion of accounts such as municipal
buildings. As many as 15% of billed
accounts are unmetered due to this
exemption or meter installation
difficulties. Only a group estimate of
annual consumption for all unmetered
accounts is included in the annual
water audit, with no inspection of
individual unmetered accounts.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Water utility policy does require
metering and volume based billing for
all customer accounts. However, less
than 5% of billed accounts remain
unmetered because meter installation
is hindered by unusual circumstances.
The goal is to minimize the number of
unmetered accounts. Reliable
estimates of consumption are
obtained for these unmetered
accounts via site specific estimation
methods.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Water utility policy does require
metering and volume based billing for all
customer accounts. Less than 2% of
billed accounts are unmetered and exist
because meter installation is hindered
by unusual circumstances. The goal
exists to minimize the number of
unmetered accounts to the extent that is
economical. Reliable estimates of
consumption are obtained at these
accounts via site specific estimation
methods.
to qualify for 10:
Conduct accountability checks to confirm that all exported metered flow data is reviewed and corrected each business day by the utility selling the water. Results of all meter accuracy tests and data corrections should be available for sharing between the utility and the purchasing Utility. Establish a schedule for a regular review and updating of the contractual language in the written agreements with the purchasing utilities; at least every five years.
to qualify for 6:
Refine computerized data collection and archive to include hourly exported supply metered flow data that is reviewed at least on a weekly basis to detect specific data anomalies and gaps. Make necessary corrections to errors/data errors on a weekly basis.
to qualify for 8:
Ensure that all exported metered flow data is collected and archived on at least an hourly basis. All data is reviewed and errors/data gaps are corrected each business day.
AUTHORIZED CONSUMPTION
to qualify for 4:
Purchase and install meters on unmetered accounts.
Implement policies to improve meter reading success.
Catalog meter information during meter read visits to
identify age/model of existing meters. Test a minimal
number of meters for accuracy. Install computerized billing system.
to qualify for 6:
Purchase and install meters on unmetered accounts.
Eliminate flat fee billing and establish appropriate water rate structure based upon measured consumption. Continue to
achieve verifiable success in removing manual meter reading barriers. Expand meter accuracy testing. Launch regular meter replacement program. Launch a program of annual
auditing of global billing statistics by utility personnel. to qualify for 10:
Purchase and install meters on unmetered accounts. Launch Automatic Meter Reading (AMR) or Advanced Metering
Infrastructure (AMI) system trials if manual meter reading success rate of at least 99% is not achieved within a five-year program. Continue meter accuracy testing program. Conduct planning and budgeting for large scale meter replacement based upon meter life cycle analysis using cumulative flow target. Continue annual detailed billing data auditing by utility personnel and conduct third party auditing at least once every three years.
to qualify for 4:
Install automatic datalogging equipment on exported supply meters. Set a procedure to review this data on a monthly basis to detect gross anomalies and data gaps. Launch
discussions with the purchasing utilities to jointly review terms of the written agreements regarding meter accuracy testing and data management; revise the terms as
necessary.
to qualify for 8:
Purchase and install meters on unmetered accounts. If
customer meter reading success rate is less than 97%,
assess cost-effectiveness of Automatic Meter Reading
(AMR) or Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) system for portion or entire system; or otherwise achieve ongoing
improvements in manual meter reading success rate to 97% or higher. Refine meter accuracy testing program. Set
meter replacement goals based upon accuracy test results.
Implement annual auditing of detailed billing records by utility personnel and implement third party auditing at least once every five years.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 25
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Billed
Unmetered Consumption"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Conduct research and evaluate
cost/benefit of a new water utility
policy to require metering of the
customer population; thereby greatly
reducing or eliminating unmetered
accounts. Conduct pilot metering
project by installing water meters in
small sample of customer accounts
and periodically reading the meters
or datalogging the water
consumption over one, three, or
seven day periods.
to maintain 10:
Continue to refine estimation methods
for unmetered consumption and explore
means to establish metering, for as
many billed remaining unmetered
accounts as is economically feasible.
Unbilled metered:
select n/a if all billingexempt consumption is
unmetered.
Billing practices exempt certain
accounts, such as municipal
buildings, but written policies do not
exist; and a reliable count of unbilled
metered accounts is unavailable.
Meter upkeep and meter reading on
these accounts is rare and not
considered a priority. Due to poor
recordkeeping and lack of auditing,
water consumption for all such
accounts is purely guesstimated.
Billing practices exempt certain
accounts, such as municipal
buildings, but only scattered, dated
written directives exist to justify this
practice. A reliable count of unbilled
metered accounts is unavailable.
Sporadic meter replacement and
meter reading occurs on an asneeded basis. The total annual water consumption for all unbilled, metered
accounts is estimated based upon
approximating the number of
accounts and assigning consumption
from actively billed accounts of same
meter size.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Dated written procedures permit
billing exemption for specific
accounts, such as municipal
properties, but are unclear regarding
certain other types of accounts.
Meter reading is given low priority and
is sporadic. Consumption is
quantified from meter readings where
available. The total number of
unbilled, unmetered accounts must
be estimated along with consumption
volumes.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Written policies regarding billing
exemptions exist but adherence in
practice is questionable. Metering and
meter reading for municipal buildings is
reliable but sporadic for other unbilled
metered accounts. Periodic auditing of
such accounts is conducted. Water
consumption is quantified directly from
meter readings where available, but
the majority of the consumption is
estimated.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Written policy identifies the types of
accounts granted a billing exemption.
Customer meter management and
meter reading are considered
secondary priorities, but meter reading
is conducted at least annually to obtain
consumption volumes for the annual
water audit. High level auditing of
billing records ensures that a reliable
census of such accounts exists.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Clearly written policy identifies the types
of accounts given a billing exemption,
with emphasis on keeping such
accounts to a minimum. Customer
meter management and meter reading
for these accounts is given proper
priority and is reliably conducted.
Regular auditing confirms this. Total
water consumption for these accounts is
taken from reliable readings from
accurate meters.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Unbilled
Metered Consumption"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Reassess the water utility's policy
allowing certain accounts to be
granted a billing exemption. Draft an
outline of a new written policy for
billing exemptions, with clear
justification as to why any accounts
should be exempt from billing, and
with the intention to keep the
number of such accounts to a
minimum.
to maintain 10:
Reassess the utility's philosophy in
allowing any water uses to go "unbilled".
It is possible to meter and bill all
accounts, even if the fee charged for
water consumption is discounted or
waived. Metering and billing all
accounts ensures that water
consumption is tracked and water waste
from plumbing leaks is detected and
minimized.
Unbilled unmetered:
Extent of unbilled, unmetered
consumption is unknown due to
unclear policies and poor
recordkeeping. Total consumption
is quantified based upon a purely
subjective estimate.
Clear extent of unbilled, unmetered
consumption is unknown, but a
number of events are randomly
documented each year, confirming
existence of such consumption, but
without sufficient documentation to
quantify an accurate estimate of the
annual volume consumed.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Extent of unbilled, unmetered
consumption is partially known, and
procedures exist to document certain
events such as miscellaneous fire
hydrant uses. Formulae is used to
quantify the consumption from such
events (time running multiplied by
typical flowrate, multiplied by number
of events).
Default value of
1.25% of system input
volume is employed
Coherent policies exist for some forms
of unbilled, unmetered consumption but
others await closer evaluation.
Reasonable recordkeeping for the
managed uses exists and allows for
annual volumes to be quantified by
inference, but unsupervised uses are
guesstimated.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Clear policies and good recordkeeping
exist for some uses (ex: water used in
periodic testing of unmetered fire
connections), but other uses (ex:
miscellaneous uses of fire hydrants)
have limited oversight. Total
consumption is a mix of well quantified
use such as from formulae (time
running multiplied by typical flow,
multiplied by number of events) or
temporary meters, and relatively
subjective estimates of less regulated
use.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Clear policies exist to identify permitted
use of water in unbilled, unmetered
fashion, with the intention of minimizing
this type of consumption. Good records
document each occurrence and
consumption is quantified via formulae
(time running multiplied by typical flow,
multiplied by number of events) or use
of temporary meters.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Unbilled
Unmetered Consumption"
component:
to qualify for 5:
Utilize the accepted default value of
1.25% of the volume of water
supplied as an expedient means to
gain a reasonable quantification of
this use.
to qualify for 2:
Establish a policy regarding what
water uses should be allowed to
remain as unbilled and unmetered.
Consider tracking a small sample of
one such use (ex: fire hydrant
flushings).
to qualify for 5:
Utilize accepted default value of
1.25% of the volume of water
supplied as an expedient means to
gain a reasonable quantification of all
such use. This is particularly
appropriate for water utilities who are
in the early stages of the water
auditing process, and should focus on
other components since the volume
of unbilled, umetered consumption is
usually a relatively small quatity
component, and other larger-quantity
components should take priority.
to qualify for 6 or
greater:
Finalize policy and
begin to conduct field
checks to better
establish and quantify
such usage. Proceed
if top-down audit
exists and/or a great
volume of such use is
suspected.
to maintain 10:
Continue to refine policy and procedures
with intention of reducing the number of
allowable uses of water in unbilled and
unmetered fashion. Any uses that can
feasibly become billed and metered
should be converted eventually.
to qualify for 10:
Ensure that meter management (meter accuracy testing,
meter replacement) and meter reading activities for unbilled accounts are accorded the same priority as billed accounts.
Establish ongoing annual auditing process to ensure that water consumption is reliably collected and provided to the annual water audit process.
to qualify for 4:
Implement a new water utility policy requiring customer metering. Launch or expand pilot metering study to include several different meter types, which will provide data for economic assessment of full scale metering options.
Assess sites with access difficulties to devise means to obtain water consumption volumes. Begin customer meter
installation.
to qualify for 6:
Refine policy and procedures to improve customer metering participation for all but solidly exempt accounts. Assign staff resources to review billing records to identify errant
unmetered properties. Specify metering needs and funding requirements to install sufficient meters to significant reduce the number of unmetered accounts
to qualify for 8:
Communicate billing exemption policy throughout the
organization and implement procedures that ensure proper account management. Conduct inspections of accounts
confirmed in unbilled metered status and verify that accurate meters exist and are scheduled for routine meter readings.
Gradually increase the number of unbilled metered accounts that are included in regular meter reading routes.
APPARENT LOSSES
to qualify for 4:
Review historic written directives and policy documents allowing certain accounts to be billing-exempt. Draft an outline of a written policy for billing exemptions, identify criteria that grants an exemption, with a goal of keeping this number of accounts to a minimum. Consider
increasing the priority of reading meters on unbilled
accounts at least annually.
to qualify for 6:
Draft a new written policy regarding billing exemptions based upon consensus criteria allowing this occurrence. Assign resources to audit meter records and billing records to obtain census of unbilled metered accounts. Gradually include a greater number of these metered accounts to the routes for regular meter reading.
to qualify for 10:
Refine written procedures to ensure that all uses of unbilled, unmetered water are overseen by a structured permitting process managed by water utility personnel. Reassess policy to determine if some of these uses have value in being
converted to billed and/or metered status.
to qualify for 8:
Assess water utility policy and procedures for various
unmetered usages. For example, ensure that a policy exists and permits are issued for use of fire hydrants by persons outside of the utility. Create written procedures for use and documentation of fire hydrants by water utility personnel.
Use same approach for other types of unbilled, unmetered water usage.
to qualify for 5:
Utilize accepted default value of 1.25% of the volume of water supplied as an expedient means to gain a
reasonable quantification of this use.
to qualify for 4:
Evaluate the documentation of events that have been
observed. Meet with user groups (ex: for fire hydrants - fire departments, contractors to ascertain their need and/or volume requirements for water from fire hydrants).
to qualify for 8:
Push to install customer meters on a full scale basis. Refine metering policy and procedures to ensure that all accounts, including municipal properties, are designated for meters.
Plan special efforts to address "hard-to-access" accounts.
Implement procedures to obtain a reliable consumption
estimate for the remaining few unmetered accounts awaiting meter installation.
to qualify for 10:
Continue customer meter installation throughout the service area, with a goal to minimize unmetered accounts. Sustain the effort to investigate accounts with access difficulties, and devise means to install water meters or otherwise measure water consumption.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 26
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Unauthorized consumption:
Extent of unauthorized consumption
is unknown due to unclear policies
and poor recordkeeping. Total
unauthorized consumption is
guesstimated.
Unauthorized consumption is a
known occurrence, but its extent is a
mystery. There are no requirements
to document observed events, but
periodic field reports capture some of
these occurrences. Total
unauthorized consumption is
approximated from this limited data.
conditions between
2 and 4
Procedures exist to document some
unauthorized consumption such as
observed unauthorized fire hydrant
openings. Use formulae to quantify
this consumption (time running
multiplied typical flowrate, multiplied
by number of events).
Default value of
0.25% of volume of
water supplied is
employed
Coherent policies exist for some forms
of unauthorized consumption (more
than simply fire hydrant misuse) but
others await closer evaluation.
Reasonable surveillance and
recordkeeping exist for occurrences
that fall under the policy. Volumes
quantified by inference from these
records.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Clear policies and good auditable
recordkeeping exist for certain events
(ex: tampering with water meters,
illegal bypasses of customer meters);
but other occurrences have limited
oversight. Total consumption is a
combination of volumes from formulae
(time x typical flow) and subjective
estimates of unconfirmed
consumption.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Clear policies exist to identify all known
unauthorized uses of water. Staff and
procedures exist to provide enforcement
of policies and detect violations. Each
occurrence is recorded and quantified
via formulae (estimated time running
multiplied by typical flow) or similar
methods. All records and calculations
should exist in a form that can be
audited by a third party.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Unauthorized
Consumption" component:
to qualify for 5:
Use accepted default of 0.25% of
volume of water supplied.
to qualify for 2:
Review utility policy regarding what
water uses are considered
unauthorized, and consider tracking
a small sample of one such
occurrence (ex: unauthorized fire
hydrant openings)
to qualify for 5:
Utilize accepted default value of
0.25% of volume of water supplied as
an expedient means to gain a
reasonable quantification of all such
use. This is particularly appropriate
for water utilities who are in the early
stages of the water auditing process.
to qualify for 6 or
greater:
Finalize policy
updates to clearly
identify the types of
water consumption
that are authorized
from those usages
that fall outside of this
policy and are,
therefore,
unauthorized. Begin
to conduct regular
field checks. Proceed
if the top-down audit
already exists and/or
a great volume of
such use is
suspected.
to maintain 10:
Continue to refine policy and procedures
to eliminate any loopholes that allow or
tacitly encourage unauthorized
consumption. Continue to be vigilant in
detection, documentation and
enforcement efforts.
Customer metering
inaccuracies:
select n/a only if the entire
customer population is
unmetered. In such a case
the volume entered must
be zero.
Customer meters exist, but with
unorganized paper records on
meters; no meter accuracy testing
or meter replacement program for
any size of retail meter. Metering
workflow is driven chaotically with no
proactive management. Loss
volume due to aggregate meter
inaccuracy is guesstimated.
Poor recordkeeping and meter
oversight is recognized by water
utility management who has allotted
staff and funding resources to
organize improved recordkeeping
and start meter accuracy testing.
Existing paper records gathered and
organized to provide cursory
disposition of meter population.
Customer meters are tested for
accuracy only upon customer
request.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Reliable recordkeeping exists; meter
information is improving as meters
are replaced. Meter accuracy
testing is conducted annually for a
small number of meters (more than
just customer requests, but less than
1% of inventory). A limited number of
the oldest meters are replaced each
year. Inaccuracy volume is largely an
estimate, but refined based upon
limited testing data.
Conditions between
4 and 6
A reliable electronic recordkeeping
system for meters exists. The meter
population includes a mix of new high
performing meters and dated meters
with suspect accuracy. Routine, but
limited, meter accuracy testing and
meter replacement occur. Inaccuracy
volume is quantified using a mix of
reliable and less certain data.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Ongoing meter replacement and
accuracy testing result in highly
accurate customer meter population.
Testing is conducted on samples of
meters of varying age and
accumulated volume of throughput to
determine optimum replacement time
for various types of meters.
Ongoing meter
replacement and
accuracy testing result
in highly accurate
customer meter
population. Statistically
significant number of
meters are tested in
audit year. This testing
is conducted on
samples of meters of
varying age and
accumulated volume of
throughput to
determine optimum
replacement time for
these meters.
Good records of all active customer
meters exist and include as a minimum:
meter number, account
number/location, type, size and
manufacturer. Ongoing meter
replacement occurs according to a
targeted and justified basis. Regular
meter accuracy testing gives a reliable
measure of composite inaccuracy
volume for the customer meter
population. New metering technology is
embraced to keep overall accuracy
improving. Procedures are reviewed by
a third party knowledgeable in the M36
methodology.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Customer
meter inaccuracy volume"
component:
If n/a is selected because
the customer meter
population is unmetered,
consider establishing a
new policy to meter the
customer population and
employ water rates based
upon metered volumes.
to qualify for 2:
Gather available meter purchase
records. Conduct testing on a small
number of meters believed to be the
most inaccurate. Review staffing
needs of the metering group and
budget for necessary resources to
better organize meter management.
to qualify for 9:
Continue efforts to manage meter
population with reliable recordkeeping.
Test a statistically significant number
of meters each year and analyze test
results in an ongoing manner to serve
as a basis for a target meter
replacement strategy based upon
accumulated volume throughput.
to qualify for 10:
Continue efforts to
manage meter
population with reliable
recordkeeping, meter
testing and
replacement. Evaluate
new meter types and
install one or more
types in 5-10 customer
accounts each year in
order to pilot improving
metering technology.
to maintain 10:
Increase the number of meters tested
and replaced as justified by meter
accuracy test data. Continually monitor
development of new metering
technology and Advanced Metering
Infrastructure (AMI) to grasp
opportunities for greater accuracy in
metering of water flow and management
of customer consumption data.
to qualify for 6:
Standardize the procedures for meter recordkeeping within an electronic information system. Accelerate meter accuracy testing and meter replacements guided by testing results. to qualify for 8:
Expand annual meter accuracy testing to evaluate a
statistically significant number of meter makes/models.
Expand meter replacement program to replace statistically significant number of poor performing meters each year. to qualify for 5:
Use accepted default of 0.25% of system input volume
to qualify for 4:
Review utility policy regarding what water uses are
considered unauthorized, and consider tracking a small
sample of one such occurrence (ex: unauthorized fire
hydrant openings)
to qualify for 4:
Implement a reliable record keeping system for customer meter histories, preferably using electronic methods
typically linked to, or part of, the Customer Billing System or Customer Information System. Expand meter accuracy
testing to a larger group of meters.
to quality for 8:
Assess water utility policies to ensure that all known
occurrences of unauthorized consumption are outlawed, and that appropriate penalties are prescribed. Create written procedures for detection and documentation of various
occurrences of unauthorized consumption as they are
uncovered.
to qualify for 10:
Refine written procedures and assign staff to seek out likely occurrences of unauthorized consumption. Explore new
locking devices, monitors and other technologies designed to detect and thwart unauthorized consumption.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 27
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Systematic Data Handling
Errors:
Note: all water utilities
incur some amount of this
error. Even in water
utilities with unmetered
customer populations and
fixed rate billing, errors
occur in annual billing
tabulations. Enter a
positive value for the
volume and select a
grading.
Policies and procedures for
activation of new customer water
billing accounts are vague and lack
accountability. Billing data is
maintained on paper records which
are not well organized. No auditing
is conducted to confirm billing data
handling efficiency. An unknown
number of customers escape
routine billing due to lack of billing
process oversight.
Policy and procedures for activation
of new customer accounts and
oversight of billing records exist but
need refinement. Billing data is
maintained on paper records or
insufficiently capable electronic
database. Only periodic unstructured
auditing work is conducted to confirm
billing data handling efficiency. The
volume of unbilled water due to billing
lapses is a guess.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Policy and procedures for new
account activation and oversight of
billing operations exist but needs
refinement. Computerized billing
system exists, but is dated or lacks
needed functionality. Periodic, limited
internal audits conducted and confirm
with approximate accuracy the
consumption volumes lost to billing
lapses.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Policy and procedures for new account
activation and oversight of billing
operations is adequate and reviewed
periodically. Computerized billing
system is in use with basic reporting
available. Any effect of billing
adjustments on measured
consumption volumes is well
understood. Internal checks of billing
data error conducted annually.
Reasonably accurate quantification of
consumption volume lost to billing
lapses is obtained.
Conditions between
6 and 8
New account activation and billing
operations policy and procedures are
reviewed at least biannually.
Computerized billing system includes
an array of reports to confirm billing
data and system functionality. Checks
are conducted routinely to flag and
explain zero consumption accounts.
Annual internal checks conducted with
third party audit conducted at least
once every five years. Accountability
checks flag billing lapses.
Consumption lost to billing lapses is
well quantified and reducing year-byyear.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Sound written policy and procedures
exist for new account activation and
oversight of customer billing operations.
Robust computerized billing system
gives high functionality and reporting
capabilities which are utilized, analyzed
and the results reported each billing
cycle. Assessment of policy and data
handling errors are conducted internally
and audited by third party at least once
every three years, ensuring
consumption lost to billing lapses is
minimized and detected as it occurs.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Systematic
Data Handling Error volume"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Draft written policy and procedures
for activating new water billing
accounts and oversight of billing
operations. Investigate and budget
for computerized customer billing
system. Conduct initial audit of
billing records by flow-charting the
basic business processes of the
customer account/billing function.
to maintain 10:
Stay abreast of customer information
management developments and
innovations. Monitor developments of
Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI)
and integrate technology to ensure that
customer endpoint information is wellmonitored and errors/lapses are at an economic minimum.
Length of mains:
Poorly assembled and maintained
paper as-built records of existing
water main installations makes
accurate determination of system
pipe length impossible. Length of
mains is guesstimated.
Paper records in poor or uncertain
condition (no annual tracking of
installations & abandonments). Poor
procedures to ensure that new water
mains installed by developers are
accurately documented.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Sound written policy and procedures
exist for documenting new water main
installations, but gaps in management
result in a uncertain degree of error in
tabulation of mains length.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Sound written policy and procedures
exist for permitting and commissioning
new water mains. Highly accurate
paper records with regular field
validation; or electronic records and
asset management system in good
condition. Includes system backup.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Sound written policy and procedures
exist for permitting and commissioning
new water mains. Electronic
recordkeeping such as a Geographical
Information System (GIS) and asset
management system are used to
store and manage data.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Sound written policy exists for managing
water mains extensions and
replacements. Geographic Information
System (GIS) data and asset
management database agree and
random field validation proves truth of
databases. Records of annual field
validation should be available for review.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Length of
Water Mains" component:
to qualify for 2:
Assign personnel to inventory
current as-built records and
compare with customer billing
system records and highway plans
in order to verify poorly documented
pipelines. Assemble policy
documents regarding permitting and
documentation of water main
installations by the utility and building
developers; identify gaps in
procedures that result in poor
documentation of new water main
installations.
to maintain 10:
Continue with standardization and
random field validation to improve the
completeness and accuracy of the
system.
Number of active AND inactive
service connections:
Vague permitting (of new service
connections) policy and poor paper
recordkeeping of customer
connections/billings result in suspect
determination of the number of
service connections, which may be
10-15% in error from actual count.
General permitting policy exists but
paper records, procedural gaps, and
weak oversight result in questionable
total for number of connections,
which may vary 5-10% of actual
count.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Written account activation policy and
procedures exist, but with some gaps
in performance and oversight.
Computerized information
management system is being brought
online to replace dated paper
recordkeeping system. Reasonably
accurate tracking of service
connection installations &
abandonments; but count can be up
to 5% in error from actual total.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Written new account activation and
overall billing policies and procedures
are adequate and reviewed
periodically. Computerized information
management system is in use with
annual installations & abandonments
totaled. Very limited field verifications
and audits. Error in count of number of
service connections is believed to be
no more than 3%.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Policies and procedures for new
account activation and overall billing
operations are written, well-structured
and reviewed at least biannually. Wellmanaged computerized information management system exists and
routine, periodic field checks and
internal system audits are conducted.
Counts of connections are no more
than 2% in error.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Sound written policy and well managed
and audited procedures ensure reliable
management of service connection
population. Computerized information
management system, Customer Billing
System, and Geographic Information
System (GIS) information agree; field
validation proves truth of databases.
Count of connections recorded as being
in error is less than 1% of the entire
population.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Number of
Active and Inactive Service
Connections" component:
Note: The number of
Service Connections
does not include fire
hydrant leads/lines
connecting the hydrant
to the water main
to qualify for 2:
Draft new policy and procedures for
new account activation and overall
billing operations. Research and
collect paper records of installations
& abandonments for several years
prior to audit year.
to maintain 10:
Continue with standardization and
random field validation to improve
knowledge of system.
to qualify for 8:
Launch random field checks of limited number of locations.
Convert to electronic database such as a Geographic
Information System (GIS) with backup as justified. Develop written policy and procedures.
to qualify for 10:
Link Geographic Information System (GIS) and asset
management databases, conduct field verification of data.
Record field verification information at least annually. to qualify for 6:
Finalize updates/improvements to written policy and
procedures for permitting/commissioning new main
installations. Confirm inventory of records for five years prior to audit year; correct any errors or omissions.
SYSTEM DATA
Either of two conditions can be met for a
grading of 10:
a) Customer water meters exist outside
of customer buildings next to the curb
stop or boundary separating
utility/customer responsibility for service
connection piping. If so, answer "Yes"
to the question on the Reporting
Working asking about this condition. A
value of zero and a Grading of 10 are
automatically entered in the Reporting
Worksheet .
b). Meters exist inside customer
buildingsor properties are unmetered
to qualify for 10:
Close policy/procedure loopholes that allow some customer accounts to go unbilled, or data handling errors to exist.
Ensure that billing system reports are utilized, analyzed and reported every billing cycle. Ensure that internal and third party audits are conducted at least once every three years.
to qualify for 4:
Finalize written policy and procedures for activation of new billing acocunts and overall billing operations management.
Implement a computerized customer billing system.
Conduct initial audit of billing records as part of this process.
to qualify for 6:
Refine new account activation and billing operations
procedures and ensure consistency with the utility policy regarding billing, and minimize opportunity for missed billings.
Upgrade or replace customer billing system for needed
functionality - ensure that billing adjustments don't corrupt the value of consumption volumes. Procedurize internal annual audit process.
to qualify for 8:
Formalize regular review of new account activation process and general billing practices. Enhance reporting capability of computerized billing system. Formalize regular auditing process to reveal scope of data handling error. Plan for periodic third party audit to occur at least once every five years.
Gradings 1-9 apply if customer properties are unmetered, if customer meters exist and are located inside the customer building premises, or if the water utility owns and is responsible for the entire service connection piping from the water main to the customer building. In any of these cases the average distance between the curb stop or boundary separating utility/customer responsibility for service connection piping, and the typical first point of use (ex: faucet) or the customer meter must be quantified. Gradings of 1-9 are used to grade the validity of the means to quantify this value. (See the "Service Connection Diagram" worksheet) to qualify for 8:
Formalize regular review of new account activation and
overall billing operations policies and procedures. Launch random field checks of limited number of locations. Develop reports and auditing mechanisms for computerized
information management system.
to qualify for 10:
Close any procedural loopholes that allow installations to go undocumented. Link computerized information management
system with Geographic Information System (GIS) and
formalize field inspection and information system auditing processes. Documentation of new or decommissioned service connections encounters several levels of checks and balances. to qualify for 4:
Refine policy and procedures for new account activation and overall billing operations. Research computerized
recordkeeping system (Customer Information System or
Customer Billing System) to improve documentation format for service connections.
to qualify for 6:
Refine procedures to ensure consistency with new account activation and overall billing policy to establish new service connections or decommission existing connections. Improve process to include all totals for at least five years prior to audit year.
to qualify for 4:
Complete inventory of paper records of water main
installations for several years prior to audit year. Review policy and procedures for commissioning and documenting new water main installation.
Average length of customer
service line:
Note: if customer water
meters are located outside
of the customer building
next to the curb stop or
boundary separating
utility/customer
responsibility, then the
auditor should answer
"Yes" to the question on
the Reporting Worksheet
asking about this. If the
answer is Yes, the grading
description listed under the
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 28
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Vague policy exists to define the
delineation of water utility ownership
and customer ownership of the
service connection piping. Curb
stops are perceived as the
breakpoint but these have not been
well-maintained or documented.
Most are buried or obscured. Their
location varies widely from site-tosite, and estimating this distance is arbitrary due to the unknown location
of many curb stops.
Policy requires that the curb stop
serves as the delineation point
between water utility ownership and
customer ownership of the service
connection piping. The piping from
the water main to the curb stop is the
property of the water utility; and the
piping from the curb stop to the
customer building is owned by the
customer. Curb stop locations are
not well documented and the
average distance is based upon a
limited number of locations
measured in the field.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Good policy requires that the curb
stop serves as the delineation point
between water utility ownership and
customer ownership of the service
connection piping. Curb stops are
generally installed as needed and are
reasonably documented. Their
location varies widely from site-tosite, and an estimate of this distance is hindered by the availability of paper
records of limited accuracy.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Clear written policy exists to define
utility/customer responsibility for
service connection piping. Accurate,
well-maintained paper or basic
electronic recordkeeping system
exists. Periodic field checks confirm
piping lengths for a sample of
customer properties.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Clearly worded policy standardizes the
location of curb stops and meters,
which are inspected upon installation.
Accurate and well maintained
electronic records exist with periodic
field checks to confirm locations of
service lines, curb stops and customer
meter pits. An accurate number of
customer properties from the
customer billing system allows for
reliable averaging of this length.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Average
Length of Customer Service
Line" component:
to qualify for 2:
Research and collect paper records
of service line installations. Inspect
several sites in the field using pipe
locators to locate curb stops. Obtain
the length of this small sample of
connections in this manner.
to maintain 10:
Continue with standardization and
random field validation to improve
knowledge of service connection
configurations and customer meter
locations.
Average operating pressure:
Available records are poorly
assembled and maintained paper
records of supply pump
characteristics and water distribution
system operating conditions.
Average pressure is guesstimated
based upon this information and
ground elevations from crude
topographical maps. Widely varying
distribution system pressures due to
undulating terrain, high system head
loss and weak/erratic pressure
controls further compromise the
validity of the average pressure
calculation.
Limited telemetry monitoring of
scattered pumping station and water
storage tank sites provides some
static pressure data, which is
recorded in handwritten logbooks.
Pressure data is gathered at
individual sites only when low
pressure complaints arise. Average
pressure is determined by averaging
relatively crude data, and is affected
by significant variation in ground
elevations, system head loss and
gaps in pressure controls in the
distribution system.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Effective pressure controls separate
different pressure zones; moderate
pressure variation across the system,
occasional open boundary valves are
discovered that breech pressure
zones. Basic telemetry monitoring of
the distribution system logs pressure
data electronically. Pressure data
gathered by gauges or dataloggers at
fire hydrants or buildings when low
pressure complaints arise, and during
fire flow tests and system flushing.
Reliable topographical data exists.
Average pressure is calculated using
this mix of data.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Reliable pressure controls separate
distinct pressure zones; only very
occasional open boundary valves are
encountered that breech pressure
zones. Well-covered telemetry
monitoring of the distribution system
(not just pumping at source treatment
plants or wells) logs extensive pressure
data electronically. Pressure gathered
by gauges/dataloggers at fire hydrants
and buildings when low pressure
complaints arise, and during fire flow
tests and system flushing. Average
pressure is determined by using this
mix of reliable data.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Well-managed, discrete pressure
zones exist with generally predictable
pressure fluctuations. A current fullscale SCADA System or similar realtime monitoring system exists to
monitor the water distribution system
and collect data, including real time
pressure readings at representative
sites across the system. The average
system pressure is determined from
reliable monitoring system data.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Well-managed pressure districts/zones,
SCADA System and hydraulic model
exist to give very precise pressure data
across the water distribution system.
Average system pressure is reliably
calculated from extensive, reliable, and
cross-checked data. Calculations are
reported on an annual basis as a
minimum.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Average
Operating Pressure"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Employ pressure gauging and/or
datalogging equipment to obtain
pressure measurements from fire
hydrants. Locate accurate
topographical maps of service area
in order to confirm ground
elevations. Research pump data
sheets to find pump pressure/flow
characteristics
to maintain 10:
Continue to refine the hydraulic model of
the distribution system and consider
linking it with SCADA System for realtime pressure data calibration, and averaging.
to qualify for 8:
Implement an electronic means of recordkeeping, typically via a customer information system, customer billing system, or Geographic Information System (GIS). Standardize the process to conduct field checks of a limited number of
locations.
Either of two conditions can be met for a
grading of 10:
a) Customer water meters exist outside
of customer buildings next to the curb
stop or boundary separating
utility/customer responsibility for service
connection piping. If so, answer "Yes"
to the question on the Reporting
Working asking about this condition. A
value of zero and a Grading of 10 are
automatically entered in the Reporting
Worksheet .
b). Meters exist inside customer
buildings, or properties are unmetered.
In either case, answer "No" to the
Reporting Worksheet question on meter
location, and enter a distance
determined by the auditor. For a
Grading of 10 this value must be a very
reliable number from a Geographic
Information System (GIS) and
confirmed by a statistically valid number
of field checks.
to qualify for 8:
Install a Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) System, or similar realtime monitoring system, to monitor system parameters and control operations. Set regular
calibration schedule for instrumentation to insure data accuracy. Obtain accurate topographical data and utilize pressure data gathered from field surveys to provide
extensive, reliable data for pressure averaging.
to qualify for 10:
Annually, obtain a system-wide average pressure value from the hydraulic model of the distribution system that has been calibrated via field measurements in the water distribution system and confirmed in comparisons with SCADA System
data.
to qualify for 4:
Formalize and communicate policy delineating
utility/customer responsibilities for service connection piping. Assess accuracy of paper records by field
inspection of a small sample of service connections using pipe locators as needed. Research the potential migration to a computerized information management system to
store service connection data.
to qualify for 10:
Link customer information management system and
Geographic Information System (GIS), standardize process for field verification of data.
to qualify for 4:
Formalize a procedure to use pressure
gauging/datalogging equipment to gather pressure data
during various system events such as low pressure
complaints, or operational testing. Gather pump pressure and flow data at different flow regimes. Identify faulty pressure controls (pressure reducing valves, altitude
valves, partially open boundary valves) and plan to properly configure pressure zones. Make all pressure data from
these efforts available to generate system-wide average pressure.
to qualify for 6:
Expand the use of pressure gauging/datalogging equipment to gather scattered pressure data at a representative set of sites, based upon pressure zones or areas. Utilize pump pressure and flow data to determine supply head entering each pressure zone or district. Correct any faulty pressure controls (pressure reducing valves, altitude valves, partially open boundary valves) to ensure properly configured
pressure zones. Use expanded pressure dataset from these activities to generate system-wide average pressure.
to qualify for 6:
Establish coherent procedures to ensure that policy for curb stop, meter installation and documentation is followed. Gain consensus within the water utility for the establishment of a computerized information management system.
Average length of customer
service line:
Note: if customer water
meters are located outside
of the customer building
next to the curb stop or
boundary separating
utility/customer
responsibility, then the
auditor should answer
"Yes" to the question on
the Reporting Worksheet
asking about this. If the
answer is Yes, the grading
description listed under the
Grading of 10(a) will be
followed, with a value of
zero automatically entered
at a Grading of 10. See
the Service Connection
Diagram worksheet for a
visual presentation of this
distance.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 29
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Total annual cost of operating
water system:
Incomplete paper records and lack
of financial accounting
documentation on many operating
functions makes calculation of water
system operating costs a pure
guesstimate
Reasonably maintained, but
incomplete, paper or electronic
accounting provides data to estimate
the major portion of water system
operating costs.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Electronic, industry-standard cost
accounting system in place.
However, gaps in data are known to
exist, periodic internal reviews are
conducted but not a structured
financial audit.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Reliable electronic, industry-standard
cost accounting system in place, with
all pertinent water system operating
costs tracked. Data audited
periodically by utility personnel, but not
a Certified Public Accountant (CPA).
Conditions between
6 and 8
Reliable electronic, industry-standard
cost accounting system in place, with
all pertinent water system operating
costs tracked. Data audited at least
annually by utility personnel, and at
least once every three years by thirdparty CPA.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Reliable electronic, industry-standard
cost accounting system in place, with all
pertinent water system operating costs
tracked. Data audited annually by utility
personnel and annually also by thirdparty CPA.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Total Annual
Cost of Operating the Water
System" component:
to qualify for 2:
Gather available records, institute
new financial accounting procedures
to regularly collect and audit basic
cost data of most important
operations functions.
to maintain 10:
Maintain program, stay abreast of
expenses subject to erratic cost
changes and long-term cost trend, and
budget/track costs proactively
Customer retail unit cost
(applied to Apparent Losses):
Customer population
unmetered, and/or only a
fixed fee is charged for
consumption.
Antiquated, cumbersome water rate
structure is used, with periodic
historic amendments that were
poorly documented and
implemented; resulting in classes of
customers being billed inconsistent
charges. The actual composite
billing rate likely differs significantly
from the published water rate
structure, but a lack of auditing
leaves the degree of error
indeterminate.
Dated, cumbersome water rate
structure, not always employed
consistently in actual billing
operations. The actual composite
billing rate is known to differ from the
published water rate structure, and a
reasonably accurate estimate of the
degree of error is determined,
allowing a composite billing rate to be
quantified.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Straight-forward water rate structure
in use, but not updated in several
years. Billing operations reliably
employ the rate structure. The
composite billing rate is derived from
a single customer class such as
residential customer accounts,
neglecting the effect of different rates
from varying customer classes.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Clearly written, up-to-date water rate
structure is in force and is applied
reliably in billing operations.
Composite customer rate is
determined using a weighted average
residential rate using volumes of water
in each rate block.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Effective water rate structure is in
force and is applied reliably in billing
operations. Composite customer rate
is determined using a weighted
average composite consumption rate,
which includes residential, commercial,
industrial, institutional (CII), and any
other distinct customer classes within
the water rate structure.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Current, effective water rate structure is
in force and applied reliably in billing
operations. The rate structure and
calculations of composite rate - which
includes residential, commercial,
industrial, institutional (CII), and other
distinct customer classes - are reviewed
by a third party knowledgeable in the
M36 methodology at least once every
five years.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Customer
Retail Unit Cost" component:
to qualify for 2:
Formalize the process to implement
water rates, including a secure
documentation procedure. Create a
current, formal water rate document
and gain approval from all
stakeholders.
to qualify for 6:
Evaluate volume of water used in
each usage block by residential
users. Multiply volumes by full rate
structure.
Launch effort to fully
meter the customer
population and charge
rates based upon
water volumes
to maintain 10:
Keep water rate structure current in
addressing the water utility's revenue
needs. Update the calculation of the
customer unit rate as new rate
components, customer classes, or other
components are modified.
Variable production cost
(applied to Real Losses):
Note: if the water utility
purchases/imports its
entire water supply, then
enter the unit purchase
cost of the bulk water
supply in the Reporting
Worksheet with a grading
of 10
Incomplete paper records and lack
of documentation on primary
operating functions (electric power
and treatment costs most
importantly) makes calculation of
variable production costs a pure
guesstimate
Reasonably maintained, but
incomplete, paper or electronic
accounting provides data to roughly
estimate the basic operations costs
(pumping power costs and treatment
costs) and calculate a unit variable
production cost.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Electronic, industry-standard cost
accounting system in place. Electric
power and treatment costs are
reliably tracked and allow accurate
weighted calculation of unit variable
production costs based on these two
inputs and water imported purchase
costs (if applicable). All costs are
audited internally on a periodic basis.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Reliable electronic, industry-standard
cost accounting system in place, with
all pertinent water system operating
costs tracked. Pertinent additional
costs beyond power, treatment and
water imported purchase costs (if
applicable) such as liability, residuals
management, wear and tear on
equipment, impending expansion of
supply, are included in the unit variable
production cost, as applicable. The
data is audited at least annually by
utility personnel.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Reliable electronic, industry-standard
cost accounting system in place, with
all pertinent primary and secondary
variable production and water
imported purchase (if applicable)
costs tracked. The data is audited at
least annually by utility personnel, and
at least once every three years by a
third-party knowledgeable in the M36
methodology.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Either of two conditions can be met to
obtain a grading of 10:
1) Third party CPA audit of all pertinent
primary and secondary variable
production and water imported purchase
(if applicable) costs on an annual basis.
or:
2) Water supply is entirely purchased as
bulk water imported, and the unit
purchase cost - including all applicable
marginal supply costs - serves as the
variable production cost. If all applicable
marginal supply costs are not included
in this figure, a grade of 10 should not
be selected.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Variable
Production Cost" component:
to qualify for 2:
Gather available records, institute
new procedures to regularly collect
and audit basic cost data and most
important operations functions.
to maintain 10:
Maintain program, stay abreast of
expenses subject to erratic cost
changes and budget/track costs
proactively
to qualify for 10:
Conduct a periodic third-party audit of water used in each usage block by all classifications of users. Multiply volumes by full rate structure.
to qualify for 4:
Implement an electronic cost accounting system,
structured according to accounting standards for water
utilities
to qualify for 10:
Standardize the process to conduct a third-party financial audit by a CPA on an annual basis.
COST DATA
to qualify for 6:
Establish process for periodic internal audit of water system operating costs; identify cost data gaps and institute
procedures for tracking these outstanding costs.
to qualify for 8:
Standardize the process to conduct routine financial audit on an annual basis. Arrange for CPA audit of financial records at least once every three years.
to qualify for 6:
Formalize process for regular internal audits of production costs. Assess whether additional costs (liability, residuals management, equipment wear, impending infrastructure
expansion) should be included to calculate a more
representative variable production cost.
to qualify for 8:
Formalize the accounting process to include direct cost components (power, treatment) as well as indirect cost
components (liability, residuals management, etc.) Arrange to conduct audits by a knowledgable third-party at least once every three years.
to qualify for 10:
Standardize the process to conduct a third-party financial audit by a CPA on an annual basis.
to qualify for 4:
Implement an electronic cost accounting system,
structured according to accounting standards for water
utilities
to qualify for 4:
Review the water rate structure and update/formalize as needed. Assess billing operations to ensure that actual billing operations incorporate the established water rate structure.
to qualify for 8:
Evaluate volume of water used in each usage block by all classifications of users. Multiply volumes by full rate structure.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 30
Validation Date: December 18, 2020 Interview Time: 9:00am Certification Statement By Validator
Data Validity Band (Level): III (51-70)
This water loss audit report has been Level One (1) validated per the requirements of California Code of Regulations Title 23, Division 2, Chapter 7 and the California Water Code Section 10608.34.
All recommendations on the volume derivation and Data Validity Grades were incorporated into the water audit If not, rejected recommendations are included here:
Validator Information
Water Audit Validator: Angela Hall
Qualifications: Water Audit Validator Certificate issued by the CA-NV Section of the AWWA Utility Representation: Anthony Chavarria (Public Works Director) and Tony Avina (Public Works Superintendent)
VALIDATOR PROVIDED INFROMATION
Certified Validation Report
Audit Information
Validation Findings & Confirmation Statement
Apparent Loss: 25.41 gallons/connection/day
Real Loss: 64.38 gallons/connection/day
Non-Revenue Water as Percentage of Cost of Operating System: 1.9% PWS ID: CA2410004
Audit Period: January - December 2019
Water Supplier Information: City of Livingston
System Type: Potable
Key Audit Metrics
Data Validity Score: 60
ILI: 5.77
z
0 I--
<(
~
0 ci:::
u..
z
-
C
w
C
-
> 0
ci:::
Q.
> I-
-....I
-I-
::>
Water Supplier Name: City of Livingston
Water Supplier ID Number: CA2410004
Water Audit Period: January - December 2019
Water Audit & Water Loss Improvement Steps:
Utility to provide steps taken in preceding year to increase data validity, reduce real loss and apparent loss as informed by the annual validated water audit:
1. The City is still in the process of doing customer meter change outs from manual reads to automatic radio meter reads and any meter 25 years or older is being replaced with radio read meters. The City estimates that approximately 3% of manual read meters are still in place.
The City estimates that all meters will be converted to AM Rs by 2021. The City will then focus on replacing any AMR meter that is 25 years or older.
2. The City will examine the feasibi lity of performing electronic calibrations and/or accuracy testing on their groundwater on an annual basis. Due to Due to available funding, the City may examine implementing a meter testing program on their well production meters where only half of the groundwater meters are tested one year and the remain groundwater meters are tested the fol lowing year.
3. For customer meters, the City will examine the feasibility of implementing a meter testing program where approximately 5% of customer meters will be tested on an annual basis.
Certification Statement by Utility Executive:
This water loss audit report meets the requirements of California Code of Regulations Title 23, Division 2, Chapter 7 and the California Water Code Section 10608.34 and has been prepared in accordance with the method adopted by the American Water Works Association, as contained in their manual, Water Audit and Loss Control Programs, Manual M36, Fourth Edition and in the Free Water Audit Software version 5.
Name (Print) Title
Signature Date
5 Name of Contact Person: All audit data are entered on the Reporting Worksheet Email Address: Value can be entered by user
Telephone | Ext.: 209-394-8041 Ext. 115 Value calculated based on input data Name of City / Utility: These cells contain recommended default values City/Town/Municipality:
State / Province: Pcnt: Value:
Country: 0.25%
Year: 2019 Calendar Year
Start Date: Enter MM/YYYY numeric format
End Date: Enter MM/YYYY numeric format
Audit Preparation Date: 11/20/2019
Volume Reporting Units:
PWSID / Other ID:
If you have questions or comments regarding the software please contact us via email at: [email protected] AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0
City of Livingston
The following worksheets are available by clicking the buttons below or selecting the tabs along the bottom of the page City
[email protected]
Auditors are strongly encouraged to refer to the most current edition of AWWA M36 Manual for Water Audits for detailed guidance on the water auditing process and targetting loss reduction levels This spreadsheet-based water audit tool is designed to help quantify and track water losses associated with water distribution systems and identify areas for improved efficiency and cost recovery. It provides a "top-down" summary water audit format, and is not meant to take the place of a full-scale, comprehensive water audit format. 2410004
Merced
Use of Option
(Radio) Buttons:
The spreadsheet contains several separate worksheets. Sheets can be accessed using the tabs towards the bottom of the screen, or by clicking the buttons below.
Odi Ortiz, Assisant City Manager
Million gallons (US)
Please begin by providing the following information The following guidance will help you complete the Audit California (CA)
American Water Works Association Copyright © 2014, All Rights Reserved.
Select the default percentage
by choosing the option button
on the left
To enter a value, choose
this button and enter a
value in the cell to the right
Instructions
The current sheet.
Enter contact
information and basic
audit details (year,
units etc)
Performance
Indicators
Review the
performance
indicators to evaluate
the results of the audit
Comments
Enter comments to
explain how values
were calculated or to
document data
sources
Water Balance
The values entered in
the Reporting
Worksheet are used to
populate the Water
Balance
Dashboard
A graphical summary
of the water balance
and Non-Revenue
Water components
Grading Matrix
Presents the possible
grading options for
each input component
of the audit
Service Connection
Diagram
Diagrams depicting
possible customer
service connection line
configurations
Acknowledgements
Acknowledgements for
the AWWA Free Water
Audit Software v5.0
Loss Control
Planning
Use this sheet to
interpret the results of
the audit validity score
and performance
indicators
Definitions
Use this sheet to
understand the terms
used in the audit
process
Example Audits
Reporting Worksheet
and Performance
Indicators examples
are shown for two
validated audits
Reporting Worksheet
Enter the required data
on this worksheet to
calculate the water
balance and data grading
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Instructions 1
Water Audit Report for:
Reporting Year:
All volumes to be entered as: MILLION GALLONS (US) PER YEAR Master Meter and Supply Error Adjustments
WATER SUPPLIED Pcnt: Value:
Volume from own sources: 5 2,394.994 MG/Yr 3 MG/Yr
Water imported: n/a 0.000 MG/Yr n/a MG/Yr
Water exported: n/a 0.000 MG/Yr MG/Yr
Enter negative % or value for under-registration
WATER SUPPLIED: 2,394.994 MG/Yr Enter positive % or value for over-registration .
AUTHORIZED CONSUMPTION
Billed metered: 7 2,243.990 MG/Yr
Billed unmetered: n/a 0.000 MG/Yr
Unbilled metered: n/a 0.000 MG/Yr Pcnt: Value:
Unbilled unmetered: 3 29.937 MG/Yr 1.25% 24061 MG/Yr
AUTHORIZED CONSUMPTION: 2,273.927 MG/Yr
WATER LOSSES (Water Supplied - Authorized Consumption) 121.067 MG/Yr Apparent Losses Pcnt: Value:
Unauthorized consumption: 5.987 MG/Yr 0.25% MG/Yr
Customer metering inaccuracies: 3 22.667 MG/Yr 1.00% MG/Yr Systematic data handling errors: 5.610 MG/Yr 0.25% MG/Yr Apparent Losses: 34.264 MG/Yr
Real Losses (Current Annual Real Losses or CARL)
Real Losses = Water Losses - Apparent Losses: 86.803 MG/Yr WATER LOSSES: 121.067 MG/Yr
NON-REVENUE WATER
NON-REVENUE WATER: 151.004 MG/Yr
= Water Losses + Unbilled Metered + Unbilled Unmetered
SYSTEM DATA
Length of mains: 7 36.0 miles
Number of active AND inactive service connections: 9 3,694 Service connection density: 103 conn./mile main
Yes
Average length of customer service line: 100.0 ft
Average operating pressure: 8 55.0 psi
COST DATA
Total annual cost of operating water system: 10 $4,792,419 $/Year Customer retail unit cost (applied to Apparent Losses): 8 $1.19 Variable production cost (applied to Real Losses): 6 $445.93 $/Million gallons WATER AUDIT DATA VALIDITY SCORE:
PRIORITY AREAS FOR ATTENTION:
1: Volume from own sources
2: Customer metering inaccuracies
3: Billed metered
Average length of customer service line has been set to zero and a data grading score of 10 has been applied Are customer meters typically located at the curbstop or property line? AWWA Free Water Audit Software:
Reporting Worksheet
Default option selected for Unbilled unmetered - a grading of 5 is applied but not displayed
5.000
2019 1/2019 - 12/2019
City of Livingston (2410004)
*** YOUR SCORE IS: 60 out of 100 ***
A weighted scale for the components of consumption and water loss is included in the calculation of the Water Audit Data Validity Score Default option selected for Systematic data handling errors - a grading of 5 is applied but not displayed Based on the information provided, audit accuracy can be improved by addressing the following components:
$/1000 gallons (US)
<----------- Enter grading in column 'E' and 'J' ----------> Default option selected for unauthorized consumption - a grading of 5 is applied but not displayed ?
?
?
?
?
? Click to access definition
?
?
?
?
?
?
Please enter data in the white cells below. Where available, metered values should be used; if metered values are unavailable please estimate a value. Indicate your confidence in the accuracy of the input data by grading each component (n/a or 1-10) using the drop-down list to the left of the input cell. Hover the mouse over the cell to obtain a description of the grades ?
?
?
?
?
?
(length of service line, beyond the property
boundary, that is the responsibility of the utility)
Use buttons to select
percentage of water
supplied
OR
value
Click here: ?
for help using option
buttons below
?
?
?
?
+
+ Click to add a comment
WAS v5.0
+
+
+
+
+
+
American Water Works Association.
?
?
?
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Use Customer Retail Unit Cost to value real losses
?
To select the correct data grading for each input, determine the highest grade where the utility meets or exceeds all criteria for that grade and all grades below it.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Reporting Worksheet 2 -----
I
1'---_ __.1.___ ___ __.1
il§t--1 -----I
--§ @ _o I
-- @ 0
--
l------+--=----=--:1f--------I @ 0 - ~ -~------'
- --§ --
--
-- @ 0
-
t ...
...
-- @ 0
::□1 @ 0
@ 0
-
-
-
--
--□ '---------'
il§t--l------11 ---------~
I
I I
I I
I I
Water Audit Report for: City of Livingston (2410004)
Reporting Year:
System Attributes:
Apparent Losses: 34.264 MG/Yr
+ Real Losses: 86.803 MG/Yr
= Water Losses: 121.067 MG/Yr
Unavoidable Annual Real Losses (UARL): 15.03 MG/Yr
Annual cost of Apparent Losses: $40,774
Annual cost of Real Losses: $38,708 Valued at Variable Production Cost Performance Indicators:
Non-revenue water as percent by volume of Water Supplied: 6.3% Non-revenue water as percent by cost of operating system: 1.9% Real Losses valued at Variable Production Cost Apparent Losses per service connection per day: 25.41 gallons/connection/day Real Losses per service connection per day: 64.38 gallons/connection/day Real Losses per length of main per day*: N/A
Real Losses per service connection per day per psi pressure: 1.17 gallons/connection/day/psi From Above, Real Losses = Current Annual Real Losses (CARL): 86.80 million gallons/year
5.77 * This performance indicator applies for systems with a low service connection density of less than 32 service connections/mile of pipeline Infrastructure Leakage Index (ILI) [CARL/UARL]:
2019 1/2019 - 12/2019
Return to Reporting Worksheet to change this assumpiton AWWA Free Water Audit Software:
System Attributes and Performance Indicators
*** YOUR WATER AUDIT DATA VALIDITY SCORE IS: 60 out of 100 *** ?
?
American Water Works Association.
WAS v5.0
Financial:
Operational Efficiency:
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Performance Indicators 3 -
{
-
General Comment:
Audit Item Comment
Volume from own sources: The City of Livingston's water source is exclusively groundwater from nine active domestic supply wells. 100% of treated water production sources are metered. No meter testing or calibration was done on the nine active wells during the audit period. Since “occasional” meter calibration occurs, a DVG of 5 has been applied.
Vol. from own sources: Master meter
error adjustment:
Meter readings are manually collected and then logged into an electronic format by City staff on a daily basis. Production meter data is then reviewed at least on a monthly basis with necessary correction implemented, if applicable. No corrections were made to the meter production data during the audit period. Storage tank levels are tracked automatically by the system’s SCADA system; however, no net change in storage was included in the volume adjustment. Since no net change in storage for the audit reporting year was provided, a DVG of 3 has been applied. In addition, the City believes that some additional water is lossed at during the pump to waste mode at the groundwater wells.
Water imported: Not applicable, the City does not import potable water. No additional comments.
Water imported: master meter error
adjustment: Not applicable, the City does not import potable water. No additional comments.
Water exported: Not applicable, the City does not export potable water. No additional comments.
Water exported: master meter error
adjustment: Not applicable, the City does not export potable water. No additional comments.
Billed metered:
100% of customers are metered. At least 95% of customers meter reading are collected through by automatic meter reading (AMR) and 5% are manually collected.
Good customer meter records exist; however, the City follows a limited meter accuracy testing program. The City’s meter replacement program is ongoing and focuses on changing out older meter that are 25 years or older. Staff estimates that approximately 100 1" meters were replaced during the audit period.
Computerized billing records exist with auditing of data conducted by staff at least on a monthly basis. For these reasons, a DVG of 7 has been applied.
Billed unmetered: Not applicable. All water is metered in the City of Livingston.
Unbilled metered: No unbilled metered accounts exist. This Section is not applicable to the City of Livingston.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software:
User Comments
Use this worksheet to add comments or notes to explain how an input value was calculated, or to document the sources of the information used.
WAS v5.0
American Water Works Association.
Copyright © 2014, All Rights Reserved.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Comments 4
-~ Ill
I' I 7
-
-
-
-
'
'
-
-
-
- -
-
-
-
-
Audit Item Comment
Unbilled unmetered: Default value has been applied. Unbilled unmetered consumption has been calculated to be 1.25% of total water supplied.
Unauthorized consumption: Default Grade Applied
Customer metering inaccuracies: Since customer meter accuracy testing is only preformed on problem meters and consumption flags, a DVG has been 3 applied.
Systematic data handling errors: Default Grade Applied
Length of mains:
Sound written policy and procedures exist for permitting and installing new water mains. Electronic recordkeeping such as a digital water plat map exists to determine the total amount of water mains; however, the City does not utilize an asset management system that tracks condition assessment characteristics (break history, date of installation, etc.). For this reason, a DVG of 7 has been applied.
Number of active AND inactive
service connections:
Policies and procedures for new account activation and billing operations are written and well structured and managed. Computerized billing system keeps track of all active connections, inactive connections were verified through field investigation. Internal system audits are conducted on an basis. The City estimates that counts of connections are less than 2% in error. For these reasons, a DVG of 9 has been applied.
Average length of customer service
line: Default input and grade applice, as customer meters are typically located at the property boundary.
Average operating pressure:
All groundwater wells and the storage tank are on pressure transducers which keeps the average water pressure at about 55 PSI. A Realtime monitoring system (SCADA) exists to monitor the system and collect data, including real time pressure readings. The AOP is determined from reliable monitoring system data. Pressure data is collected on an hourly basis through the SCADA system. For these reasons, a DVG of 8 has been applied.
Total annual cost of operating water
system:
Average annual operating costs were obtained from the City of Livingston's FY 18/19 and 19/20 budgets (provided in the FY 19-20 adopted budget). Reliable electronic, industry standard cost accounting system (Springbrook) in place, with all pertinent water system operating costs tracked. Financial data is audited monthly by staff and annually by a third-party CPA. For these reasons, a DVG of 10 has been applied.
Customer retail unit cost (applied to
Apparent Losses):
Rate structure: classes, tiered rates.
Input derivation: this value was calculated from the total customer consumption water revenues ($2,664,293.88) divided by total billed consumption (2,243.99 MG).
For this reason a DVG of 8 has been applied.
Variable production cost (applied to
Real Losses):
The input includes the electrical costs to operate the source water pumps to treat the raw water and to maintain distribution pressure ($585.000), costs associated with treatment such as chemical cost, media costs, and analytical testing ($433,000), and costs associated with the water distribution system such as water main line repair, service line repair, and analytical testing within the distribution system ($50,000). The total production cost of $1,068,000 includes both primary and secondary cost. Since both primary and secondary cost have also been included, a DVG of 6 has been applied. All costs were developed by averaging the Fiscal Year (FY) 18/19 and FY 19/20 budgeted values.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Comments 5
Water Audit Report for:
Reporting Year: 2019 1/2019 - 12/2019
Data Validity Score: 60
Water Exported Revenue Water
0.000 0.000
Billed Metered Consumption (water exported
is removed) Revenue Water
2,243.990
Own Sources Authorized
Consumption 2,243.990 Billed Unmetered Consumption 2,243.990
0.000
2,273.927 Unbilled Metered Consumption
0.000
2,394.994 29.937 Unbilled Unmetered Consumption
29.937
System Input Water Supplied Unauthorized Consumption 151.004 2,394.994 Apparent Losses 5.987
2,394.994 34.264 Customer Metering Inaccuracies
22.667
Systematic Data Handling Errors
Water Losses 5.610
Water Imported 121.067 Leakage on Transmission and/or Distribution Mains
Real Losses Not broken down
0.000 86.803 Leakage and Overflows at Utility's Storage Tanks
Not broken down
Leakage on Service Connections
Not broken down
AWWA Free Water Audit Software: Water Balance
Non-Revenue Water
(NRW)
Billed Authorized Consumption
Unbilled Authorized Consumption
(Adjusted for known
errors)
Billed Water Exported
City of Livingston (2410004)
WAS v5.0
American Water Works Association.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Water Balance 21
~ l
---------· -----------·-----------------,...--------------------· ------------ Water Audit Report for:
Reporting Year: 2019 Show me the VOLUME of Non-Revenue Water Data Validity Score: 60 Show me the COST of Non-Revenue Water AWWA Free Water Audit Software:
Dashboard
1/2019 - 12/2019
City of Livingston (2410004)
0 5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
25,000
30,000
35,000
40,000
45,000
Cost $
Total Cost of NRW =$92,832
Unbilled metered (valued at Var. Prod. Cost)
Unbilled unmetered (valued at Var. Prod. Cost)
Unauth. consumption
Cust. metering inaccuracies
Syst. data handling errors
Real Losses (valued at Var. Prod. Cost)
WAS v5.0
American Water Works Association.
Water Exported
Authorized Consumption
Water Losses
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Water Exported
Water Imported
Volume From Own Sources
Water Exported Billed Auth. Cons.
Unbilled Auth. Cons. Apparent Losses
Real Losses
Water Exported
Revenue Water
Non Revenue Water
The graphic below is a visual representation of the
Water Balance with bar heights propotional to the
volume of the audit components
Water Exported
Water Supplied
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Dashboard 22
l~I
■ ■
■ ■
■
■
■
■ "
■
■
■
0 @
■
■
■
■
■
■
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Volume from own sources:
Select this grading only if
the water utility
purchases/imports all of its
water resources (i.e. has
no sources of its own)
Less than 25% of water production
sources are metered, remaining
sources are estimated. No regular
meter accuracy testing or electronic
calibration conducted.
25% - 50% of treated water
production sources are metered;
other sources estimated. No regular
meter accuracy testing or electronic
calibration conducted.
Conditions between
2 and 4
50% - 75% of treated water
production sources are metered,
other sources estimated. Occasional
meter accuracy testing or electronic
calibration conducted.
Conditions between
4 and 6
At least 75% of treated water
production sources are metered, or at
least 90% of the source flow is derived
from metered sources. Meter
accuracy testing and/or electronic
calibration of related instrumentation is
conducted annually. Less than 25% of
tested meters are found outside of +/-
6% accuracy.
Conditions between
6 and 8
100% of treated water production
sources are metered, meter accuracy
testing and electronic calibration of
related instrumentation is conducted
annually, less than 10% of meters are
found outside of +/- 6% accuracy
Conditions between
8 and 10
100% of treated water production
sources are metered, meter accuracy
testing and electronic calibration of
related instrumentation is conducted
semi-annually, with less than 10% found
outside of +/- 3% accuracy. Procedures
are reviewed by a third party
knowledgeable in the M36 methodology.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Volume from
own Sources" component:
to qualify for 2:
Organize and launch efforts to
collect data for determining volume
from own sources
to maintain 10:
Standardize meter accuracy test
frequency to semi-annual, or more
frequent, for all meters. Repair or
replace meters outside of +/- 3%
accuracy. Continually investigate/pilot
improving metering technology.
Volume from own sources
master meter and supply error
adjustment:
Select n/a only if the water
utility fails to have meters
on its sources of supply
Inventory information on meters and
paper records of measured volumes
exist but are incomplete and/or in a
very crude condition; data error
cannot be determined
No automatic datalogging of
production volumes; daily readings
are scribed on paper records without
any accountability controls. Flows
are not balanced across the water
distribution system: tank/storage
elevation changes are not employed
in calculating the "Volume from own
sources" component and archived
flow data is adjusted only when
grossly evident data error occurs.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Production meter data is logged
automatically in electronic format and
reviewed at least on a monthly basis
with necessary corrections
implemented. "Volume from own
sources" tabulations include estimate
of daily changes in tanks/storage
facilities. Meter data is adjusted
when gross data errors occur, or
occasional meter testing deems this
necessary.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Hourly production meter data logged
automatically & reviewed on at least a
weekly basis. Data is adjusted to
correct gross error when
meter/instrumentation equipment
malfunction is detected; and/or error is
confirmed by meter accuracy testing.
Tank/storage facility elevation changes
are automatically used in calculating a
balanced "Volume from own sources"
component, and data gaps in the
archived data are corrected on at least
a weekly basis.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Continuous production meter data is
logged automatically & reviewed each
business day. Data is adjusted to
correct gross error from detected
meter/instrumentation equipment
malfunction and/or results of meter
accuracy testing. Tank/storage facility
elevation changes are automatically
used in "Volume from own sources"
tabulations and data gaps in the
archived data are corrected on a daily
basis.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Computerized system (SCADA or
similar) automatically balances flows
from all sources and storages; results
are reviewed each business day. Tight
accountability controls ensure that all
data gaps that occur in the archived flow
data are quickly detected and corrected.
Regular calibrations between SCADA
and sources meters ensures minimal
data transfer error.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Master meter
and supply error adjustment"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Develop a plan to restructure
recordkeeping system to capture all
flow data; set a procedure to review
flow data on a daily basis to detect
input errors. Obtain more reliable
information about existing meters by
conducting field inspections of
meters and related instrumentation,
and obtaining manufacturer
literature.
to maintain 10:
Monitor meter innovations for
development of more accurate and less
expensive flowmeters. Continue to
replace or repair meters as they
perform outside of desired accuracy
limits. Stay abreast of new and more
accurate water level instruments to
better record tank/storage levels and
archive the variations in storage volume.
Keep current with SCADA and data
management systems to ensure that
archived data is well-managed and error
free.
Water Imported:
Select n/a if the water
utility's supply is
exclusively from its own
water resources (no bulk
purchased/ imported
water)
Less than 25% of imported water
sources are metered, remaining
sources are estimated. No regular
meter accuracy testing.
25% - 50% of imported water
sources are metered; other sources
estimated. No regular meter
accuracy testing.
Conditions between
2 and 4
50% - 75% of imported water
sources are metered, other sources
estimated. Occasional meter
accuracy testing conducted.
Conditions between
4 and 6
At least 75% of imported water
sources are metered, meter accuracy
testing and/or electronic calibration of
related instrumentation is conducted
annually for all meter installations.
Less than 25% of tested meters are
found outside of +/- 6% accuracy.
Conditions between
6 and 8
100% of imported water sources are
metered, meter accuracy testing and
electronic calibration of related
instrumentation is conducted annually,
less than 10% of meters are found
outside of +/- 6% accuracy
Conditions between
8 and 10
100% of imported water sources are
metered, meter accuracy testing and
electronic calibration of related
instrumentation is conducted semiannually for all meter installations, with less than 10% of accuracy tests found
outside of +/- 3% accuracy.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Water
Imported Volume" component:
(Note: usually the water
supplier selling the water - "the
Exporter" - to the utility being
audited is responsible to
maintain the metering
installation measuring the
imported volume. The utility
should coordinate carefully
with the Exporter to ensure
that adequate meter upkeep
takes place and an accurate
measure of the Water
Imported volume is quantified. )
to qualify for 2:
Review bulk water purchase
agreements with partner suppliers;
confirm requirements for use and
maintenance of accurate metering.
Identify needs for new or
replacement meters with goal to
meter all imported water sources.
to maintain 10:
Standardize meter accuracy test
frequency to semi-annual, or more
frequent, for all meters. Continue to
conduct calibration of related
instrumentation on a semi-annual basis.
Repair or replace meters outside of +/-
3% accuracy. Continually
investigate/pilot improving metering
technology.
WATER SUPPLIED
to qualify for 4:
Install automatic datalogging equipment on production
meters. Complete installation of level instrumentation at all tanks/storage facilities and include tank level data in automatic calculation routine in a computerized system.
Construct a computerized listing or spreadsheet to archive input volumes, tank/storage volume changes and
import/export flows in order to determine the composite "Water Supplied" volume for the distribution system. Set a procedure to review this data on a monthly basis to detect gross anomalies and data gaps.
to qualify for 10:
Conduct meter accuracy testing for all meters on a semiannual basis, along with calibration of all related instrumentation. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 3% accuracy. Investigate new meter technology; pilot one or more replacements with innovative meters in attempt to improve meter accuracy.
to qualify for 10:
Link all production and tank/storage facility elevation change data to a Supervisory Control & Data Acquisition (SCADA) System, or similar computerized monitoring/control system, and establish automatic flow balancing algorithm and regularly calibrate between SCADA and source meters. Data is
reviewed and corrected each business day.
to qualify for 6:
Formalize annual meter accuracy testing for all source
meters; specify the frequency of testing. Complete
installation of meters on unmetered water production sources and complete replacement of all obsolete/defective meters. to qualify for 8:
Conduct annual meter accuracy testing and calibration of related instrumentation on all meter installations on a regular basis. Complete project to install new, or replace defective existing, meters so that entire production meter population is metered. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 6%
accuracy.
To qualify for 4:
Locate all imported water sources on maps and in the field, launch meter accuracy testing for existing meters, begin to install meters on unmetered imported water
interconnections and replace obsolete/defective meters. to qualify for 6:
Formalize annual meter accuracy testing for all imported water meters, planning for both regular meter accuracy
testing and calibration of the related instrumentation.
Continue installation of meters on unmetered imported water interconnections and replacement of obsolete/defective
meters.
to qualify for 10:
Maintain annual meter accuracy testing and calibration of related instrumentation for all meter installations. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 3% accuracy. Investigate new meter technology; pilot one or more replacements with
innovative meters in attempt to further improve meter
accuracy.
to qualify for 8:
Complete project to install new, or replace defective, meters on all imported water interconnections. Maintain annual meter accuracy testing for all imported water meters and conduct calibration of related instrumentation at least annually. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 6%
accuracy.
to qualify for 4:
Locate all water production sources on maps and in the
field, launch meter accuracy testing for existing meters, begin to install meters on unmetered water production
sources and replace any obsolete/defective meters.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software: Grading Matrix
The grading assigned to each audit component and the corresponding recommended improvements and actions are highlighted in yellow. Audit accuracy is likely to be improved by prioritizing those items shown in red to qualify for 6:
Refine computerized data collection and archive to include hourly production meter data that is reviewed at least on a weekly basis to detect specific data anomalies and gaps.
Use daily net storage change to balance flows in calculating "Water Supplied" volume. Necessary corrections to data
errors are implemented on a weekly basis.
to qualify for 8:
Ensure that all flow data is collected and archived on at least an hourly basis. All data is reviewed and detected errors corrected each business day. Tank/storage levels variations are employed in calculating balanced "Water Supplied"
component. Adjust production meter data for gross error and inaccuracy confirmed by testing.
WAS 5.0
American Water Works Association. Copyright © 2014, All Rights Reserved.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 1
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Water imported master meter
and supply error adjustment:
Select n/a if the Imported
water supply is
unmetered, with Imported
water quantities estimated
on the billing invoices sent
by the Exporter to the
purchasing Utility.
Inventory information on imported
meters and paper records of
measured volumes exist but are
incomplete and/or in a very crude
condition; data error cannot be
determined Written agreement(s)
with water Exporter(s) are missing or
written in vague language
concerning meter management and
testing.
No automatic datalogging of
imported supply volumes; daily
readings are scribed on paper
records without any accountability
controls to confirm data accuracy
and the absence of errors and data
gaps in recorded volumes. Written
agreement requires meter accuracy
testing but is vague on the details of
how and who conducts the testing.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Imported supply metered flow data is
logged automatically in electronic
format and reviewed at least on a
monthly basis by the Exporter with
necessary corrections implemented.
Meter data is adjusted by the
Exporter when gross data errors are
detected. A coherent data trail exists
for this process to protect both the
selling and the purchasing Utility.
Written agreement exists and clearly
states requirements and roles for
meter accuracy testing and data
management.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Hourly Imported supply metered data
is logged automatically & reviewed on
at least a weekly basis by the Exporter.
Data is adjusted to correct gross error
when meter/instrumentation equipment
malfunction is detected; and to correct
for error confirmed by meter accuracy
testing. Any data gaps in the archived
data are detected and corrected during
the weekly review. A coherent data
trail exists for this process to protect
both the selling and the purchasing
Utility.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Continuous Imported supply metered
flow data is logged automatically &
reviewed each business day by the
Exporter. Data is adjusted to correct
gross error from detected
meter/instrumentation equipment
malfunction and/or results of meter
accuracy testing. Any data
errors/gaps are detected and
corrected on a daily basis. A data trail
exists for the process to protect both
the selling and the purchasing Utility.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Computerized system (SCADA or
similar) automatically records data
which is reviewed each business day by
the Exporter. Tight accountability
controls ensure that all error/data gaps
that occur in the archived flow data are
quickly detected and corrected. A
reliable data trail exists and contract
provisions for meter testing and data
management are reviewed by the selling
and purchasing Utility at least once
every five years.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Water
imported master meter and
supply error adjustment"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Develop a plan to restructure
recordkeeping system to capture all
flow data; set a procedure to review
flow data on a daily basis to detect
input errors. Obtain more reliable
information about existing meters by
conducting field inspections of
meters and related instrumentation,
and obtaining manufacturer
literature. Review the written
agreement between the selling and
purchasing Utility.
to maintain 10:
Monitor meter innovations for
development of more accurate and less
expensive flowmeters; work with the
Exporter to help identify meter
replacement needs. Keep
communication lines with Exporters
open and maintain productive relations.
Keep the written agreement current with
clear and explicit language that meets
the ongoing needs of all parties.
Water Exported:
Select n/a if the water
utility sells no bulk water to
neighboring water utilities
(no exported water sales)
Less than 25% of exported water
sources are metered, remaining
sources are estimated. No regular
meter accuracy testing.
25% - 50% of exported water
sources are metered; other sources
estimated. No regular meter
accuracy testing.
Conditions between
2 and 4
50% - 75% of exported water
sources are metered, other sources
estimated. Occasional meter
accuracy testing conducted.
Conditions between
4 and 6
At least 75% of exported water sources
are metered, meter accuracy testing
and/or electronic calibration conducted
annually. Less than 25% of tested
meters are found outside of +/- 6%
accuracy.
Conditions between
6 and 8
100% of exported water sources are
metered, meter accuracy testing and
electronic calibration of related
instrumentation is conducted annually,
less than 10% of meters are found
outside of +/- 6% accuracy
Conditions between
8 and 10
100% of exported water sources are
metered, meter accuracy testing and
electronic calibration of related
instrumentation is conducted semiannually for all meter installations, with less than 10% of accuracy tests found
outside of +/- 3% accuracy.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Water
Exported Volume" component:
(Note: usually, if the water
utility being audited sells
(Exports) water to a
neighboring purchasing Utility,
it is the responsibility of the
utility exporting the water to
maintain the metering
installation measuring the
Exported volume. The utility
exporting the water should
ensure that adequate meter
upkeep takes place and an
accurate measure of the
Water Exported volume is
quantified. )
to qualify for 2:
Review bulk water sales
agreements with purchasing utilities;
confirm requirements for use &
upkeep of accurate metering.
Identify needs to install new, or
replace defective meters as needed.
to maintain 10:
Standardize meter accuracy test
frequency to semi-annual, or more
frequent, for all meters. Repair or
replace meters outside of +/- 3%
accuracy. Continually investigate/pilot
improving metering technology.
Water exported master meter
and supply error adjustment:
Select n/a only if the water
utility fails to have meters
on its exported supply
interconnections.
Inventory information on exported
meters and paper records of
measured volumes exist but are
incomplete and/or in a very crude
condition; data error cannot be
determined Written agreement(s)
with the utility purchasing the water
are missing or written in vague
language concerning meter
management and testing.
No automatic datalogging of
exported supply volumes; daily
readings are scribed on paper
records without any accountability
controls to confirm data accuracy
and the absence of errors and data
gaps in recorded volumes. Written
agreement requires meter accuracy
testing but is vague on the details of
how and who conducts the testing.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Exported metered flow data is logged
automatically in electronic format and
reviewed at least on a monthly basis,
with necessary corrections
implemented. Meter data is adjusted
by the utility selling (exporting) the
water when gross data errors are
detected. A coherent data trail exists
for this process to protect both the
utility exporting the water and the
purchasing Utility. Written agreement
exists and clearly states requirements
and roles for meter accuracy testing
and data management.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Hourly exported supply metered data is
logged automatically & reviewed on at
least a weekly basis by the utility selling
the water. Data is adjusted to correct
gross error when
meter/instrumentation equipment
malfunction is detected; and to correct
for error found by meter accuracy
testing. Any data gaps in the archived
data are detected and corrected during
the weekly review. A coherent data
trail exists for this process to protect
both the selling (exporting) utility and
the purchasing Utility.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Continuous exported supply metered
flow data is logged automatically &
reviewed each business day by the
utility selling (exporting) the water.
Data is adjusted to correct gross error
from detected meter/instrumentation
equipment malfunction and any error
confirmed by meter accuracy testing.
Any data errors/gaps are detected and
corrected on a daily basis. A data trail
exists for the process to protect both
the selling (exporting) Utility and the
purchasing Utility.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Computerized system (SCADA or
similar) automatically records data
which is reviewed each business day by
the utility selling (exporting) the water.
Tight accountability controls ensure that
all error/data gaps that occur in the
archived flow data are quickly detected
and corrected. A reliable data trail
exists and contract provisions for meter
testing and data management are
reviewed by the selling Utility and
purchasing Utility at least once every
five years.
to qualify for 10:
Conduct accountability checks to confirm that all Imported supply metered data is reviewed and corrected each business day by the Exporter. Results of all meter accuracy tests and data corrections should be available for sharing between the Exporter and the purchasing Utility. Establish a schedule for a regular review and updating of the contractual language in the written agreement between the selling and the purchasing Utility; at least every five years.
To qualify for 4:
Locate all exported water sources on maps and in field, launch meter accuracy testing for existing meters, begin to install meters on unmetered exported water
interconnections and replace obsolete/defective meters
to qualify for 4:
Install automatic datalogging equipment on Imported
supply meters. Set a procedure to review this data on a monthly basis to detect gross anomalies and data gaps.
Launch discussions with the Exporters to jointly review terms of the written agreements regarding meter accuracy testing and data management; revise the terms as
necessary.
to qualify for 6:
Refine computerized data collection and archive to include hourly Imported supply metered flow data that is reviewed at least on a weekly basis to detect specific data anomalies and gaps. Make necessary corrections to errors/data errors on a weekly basis.
to qualify for 8:
Ensure that all Imported supply metered flow data is
collected and archived on at least an hourly basis. All data is reviewed and errors/data gaps are corrected each business day.
to qualify for 6:
Formalize annual meter accuracy testing for all exported water meters. Continue installation of meters on unmetered exported water interconnections and replacement of
obsolete/defective meters.
to qualify for 8:
Complete project to install new, or replace defective, meters on all exported water interconnections. Maintain annual meter accuracy testing for all exported water meters. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 6% accuracy.
to qualify for 10:
Maintain annual meter accuracy testing for all meters. Repair or replace meters outside of +/- 3% accuracy. Investigate new meter technology; pilot one or more replacements with
innovative meters in attempt to improve meter accuracy.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 2
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Water
exported master meter and
supply error adjustment"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Develop a plan to restructure
recordkeeping system to capture all
flow data; set a procedure to review
flow data on a daily basis to detect
input errors. Obtain more reliable
information about existing meters by
conducting field inspections of
meters and related instrumentation,
and obtaining manufacturer
literature. Review the written
agreement between the utility selling
(exporting) the water and the
purchasing Utility.
to maintain 10:
Monitor meter innovations for
development of more accurate and less
expensive flowmeters; work with the
purchasing utilities to help identify meter
replacement needs. Keep
communication lines with the purchasing
utilities open and maintain productive
relations. Keep the written agreement
current with clear and explicit language
that meets the ongoing needs of all
parties.
Billed metered:
n/a (not applicable). Select
n/a only if the entire
customer population is not
metered and is billed for
water service on a flat or
fixed rate basis. In such a
case the volume entered
must be zero.
Less than 50% of customers with
volume-based billings from meter
readings; flat or fixed rate billing
exists for the majority of the
customer population
At least 50% of customers with
volume-based billing from meter
reads; flat rate billing for others.
Manual meter reading is conducted,
with less than 50% meter read
success rate, remainding accounts'
consumption is estimated. Limited
meter records, no regular meter
testing or replacement. Billing data
maintained on paper records, with no
auditing.
Conditions between
2 and 4
At least 75% of customers with
volume-based, billing from meter
reads; flat or fixed rate billing for
remaining accounts. Manual meter
reading is conducted with at least
50% meter read success rate;
consumption for accounts with failed
reads is estimated. Purchase
records verify age of customer
meters; only very limited meter
accuracy testing is conducted.
Customer meters are replaced only
upon complete failure. Computerized
billing records exist, but only sporadic
internal auditing conducted.
Conditions between
4 and 6
At least 90% of customers with volumebased billing from meter reads; consumption for remaining accounts is
estimated. Manual customer meter
reading gives at least 80% customer
meter reading success rate;
consumption for accounts with failed
reads is estimated. Good customer
meter records eixst, but only limited
meter accuracy testing is conducted.
Regular replacement is conducted for
the oldest meters. Computerized
billing records exist with annual auditing
of summary statistics conducting by
utility personnel.
Conditions between
6 and 8
At least 97% of customers exist with
volume-based billing from meter
reads. At least 90% customer meter
reading success rate; or at least 80%
read success rate with planning and
budgeting for trials of Automatic Meter
Reading (AMR) or Advanced Metering
Infrastructure (AMI) in one or more
pilot areas. Good customer meter
records. Regular meter accuracy
testing guides replacement of
statistically significant number of
meters each year. Routine auditing of
computerized billing records for global
and detailed statistics occurs annually
by utility personnel, and is verified by
third party at least once every five
years.
Conditions between
8 and 10
At least 99% of customers exist with
volume-based billing from meter reads.
At least 95% customer meter reading
success rate; or minimum 80% meter
reading success rate, with Automatic
Meter Reading (AMR) or Advanced
Metering Infrastructure (AMI) trials
underway. Statistically significant
customer meter testing and
replacement program in place on a
continuous basis. Computerized billing
with routine, detailed auditing, including
field investigation of representative
sample of accounts undertaken annually
by utility personnel. Audit is conducted
by third party auditors at least once
every three years.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Billed
Metered Consumption"
component:
If n/a is selected because
the customer meter
population is unmetered,
consider establishing a
new policy to meter the
customer population and
employ water rates based
upon metered volumes.
to qualify for 2:
Conduct investigations or trials of
customer meters to select
appropriate meter models. Budget
funding for meter installations.
Investigate volume based water rate
structures.
to maintain 10:
Continue annual internal billing data
auditing, and third party auditing at least
every three years. Continue customer
meter accuracy testing to ensure that
accurate customer meter readings are
obtained and entered as the basis for
volume based billing. Stay abreast of
improvements in Automatic Meter
Reading (AMR) and Advanced Metering
Infrastructure (AMI) and information
management. Plan and budget for
justified upgrades in metering, meter
reading and billing data management to
maintain very high accuracy in customer
metering and billing.
Billed unmetered:
Select n/a if it is the policy
of the water utility to meter
all customer connections
and it has been confirmed
by detailed auditing that all
customers do indeed have
a water meter; i.e. no
intentionally unmetered
accounts exist
Water utility policy does not require
customer metering; flat or fixed fee
billing is employed. No data is
collected on customer consumption.
The only estimates of customer
population consumption available
are derived from data estimation
methods using average fixture count
multiplied by number of connections,
or similar approach.
Water utility policy does not require
customer metering; flat or fixed fee
billing is employed. Some metered
accounts exist in parts of the system
(pilot areas or District Metered
Areas) with consumption read
periodically or recorded on portable
dataloggers over one, three, or
seven day periods. Data from these
sample meters are used to infer
consumption for the total customer
population. Site specific estimation
methods are used for unusual
buildings/water uses.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Water utility policy does require
metering and volume based billing in
general. However, a liberal amount
of exemptions and a lack of clearly
written and communicated
procedures result in up to 20% of
billed accounts believed to be
unmetered by exemption; or the
water utility is in transition to
becoming fully metered, and a large
number of customers remain
unmetered. A rough estimate of the
annual consumption for all unmetered
accounts is included in the annual
water audit, with no inspection of
individual unmetered accounts.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Water utility policy does require
metering and volume based billing but
established exemptions exist for a
portion of accounts such as municipal
buildings. As many as 15% of billed
accounts are unmetered due to this
exemption or meter installation
difficulties. Only a group estimate of
annual consumption for all unmetered
accounts is included in the annual
water audit, with no inspection of
individual unmetered accounts.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Water utility policy does require
metering and volume based billing for
all customer accounts. However, less
than 5% of billed accounts remain
unmetered because meter installation
is hindered by unusual circumstances.
The goal is to minimize the number of
unmetered accounts. Reliable
estimates of consumption are
obtained for these unmetered
accounts via site specific estimation
methods.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Water utility policy does require
metering and volume based billing for all
customer accounts. Less than 2% of
billed accounts are unmetered and exist
because meter installation is hindered
by unusual circumstances. The goal
exists to minimize the number of
unmetered accounts to the extent that is
economical. Reliable estimates of
consumption are obtained at these
accounts via site specific estimation
methods.
to qualify for 10:
Conduct accountability checks to confirm that all exported metered flow data is reviewed and corrected each business day by the utility selling the water. Results of all meter accuracy tests and data corrections should be available for sharing between the utility and the purchasing Utility. Establish a schedule for a regular review and updating of the contractual language in the written agreements with the purchasing utilities; at least every five years.
to qualify for 6:
Refine computerized data collection and archive to include hourly exported supply metered flow data that is reviewed at least on a weekly basis to detect specific data anomalies and gaps. Make necessary corrections to errors/data errors on a weekly basis.
to qualify for 8:
Ensure that all exported metered flow data is collected and archived on at least an hourly basis. All data is reviewed and errors/data gaps are corrected each business day.
AUTHORIZED CONSUMPTION
to qualify for 4:
Purchase and install meters on unmetered accounts.
Implement policies to improve meter reading success.
Catalog meter information during meter read visits to
identify age/model of existing meters. Test a minimal
number of meters for accuracy. Install computerized billing system.
to qualify for 6:
Purchase and install meters on unmetered accounts.
Eliminate flat fee billing and establish appropriate water rate structure based upon measured consumption. Continue to
achieve verifiable success in removing manual meter reading barriers. Expand meter accuracy testing. Launch regular meter replacement program. Launch a program of annual
auditing of global billing statistics by utility personnel. to qualify for 10:
Purchase and install meters on unmetered accounts. Launch Automatic Meter Reading (AMR) or Advanced Metering
Infrastructure (AMI) system trials if manual meter reading success rate of at least 99% is not achieved within a five-year program. Continue meter accuracy testing program. Conduct planning and budgeting for large scale meter replacement based upon meter life cycle analysis using cumulative flow target. Continue annual detailed billing data auditing by utility personnel and conduct third party auditing at least once every three years.
to qualify for 4:
Install automatic datalogging equipment on exported supply meters. Set a procedure to review this data on a monthly basis to detect gross anomalies and data gaps. Launch
discussions with the purchasing utilities to jointly review terms of the written agreements regarding meter accuracy testing and data management; revise the terms as
necessary.
to qualify for 8:
Purchase and install meters on unmetered accounts. If
customer meter reading success rate is less than 97%,
assess cost-effectiveness of Automatic Meter Reading
(AMR) or Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) system for portion or entire system; or otherwise achieve ongoing
improvements in manual meter reading success rate to 97% or higher. Refine meter accuracy testing program. Set
meter replacement goals based upon accuracy test results.
Implement annual auditing of detailed billing records by utility personnel and implement third party auditing at least once every five years.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 3
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Billed
Unmetered Consumption"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Conduct research and evaluate
cost/benefit of a new water utility
policy to require metering of the
customer population; thereby greatly
reducing or eliminating unmetered
accounts. Conduct pilot metering
project by installing water meters in
small sample of customer accounts
and periodically reading the meters
or datalogging the water
consumption over one, three, or
seven day periods.
to maintain 10:
Continue to refine estimation methods
for unmetered consumption and explore
means to establish metering, for as
many billed remaining unmetered
accounts as is economically feasible.
Unbilled metered:
select n/a if all billingexempt consumption is
unmetered.
Billing practices exempt certain
accounts, such as municipal
buildings, but written policies do not
exist; and a reliable count of unbilled
metered accounts is unavailable.
Meter upkeep and meter reading on
these accounts is rare and not
considered a priority. Due to poor
recordkeeping and lack of auditing,
water consumption for all such
accounts is purely guesstimated.
Billing practices exempt certain
accounts, such as municipal
buildings, but only scattered, dated
written directives exist to justify this
practice. A reliable count of unbilled
metered accounts is unavailable.
Sporadic meter replacement and
meter reading occurs on an asneeded basis. The total annual water consumption for all unbilled, metered
accounts is estimated based upon
approximating the number of
accounts and assigning consumption
from actively billed accounts of same
meter size.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Dated written procedures permit
billing exemption for specific
accounts, such as municipal
properties, but are unclear regarding
certain other types of accounts.
Meter reading is given low priority and
is sporadic. Consumption is
quantified from meter readings where
available. The total number of
unbilled, unmetered accounts must
be estimated along with consumption
volumes.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Written policies regarding billing
exemptions exist but adherence in
practice is questionable. Metering and
meter reading for municipal buildings is
reliable but sporadic for other unbilled
metered accounts. Periodic auditing of
such accounts is conducted. Water
consumption is quantified directly from
meter readings where available, but
the majority of the consumption is
estimated.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Written policy identifies the types of
accounts granted a billing exemption.
Customer meter management and
meter reading are considered
secondary priorities, but meter reading
is conducted at least annually to obtain
consumption volumes for the annual
water audit. High level auditing of
billing records ensures that a reliable
census of such accounts exists.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Clearly written policy identifies the types
of accounts given a billing exemption,
with emphasis on keeping such
accounts to a minimum. Customer
meter management and meter reading
for these accounts is given proper
priority and is reliably conducted.
Regular auditing confirms this. Total
water consumption for these accounts is
taken from reliable readings from
accurate meters.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Unbilled
Metered Consumption"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Reassess the water utility's policy
allowing certain accounts to be
granted a billing exemption. Draft an
outline of a new written policy for
billing exemptions, with clear
justification as to why any accounts
should be exempt from billing, and
with the intention to keep the
number of such accounts to a
minimum.
to maintain 10:
Reassess the utility's philosophy in
allowing any water uses to go "unbilled".
It is possible to meter and bill all
accounts, even if the fee charged for
water consumption is discounted or
waived. Metering and billing all
accounts ensures that water
consumption is tracked and water waste
from plumbing leaks is detected and
minimized.
Unbilled unmetered:
Extent of unbilled, unmetered
consumption is unknown due to
unclear policies and poor
recordkeeping. Total consumption
is quantified based upon a purely
subjective estimate.
Clear extent of unbilled, unmetered
consumption is unknown, but a
number of events are randomly
documented each year, confirming
existence of such consumption, but
without sufficient documentation to
quantify an accurate estimate of the
annual volume consumed.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Extent of unbilled, unmetered
consumption is partially known, and
procedures exist to document certain
events such as miscellaneous fire
hydrant uses. Formulae is used to
quantify the consumption from such
events (time running multiplied by
typical flowrate, multiplied by number
of events).
Default value of
1.25% of system input
volume is employed
Coherent policies exist for some forms
of unbilled, unmetered consumption but
others await closer evaluation.
Reasonable recordkeeping for the
managed uses exists and allows for
annual volumes to be quantified by
inference, but unsupervised uses are
guesstimated.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Clear policies and good recordkeeping
exist for some uses (ex: water used in
periodic testing of unmetered fire
connections), but other uses (ex:
miscellaneous uses of fire hydrants)
have limited oversight. Total
consumption is a mix of well quantified
use such as from formulae (time
running multiplied by typical flow,
multiplied by number of events) or
temporary meters, and relatively
subjective estimates of less regulated
use.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Clear policies exist to identify permitted
use of water in unbilled, unmetered
fashion, with the intention of minimizing
this type of consumption. Good records
document each occurrence and
consumption is quantified via formulae
(time running multiplied by typical flow,
multiplied by number of events) or use
of temporary meters.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Unbilled
Unmetered Consumption"
component:
to qualify for 5:
Utilize the accepted default value of
1.25% of the volume of water
supplied as an expedient means to
gain a reasonable quantification of
this use.
to qualify for 2:
Establish a policy regarding what
water uses should be allowed to
remain as unbilled and unmetered.
Consider tracking a small sample of
one such use (ex: fire hydrant
flushings).
to qualify for 5:
Utilize accepted default value of
1.25% of the volume of water
supplied as an expedient means to
gain a reasonable quantification of all
such use. This is particularly
appropriate for water utilities who are
in the early stages of the water
auditing process, and should focus on
other components since the volume
of unbilled, umetered consumption is
usually a relatively small quatity
component, and other larger-quantity
components should take priority.
to qualify for 6 or
greater:
Finalize policy and
begin to conduct field
checks to better
establish and quantify
such usage. Proceed
if top-down audit
exists and/or a great
volume of such use is
suspected.
to maintain 10:
Continue to refine policy and procedures
with intention of reducing the number of
allowable uses of water in unbilled and
unmetered fashion. Any uses that can
feasibly become billed and metered
should be converted eventually.
to qualify for 10:
Ensure that meter management (meter accuracy testing,
meter replacement) and meter reading activities for unbilled accounts are accorded the same priority as billed accounts.
Establish ongoing annual auditing process to ensure that water consumption is reliably collected and provided to the annual water audit process.
to qualify for 4:
Implement a new water utility policy requiring customer metering. Launch or expand pilot metering study to include several different meter types, which will provide data for economic assessment of full scale metering options.
Assess sites with access difficulties to devise means to obtain water consumption volumes. Begin customer meter
installation.
to qualify for 6:
Refine policy and procedures to improve customer metering participation for all but solidly exempt accounts. Assign staff resources to review billing records to identify errant
unmetered properties. Specify metering needs and funding requirements to install sufficient meters to significant reduce the number of unmetered accounts
to qualify for 8:
Communicate billing exemption policy throughout the
organization and implement procedures that ensure proper account management. Conduct inspections of accounts
confirmed in unbilled metered status and verify that accurate meters exist and are scheduled for routine meter readings.
Gradually increase the number of unbilled metered accounts that are included in regular meter reading routes.
APPARENT LOSSES
to qualify for 4:
Review historic written directives and policy documents allowing certain accounts to be billing-exempt. Draft an outline of a written policy for billing exemptions, identify criteria that grants an exemption, with a goal of keeping this number of accounts to a minimum. Consider
increasing the priority of reading meters on unbilled
accounts at least annually.
to qualify for 6:
Draft a new written policy regarding billing exemptions based upon consensus criteria allowing this occurrence. Assign resources to audit meter records and billing records to obtain census of unbilled metered accounts. Gradually include a greater number of these metered accounts to the routes for regular meter reading.
to qualify for 10:
Refine written procedures to ensure that all uses of unbilled, unmetered water are overseen by a structured permitting process managed by water utility personnel. Reassess policy to determine if some of these uses have value in being
converted to billed and/or metered status.
to qualify for 8:
Assess water utility policy and procedures for various
unmetered usages. For example, ensure that a policy exists and permits are issued for use of fire hydrants by persons outside of the utility. Create written procedures for use and documentation of fire hydrants by water utility personnel.
Use same approach for other types of unbilled, unmetered water usage.
to qualify for 5:
Utilize accepted default value of 1.25% of the volume of water supplied as an expedient means to gain a
reasonable quantification of this use.
to qualify for 4:
Evaluate the documentation of events that have been
observed. Meet with user groups (ex: for fire hydrants - fire departments, contractors to ascertain their need and/or volume requirements for water from fire hydrants).
to qualify for 8:
Push to install customer meters on a full scale basis. Refine metering policy and procedures to ensure that all accounts, including municipal properties, are designated for meters.
Plan special efforts to address "hard-to-access" accounts.
Implement procedures to obtain a reliable consumption
estimate for the remaining few unmetered accounts awaiting meter installation.
to qualify for 10:
Continue customer meter installation throughout the service area, with a goal to minimize unmetered accounts. Sustain the effort to investigate accounts with access difficulties, and devise means to install water meters or otherwise measure water consumption.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 4
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Unauthorized consumption:
Extent of unauthorized consumption
is unknown due to unclear policies
and poor recordkeeping. Total
unauthorized consumption is
guesstimated.
Unauthorized consumption is a
known occurrence, but its extent is a
mystery. There are no requirements
to document observed events, but
periodic field reports capture some of
these occurrences. Total
unauthorized consumption is
approximated from this limited data.
conditions between
2 and 4
Procedures exist to document some
unauthorized consumption such as
observed unauthorized fire hydrant
openings. Use formulae to quantify
this consumption (time running
multiplied typical flowrate, multiplied
by number of events).
Default value of
0.25% of volume of
water supplied is
employed
Coherent policies exist for some forms
of unauthorized consumption (more
than simply fire hydrant misuse) but
others await closer evaluation.
Reasonable surveillance and
recordkeeping exist for occurrences
that fall under the policy. Volumes
quantified by inference from these
records.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Clear policies and good auditable
recordkeeping exist for certain events
(ex: tampering with water meters,
illegal bypasses of customer meters);
but other occurrences have limited
oversight. Total consumption is a
combination of volumes from formulae
(time x typical flow) and subjective
estimates of unconfirmed
consumption.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Clear policies exist to identify all known
unauthorized uses of water. Staff and
procedures exist to provide enforcement
of policies and detect violations. Each
occurrence is recorded and quantified
via formulae (estimated time running
multiplied by typical flow) or similar
methods. All records and calculations
should exist in a form that can be
audited by a third party.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Unauthorized
Consumption" component:
to qualify for 5:
Use accepted default of 0.25% of
volume of water supplied.
to qualify for 2:
Review utility policy regarding what
water uses are considered
unauthorized, and consider tracking
a small sample of one such
occurrence (ex: unauthorized fire
hydrant openings)
to qualify for 5:
Utilize accepted default value of
0.25% of volume of water supplied as
an expedient means to gain a
reasonable quantification of all such
use. This is particularly appropriate
for water utilities who are in the early
stages of the water auditing process.
to qualify for 6 or
greater:
Finalize policy
updates to clearly
identify the types of
water consumption
that are authorized
from those usages
that fall outside of this
policy and are,
therefore,
unauthorized. Begin
to conduct regular
field checks. Proceed
if the top-down audit
already exists and/or
a great volume of
such use is
suspected.
to maintain 10:
Continue to refine policy and procedures
to eliminate any loopholes that allow or
tacitly encourage unauthorized
consumption. Continue to be vigilant in
detection, documentation and
enforcement efforts.
Customer metering
inaccuracies:
select n/a only if the entire
customer population is
unmetered. In such a case
the volume entered must
be zero.
Customer meters exist, but with
unorganized paper records on
meters; no meter accuracy testing
or meter replacement program for
any size of retail meter. Metering
workflow is driven chaotically with no
proactive management. Loss
volume due to aggregate meter
inaccuracy is guesstimated.
Poor recordkeeping and meter
oversight is recognized by water
utility management who has allotted
staff and funding resources to
organize improved recordkeeping
and start meter accuracy testing.
Existing paper records gathered and
organized to provide cursory
disposition of meter population.
Customer meters are tested for
accuracy only upon customer
request.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Reliable recordkeeping exists; meter
information is improving as meters
are replaced. Meter accuracy
testing is conducted annually for a
small number of meters (more than
just customer requests, but less than
1% of inventory). A limited number of
the oldest meters are replaced each
year. Inaccuracy volume is largely an
estimate, but refined based upon
limited testing data.
Conditions between
4 and 6
A reliable electronic recordkeeping
system for meters exists. The meter
population includes a mix of new high
performing meters and dated meters
with suspect accuracy. Routine, but
limited, meter accuracy testing and
meter replacement occur. Inaccuracy
volume is quantified using a mix of
reliable and less certain data.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Ongoing meter replacement and
accuracy testing result in highly
accurate customer meter population.
Testing is conducted on samples of
meters of varying age and
accumulated volume of throughput to
determine optimum replacement time
for various types of meters.
Ongoing meter
replacement and
accuracy testing result
in highly accurate
customer meter
population. Statistically
significant number of
meters are tested in
audit year. This testing
is conducted on
samples of meters of
varying age and
accumulated volume of
throughput to
determine optimum
replacement time for
these meters.
Good records of all active customer
meters exist and include as a minimum:
meter number, account
number/location, type, size and
manufacturer. Ongoing meter
replacement occurs according to a
targeted and justified basis. Regular
meter accuracy testing gives a reliable
measure of composite inaccuracy
volume for the customer meter
population. New metering technology is
embraced to keep overall accuracy
improving. Procedures are reviewed by
a third party knowledgeable in the M36
methodology.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Customer
meter inaccuracy volume"
component:
If n/a is selected because
the customer meter
population is unmetered,
consider establishing a
new policy to meter the
customer population and
employ water rates based
upon metered volumes.
to qualify for 2:
Gather available meter purchase
records. Conduct testing on a small
number of meters believed to be the
most inaccurate. Review staffing
needs of the metering group and
budget for necessary resources to
better organize meter management.
to qualify for 9:
Continue efforts to manage meter
population with reliable recordkeeping.
Test a statistically significant number
of meters each year and analyze test
results in an ongoing manner to serve
as a basis for a target meter
replacement strategy based upon
accumulated volume throughput.
to qualify for 10:
Continue efforts to
manage meter
population with reliable
recordkeeping, meter
testing and
replacement. Evaluate
new meter types and
install one or more
types in 5-10 customer
accounts each year in
order to pilot improving
metering technology.
to maintain 10:
Increase the number of meters tested
and replaced as justified by meter
accuracy test data. Continually monitor
development of new metering
technology and Advanced Metering
Infrastructure (AMI) to grasp
opportunities for greater accuracy in
metering of water flow and management
of customer consumption data.
to qualify for 6:
Standardize the procedures for meter recordkeeping within an electronic information system. Accelerate meter accuracy testing and meter replacements guided by testing results. to qualify for 8:
Expand annual meter accuracy testing to evaluate a
statistically significant number of meter makes/models.
Expand meter replacement program to replace statistically significant number of poor performing meters each year. to qualify for 5:
Use accepted default of 0.25% of system input volume
to qualify for 4:
Review utility policy regarding what water uses are
considered unauthorized, and consider tracking a small
sample of one such occurrence (ex: unauthorized fire
hydrant openings)
to qualify for 4:
Implement a reliable record keeping system for customer meter histories, preferably using electronic methods
typically linked to, or part of, the Customer Billing System or Customer Information System. Expand meter accuracy
testing to a larger group of meters.
to quality for 8:
Assess water utility policies to ensure that all known
occurrences of unauthorized consumption are outlawed, and that appropriate penalties are prescribed. Create written procedures for detection and documentation of various
occurrences of unauthorized consumption as they are
uncovered.
to qualify for 10:
Refine written procedures and assign staff to seek out likely occurrences of unauthorized consumption. Explore new
locking devices, monitors and other technologies designed to detect and thwart unauthorized consumption.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 5
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Systematic Data Handling
Errors:
Note: all water utilities
incur some amount of this
error. Even in water
utilities with unmetered
customer populations and
fixed rate billing, errors
occur in annual billing
tabulations. Enter a
positive value for the
volume and select a
grading.
Policies and procedures for
activation of new customer water
billing accounts are vague and lack
accountability. Billing data is
maintained on paper records which
are not well organized. No auditing
is conducted to confirm billing data
handling efficiency. An unknown
number of customers escape
routine billing due to lack of billing
process oversight.
Policy and procedures for activation
of new customer accounts and
oversight of billing records exist but
need refinement. Billing data is
maintained on paper records or
insufficiently capable electronic
database. Only periodic unstructured
auditing work is conducted to confirm
billing data handling efficiency. The
volume of unbilled water due to billing
lapses is a guess.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Policy and procedures for new
account activation and oversight of
billing operations exist but needs
refinement. Computerized billing
system exists, but is dated or lacks
needed functionality. Periodic, limited
internal audits conducted and confirm
with approximate accuracy the
consumption volumes lost to billing
lapses.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Policy and procedures for new account
activation and oversight of billing
operations is adequate and reviewed
periodically. Computerized billing
system is in use with basic reporting
available. Any effect of billing
adjustments on measured
consumption volumes is well
understood. Internal checks of billing
data error conducted annually.
Reasonably accurate quantification of
consumption volume lost to billing
lapses is obtained.
Conditions between
6 and 8
New account activation and billing
operations policy and procedures are
reviewed at least biannually.
Computerized billing system includes
an array of reports to confirm billing
data and system functionality. Checks
are conducted routinely to flag and
explain zero consumption accounts.
Annual internal checks conducted with
third party audit conducted at least
once every five years. Accountability
checks flag billing lapses.
Consumption lost to billing lapses is
well quantified and reducing year-byyear.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Sound written policy and procedures
exist for new account activation and
oversight of customer billing operations.
Robust computerized billing system
gives high functionality and reporting
capabilities which are utilized, analyzed
and the results reported each billing
cycle. Assessment of policy and data
handling errors are conducted internally
and audited by third party at least once
every three years, ensuring
consumption lost to billing lapses is
minimized and detected as it occurs.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Systematic
Data Handling Error volume"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Draft written policy and procedures
for activating new water billing
accounts and oversight of billing
operations. Investigate and budget
for computerized customer billing
system. Conduct initial audit of
billing records by flow-charting the
basic business processes of the
customer account/billing function.
to maintain 10:
Stay abreast of customer information
management developments and
innovations. Monitor developments of
Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI)
and integrate technology to ensure that
customer endpoint information is wellmonitored and errors/lapses are at an economic minimum.
Length of mains:
Poorly assembled and maintained
paper as-built records of existing
water main installations makes
accurate determination of system
pipe length impossible. Length of
mains is guesstimated.
Paper records in poor or uncertain
condition (no annual tracking of
installations & abandonments). Poor
procedures to ensure that new water
mains installed by developers are
accurately documented.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Sound written policy and procedures
exist for documenting new water main
installations, but gaps in management
result in a uncertain degree of error in
tabulation of mains length.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Sound written policy and procedures
exist for permitting and commissioning
new water mains. Highly accurate
paper records with regular field
validation; or electronic records and
asset management system in good
condition. Includes system backup.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Sound written policy and procedures
exist for permitting and commissioning
new water mains. Electronic
recordkeeping such as a Geographical
Information System (GIS) and asset
management system are used to
store and manage data.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Sound written policy exists for managing
water mains extensions and
replacements. Geographic Information
System (GIS) data and asset
management database agree and
random field validation proves truth of
databases. Records of annual field
validation should be available for review.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Length of
Water Mains" component:
to qualify for 2:
Assign personnel to inventory
current as-built records and
compare with customer billing
system records and highway plans
in order to verify poorly documented
pipelines. Assemble policy
documents regarding permitting and
documentation of water main
installations by the utility and building
developers; identify gaps in
procedures that result in poor
documentation of new water main
installations.
to maintain 10:
Continue with standardization and
random field validation to improve the
completeness and accuracy of the
system.
Number of active AND inactive
service connections:
Vague permitting (of new service
connections) policy and poor paper
recordkeeping of customer
connections/billings result in suspect
determination of the number of
service connections, which may be
10-15% in error from actual count.
General permitting policy exists but
paper records, procedural gaps, and
weak oversight result in questionable
total for number of connections,
which may vary 5-10% of actual
count.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Written account activation policy and
procedures exist, but with some gaps
in performance and oversight.
Computerized information
management system is being brought
online to replace dated paper
recordkeeping system. Reasonably
accurate tracking of service
connection installations &
abandonments; but count can be up
to 5% in error from actual total.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Written new account activation and
overall billing policies and procedures
are adequate and reviewed
periodically. Computerized information
management system is in use with
annual installations & abandonments
totaled. Very limited field verifications
and audits. Error in count of number of
service connections is believed to be
no more than 3%.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Policies and procedures for new
account activation and overall billing
operations are written, well-structured
and reviewed at least biannually. Wellmanaged computerized information management system exists and
routine, periodic field checks and
internal system audits are conducted.
Counts of connections are no more
than 2% in error.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Sound written policy and well managed
and audited procedures ensure reliable
management of service connection
population. Computerized information
management system, Customer Billing
System, and Geographic Information
System (GIS) information agree; field
validation proves truth of databases.
Count of connections recorded as being
in error is less than 1% of the entire
population.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Number of
Active and Inactive Service
Connections" component:
Note: The number of
Service Connections
does not include fire
hydrant leads/lines
connecting the hydrant
to the water main
to qualify for 2:
Draft new policy and procedures for
new account activation and overall
billing operations. Research and
collect paper records of installations
& abandonments for several years
prior to audit year.
to maintain 10:
Continue with standardization and
random field validation to improve
knowledge of system.
to qualify for 8:
Launch random field checks of limited number of locations.
Convert to electronic database such as a Geographic
Information System (GIS) with backup as justified. Develop written policy and procedures.
to qualify for 10:
Link Geographic Information System (GIS) and asset
management databases, conduct field verification of data.
Record field verification information at least annually. to qualify for 6:
Finalize updates/improvements to written policy and
procedures for permitting/commissioning new main
installations. Confirm inventory of records for five years prior to audit year; correct any errors or omissions.
SYSTEM DATA
Either of two conditions can be met for a
grading of 10:
a) Customer water meters exist outside
of customer buildings next to the curb
stop or boundary separating
utility/customer responsibility for service
connection piping. If so, answer "Yes"
to the question on the Reporting
Working asking about this condition. A
value of zero and a Grading of 10 are
automatically entered in the Reporting
Worksheet .
b). Meters exist inside customer
buildingsor properties are unmetered
to qualify for 10:
Close policy/procedure loopholes that allow some customer accounts to go unbilled, or data handling errors to exist.
Ensure that billing system reports are utilized, analyzed and reported every billing cycle. Ensure that internal and third party audits are conducted at least once every three years.
to qualify for 4:
Finalize written policy and procedures for activation of new billing acocunts and overall billing operations management.
Implement a computerized customer billing system.
Conduct initial audit of billing records as part of this process.
to qualify for 6:
Refine new account activation and billing operations
procedures and ensure consistency with the utility policy regarding billing, and minimize opportunity for missed billings.
Upgrade or replace customer billing system for needed
functionality - ensure that billing adjustments don't corrupt the value of consumption volumes. Procedurize internal annual audit process.
to qualify for 8:
Formalize regular review of new account activation process and general billing practices. Enhance reporting capability of computerized billing system. Formalize regular auditing process to reveal scope of data handling error. Plan for periodic third party audit to occur at least once every five years.
Gradings 1-9 apply if customer properties are unmetered, if customer meters exist and are located inside the customer building premises, or if the water utility owns and is responsible for the entire service connection piping from the water main to the customer building. In any of these cases the average distance between the curb stop or boundary separating utility/customer responsibility for service connection piping, and the typical first point of use (ex: faucet) or the customer meter must be quantified. Gradings of 1-9 are used to grade the validity of the means to quantify this value. (See the "Service Connection Diagram" worksheet) to qualify for 8:
Formalize regular review of new account activation and
overall billing operations policies and procedures. Launch random field checks of limited number of locations. Develop reports and auditing mechanisms for computerized
information management system.
to qualify for 10:
Close any procedural loopholes that allow installations to go undocumented. Link computerized information management
system with Geographic Information System (GIS) and
formalize field inspection and information system auditing processes. Documentation of new or decommissioned service connections encounters several levels of checks and balances. to qualify for 4:
Refine policy and procedures for new account activation and overall billing operations. Research computerized
recordkeeping system (Customer Information System or
Customer Billing System) to improve documentation format for service connections.
to qualify for 6:
Refine procedures to ensure consistency with new account activation and overall billing policy to establish new service connections or decommission existing connections. Improve process to include all totals for at least five years prior to audit year.
to qualify for 4:
Complete inventory of paper records of water main
installations for several years prior to audit year. Review policy and procedures for commissioning and documenting new water main installation.
Average length of customer
service line:
Note: if customer water
meters are located outside
of the customer building
next to the curb stop or
boundary separating
utility/customer
responsibility, then the
auditor should answer
"Yes" to the question on
the Reporting Worksheet
asking about this. If the
answer is Yes, the grading
description listed under the
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 6
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Vague policy exists to define the
delineation of water utility ownership
and customer ownership of the
service connection piping. Curb
stops are perceived as the
breakpoint but these have not been
well-maintained or documented.
Most are buried or obscured. Their
location varies widely from site-tosite, and estimating this distance is arbitrary due to the unknown location
of many curb stops.
Policy requires that the curb stop
serves as the delineation point
between water utility ownership and
customer ownership of the service
connection piping. The piping from
the water main to the curb stop is the
property of the water utility; and the
piping from the curb stop to the
customer building is owned by the
customer. Curb stop locations are
not well documented and the
average distance is based upon a
limited number of locations
measured in the field.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Good policy requires that the curb
stop serves as the delineation point
between water utility ownership and
customer ownership of the service
connection piping. Curb stops are
generally installed as needed and are
reasonably documented. Their
location varies widely from site-tosite, and an estimate of this distance is hindered by the availability of paper
records of limited accuracy.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Clear written policy exists to define
utility/customer responsibility for
service connection piping. Accurate,
well-maintained paper or basic
electronic recordkeeping system
exists. Periodic field checks confirm
piping lengths for a sample of
customer properties.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Clearly worded policy standardizes the
location of curb stops and meters,
which are inspected upon installation.
Accurate and well maintained
electronic records exist with periodic
field checks to confirm locations of
service lines, curb stops and customer
meter pits. An accurate number of
customer properties from the
customer billing system allows for
reliable averaging of this length.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Average
Length of Customer Service
Line" component:
to qualify for 2:
Research and collect paper records
of service line installations. Inspect
several sites in the field using pipe
locators to locate curb stops. Obtain
the length of this small sample of
connections in this manner.
to maintain 10:
Continue with standardization and
random field validation to improve
knowledge of service connection
configurations and customer meter
locations.
Average operating pressure:
Available records are poorly
assembled and maintained paper
records of supply pump
characteristics and water distribution
system operating conditions.
Average pressure is guesstimated
based upon this information and
ground elevations from crude
topographical maps. Widely varying
distribution system pressures due to
undulating terrain, high system head
loss and weak/erratic pressure
controls further compromise the
validity of the average pressure
calculation.
Limited telemetry monitoring of
scattered pumping station and water
storage tank sites provides some
static pressure data, which is
recorded in handwritten logbooks.
Pressure data is gathered at
individual sites only when low
pressure complaints arise. Average
pressure is determined by averaging
relatively crude data, and is affected
by significant variation in ground
elevations, system head loss and
gaps in pressure controls in the
distribution system.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Effective pressure controls separate
different pressure zones; moderate
pressure variation across the system,
occasional open boundary valves are
discovered that breech pressure
zones. Basic telemetry monitoring of
the distribution system logs pressure
data electronically. Pressure data
gathered by gauges or dataloggers at
fire hydrants or buildings when low
pressure complaints arise, and during
fire flow tests and system flushing.
Reliable topographical data exists.
Average pressure is calculated using
this mix of data.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Reliable pressure controls separate
distinct pressure zones; only very
occasional open boundary valves are
encountered that breech pressure
zones. Well-covered telemetry
monitoring of the distribution system
(not just pumping at source treatment
plants or wells) logs extensive pressure
data electronically. Pressure gathered
by gauges/dataloggers at fire hydrants
and buildings when low pressure
complaints arise, and during fire flow
tests and system flushing. Average
pressure is determined by using this
mix of reliable data.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Well-managed, discrete pressure
zones exist with generally predictable
pressure fluctuations. A current fullscale SCADA System or similar realtime monitoring system exists to
monitor the water distribution system
and collect data, including real time
pressure readings at representative
sites across the system. The average
system pressure is determined from
reliable monitoring system data.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Well-managed pressure districts/zones,
SCADA System and hydraulic model
exist to give very precise pressure data
across the water distribution system.
Average system pressure is reliably
calculated from extensive, reliable, and
cross-checked data. Calculations are
reported on an annual basis as a
minimum.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Average
Operating Pressure"
component:
to qualify for 2:
Employ pressure gauging and/or
datalogging equipment to obtain
pressure measurements from fire
hydrants. Locate accurate
topographical maps of service area
in order to confirm ground
elevations. Research pump data
sheets to find pump pressure/flow
characteristics
to maintain 10:
Continue to refine the hydraulic model of
the distribution system and consider
linking it with SCADA System for realtime pressure data calibration, and averaging.
to qualify for 8:
Implement an electronic means of recordkeeping, typically via a customer information system, customer billing system, or Geographic Information System (GIS). Standardize the process to conduct field checks of a limited number of
locations.
Either of two conditions can be met for a
grading of 10:
a) Customer water meters exist outside
of customer buildings next to the curb
stop or boundary separating
utility/customer responsibility for service
connection piping. If so, answer "Yes"
to the question on the Reporting
Working asking about this condition. A
value of zero and a Grading of 10 are
automatically entered in the Reporting
Worksheet .
b). Meters exist inside customer
buildings, or properties are unmetered.
In either case, answer "No" to the
Reporting Worksheet question on meter
location, and enter a distance
determined by the auditor. For a
Grading of 10 this value must be a very
reliable number from a Geographic
Information System (GIS) and
confirmed by a statistically valid number
of field checks.
to qualify for 8:
Install a Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) System, or similar realtime monitoring system, to monitor system parameters and control operations. Set regular
calibration schedule for instrumentation to insure data accuracy. Obtain accurate topographical data and utilize pressure data gathered from field surveys to provide
extensive, reliable data for pressure averaging.
to qualify for 10:
Annually, obtain a system-wide average pressure value from the hydraulic model of the distribution system that has been calibrated via field measurements in the water distribution system and confirmed in comparisons with SCADA System
data.
to qualify for 4:
Formalize and communicate policy delineating
utility/customer responsibilities for service connection piping. Assess accuracy of paper records by field
inspection of a small sample of service connections using pipe locators as needed. Research the potential migration to a computerized information management system to
store service connection data.
to qualify for 10:
Link customer information management system and
Geographic Information System (GIS), standardize process for field verification of data.
to qualify for 4:
Formalize a procedure to use pressure
gauging/datalogging equipment to gather pressure data
during various system events such as low pressure
complaints, or operational testing. Gather pump pressure and flow data at different flow regimes. Identify faulty pressure controls (pressure reducing valves, altitude
valves, partially open boundary valves) and plan to properly configure pressure zones. Make all pressure data from
these efforts available to generate system-wide average pressure.
to qualify for 6:
Expand the use of pressure gauging/datalogging equipment to gather scattered pressure data at a representative set of sites, based upon pressure zones or areas. Utilize pump pressure and flow data to determine supply head entering each pressure zone or district. Correct any faulty pressure controls (pressure reducing valves, altitude valves, partially open boundary valves) to ensure properly configured
pressure zones. Use expanded pressure dataset from these activities to generate system-wide average pressure.
to qualify for 6:
Establish coherent procedures to ensure that policy for curb stop, meter installation and documentation is followed. Gain consensus within the water utility for the establishment of a computerized information management system.
Average length of customer
service line:
Note: if customer water
meters are located outside
of the customer building
next to the curb stop or
boundary separating
utility/customer
responsibility, then the
auditor should answer
"Yes" to the question on
the Reporting Worksheet
asking about this. If the
answer is Yes, the grading
description listed under the
Grading of 10(a) will be
followed, with a value of
zero automatically entered
at a Grading of 10. See
the Service Connection
Diagram worksheet for a
visual presentation of this
distance.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 7
Grading >>> n/a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
WATER SUPPLIED
Total annual cost of operating
water system:
Incomplete paper records and lack
of financial accounting
documentation on many operating
functions makes calculation of water
system operating costs a pure
guesstimate
Reasonably maintained, but
incomplete, paper or electronic
accounting provides data to estimate
the major portion of water system
operating costs.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Electronic, industry-standard cost
accounting system in place.
However, gaps in data are known to
exist, periodic internal reviews are
conducted but not a structured
financial audit.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Reliable electronic, industry-standard
cost accounting system in place, with
all pertinent water system operating
costs tracked. Data audited
periodically by utility personnel, but not
a Certified Public Accountant (CPA).
Conditions between
6 and 8
Reliable electronic, industry-standard
cost accounting system in place, with
all pertinent water system operating
costs tracked. Data audited at least
annually by utility personnel, and at
least once every three years by thirdparty CPA.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Reliable electronic, industry-standard
cost accounting system in place, with all
pertinent water system operating costs
tracked. Data audited annually by utility
personnel and annually also by thirdparty CPA.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Total Annual
Cost of Operating the Water
System" component:
to qualify for 2:
Gather available records, institute
new financial accounting procedures
to regularly collect and audit basic
cost data of most important
operations functions.
to maintain 10:
Maintain program, stay abreast of
expenses subject to erratic cost
changes and long-term cost trend, and
budget/track costs proactively
Customer retail unit cost
(applied to Apparent Losses):
Customer population
unmetered, and/or only a
fixed fee is charged for
consumption.
Antiquated, cumbersome water rate
structure is used, with periodic
historic amendments that were
poorly documented and
implemented; resulting in classes of
customers being billed inconsistent
charges. The actual composite
billing rate likely differs significantly
from the published water rate
structure, but a lack of auditing
leaves the degree of error
indeterminate.
Dated, cumbersome water rate
structure, not always employed
consistently in actual billing
operations. The actual composite
billing rate is known to differ from the
published water rate structure, and a
reasonably accurate estimate of the
degree of error is determined,
allowing a composite billing rate to be
quantified.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Straight-forward water rate structure
in use, but not updated in several
years. Billing operations reliably
employ the rate structure. The
composite billing rate is derived from
a single customer class such as
residential customer accounts,
neglecting the effect of different rates
from varying customer classes.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Clearly written, up-to-date water rate
structure is in force and is applied
reliably in billing operations.
Composite customer rate is
determined using a weighted average
residential rate using volumes of water
in each rate block.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Effective water rate structure is in
force and is applied reliably in billing
operations. Composite customer rate
is determined using a weighted
average composite consumption rate,
which includes residential, commercial,
industrial, institutional (CII), and any
other distinct customer classes within
the water rate structure.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Current, effective water rate structure is
in force and applied reliably in billing
operations. The rate structure and
calculations of composite rate - which
includes residential, commercial,
industrial, institutional (CII), and other
distinct customer classes - are reviewed
by a third party knowledgeable in the
M36 methodology at least once every
five years.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Customer
Retail Unit Cost" component:
to qualify for 2:
Formalize the process to implement
water rates, including a secure
documentation procedure. Create a
current, formal water rate document
and gain approval from all
stakeholders.
to qualify for 6:
Evaluate volume of water used in
each usage block by residential
users. Multiply volumes by full rate
structure.
Launch effort to fully
meter the customer
population and charge
rates based upon
water volumes
to maintain 10:
Keep water rate structure current in
addressing the water utility's revenue
needs. Update the calculation of the
customer unit rate as new rate
components, customer classes, or other
components are modified.
Variable production cost
(applied to Real Losses):
Note: if the water utility
purchases/imports its
entire water supply, then
enter the unit purchase
cost of the bulk water
supply in the Reporting
Worksheet with a grading
of 10
Incomplete paper records and lack
of documentation on primary
operating functions (electric power
and treatment costs most
importantly) makes calculation of
variable production costs a pure
guesstimate
Reasonably maintained, but
incomplete, paper or electronic
accounting provides data to roughly
estimate the basic operations costs
(pumping power costs and treatment
costs) and calculate a unit variable
production cost.
Conditions between
2 and 4
Electronic, industry-standard cost
accounting system in place. Electric
power and treatment costs are
reliably tracked and allow accurate
weighted calculation of unit variable
production costs based on these two
inputs and water imported purchase
costs (if applicable). All costs are
audited internally on a periodic basis.
Conditions between
4 and 6
Reliable electronic, industry-standard
cost accounting system in place, with
all pertinent water system operating
costs tracked. Pertinent additional
costs beyond power, treatment and
water imported purchase costs (if
applicable) such as liability, residuals
management, wear and tear on
equipment, impending expansion of
supply, are included in the unit variable
production cost, as applicable. The
data is audited at least annually by
utility personnel.
Conditions between
6 and 8
Reliable electronic, industry-standard
cost accounting system in place, with
all pertinent primary and secondary
variable production and water
imported purchase (if applicable)
costs tracked. The data is audited at
least annually by utility personnel, and
at least once every three years by a
third-party knowledgeable in the M36
methodology.
Conditions between
8 and 10
Either of two conditions can be met to
obtain a grading of 10:
1) Third party CPA audit of all pertinent
primary and secondary variable
production and water imported purchase
(if applicable) costs on an annual basis.
or:
2) Water supply is entirely purchased as
bulk water imported, and the unit
purchase cost - including all applicable
marginal supply costs - serves as the
variable production cost. If all applicable
marginal supply costs are not included
in this figure, a grade of 10 should not
be selected.
Improvements to attain higher
data grading for "Variable
Production Cost" component:
to qualify for 2:
Gather available records, institute
new procedures to regularly collect
and audit basic cost data and most
important operations functions.
to maintain 10:
Maintain program, stay abreast of
expenses subject to erratic cost
changes and budget/track costs
proactively
to qualify for 10:
Conduct a periodic third-party audit of water used in each usage block by all classifications of users. Multiply volumes by full rate structure.
to qualify for 4:
Implement an electronic cost accounting system,
structured according to accounting standards for water
utilities
to qualify for 10:
Standardize the process to conduct a third-party financial audit by a CPA on an annual basis.
COST DATA
to qualify for 6:
Establish process for periodic internal audit of water system operating costs; identify cost data gaps and institute
procedures for tracking these outstanding costs.
to qualify for 8:
Standardize the process to conduct routine financial audit on an annual basis. Arrange for CPA audit of financial records at least once every three years.
to qualify for 6:
Formalize process for regular internal audits of production costs. Assess whether additional costs (liability, residuals management, equipment wear, impending infrastructure
expansion) should be included to calculate a more
representative variable production cost.
to qualify for 8:
Formalize the accounting process to include direct cost components (power, treatment) as well as indirect cost
components (liability, residuals management, etc.) Arrange to conduct audits by a knowledgable third-party at least once every three years.
to qualify for 10:
Standardize the process to conduct a third-party financial audit by a CPA on an annual basis.
to qualify for 4:
Implement an electronic cost accounting system,
structured according to accounting standards for water
utilities
to qualify for 4:
Review the water rate structure and update/formalize as needed. Assess billing operations to ensure that actual billing operations incorporate the established water rate structure.
to qualify for 8:
Evaluate volume of water used in each usage block by all classifications of users. Multiply volumes by full rate structure.
AWWA Free Water Audit Software v5.0 Grading Matrix 8
City of Livingston
2020 Urban Water Management Plan
Appendix E – Merced IRWMP Climate Change Vulnerability Assessment
APPENDIX E
MERCED AUTHORITY INTEGRATED REGIONAL WATER MANAGEMENT
PLAN CLIMATE CHANGE VULNERABILITY ASSESSMENT
February 2019 Page 16-1
Merced Integrated Regional Water Management Plan
Chapter 16 Climate Change
Chapter 16: Climate Change addresses both adaptation to the effects of climate change and mitigation of GHG emissions, and includes the following items as required by the IRWM Plan Climate Change Standard (DWR, 2016):
A discussion of the potential effect of climate change on the IRWM region, including an evaluation of the IRWM region’s vulnerabilities to the effects of climate change and potential adaptation responses to those vulnerabilities. The evaluation of vulnerabilities must, at a minimum, be equivalent to the vulnerability assessment contained in the Climate Change Handbook for Regional Water Planning, Section 4 and Appendix B (CDM, 2011).
A process that considers GHG emissions when choosing between project alternatives (provided in Chapter 6 Project Review Process).
A list of prioritized vulnerabilities based on the vulnerability assessment and the IRWM’s decision making process.
A plan, program, or methodology for further data gathering and analysis of the prioritized vulnerabilities.
As discussed previously, there is mounting scientific evidence that global climate conditions are changing and will continue to change as a result of the continued build-up of GHGs in the Earth’s atmosphere.
Changes in climate can affect water supplies through modifications in the timing, amount, and form of precipitation, as well as water demands and the quality of surface runoff. These changes can affect all elements of water supply systems, from watersheds to reservoirs, conveyance systems, and treatment plants.
Planning for and adapting to anticipated changes in climate will be essential to ensuring water supply reliability for all users and to protecting sensitive infrastructure and habitats against more frequent and extreme precipitation and wildfire events. This chapter summarizes anticipated climate change impacts on the State of California and the Merced Region, evaluates the impacts of those changes with regard to water resource management, assesses the vulnerability of the Region to anticipated climate change impacts, and provides recommended adaptation and mitigation strategies to address uncertainty and reduce GHG emissions. In addition, a plan for ongoing data collection to fill data gaps and monitor the frequency and magnitude of local hydrologic and atmospheric changes is provided.
16.1 Statewide Observation and Projections
Indications of climate change have been observed over the last several decades throughout California.
Statewide average temperatures have increased by about 1.7o F in the last century, with the greatest warming
in the Sierra Nevada (Moser et al., 2012). Although the State’s weather has followed the expected pattern of a largely Mediterranean climate throughout the past century, no consistent trend in the overall amount of precipitation has been detected, except that a larger proportion of total precipitation is falling as rain instead of snow (USEPA, 2016).
Multiple models have been developed and run to evaluate global and regional climate change impacts.
General Circulation Models (GCMs) have been used to simulate a range of potential future GHG emission scenarios, reflecting possible population increases and human behavioral patterns. The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) has established Representative Concentration Pathways (RCPs) or Merced Integrated Regional Water Management Plan
Chapter 16 Climate Change
Final
February 2019 Page 16-2
scenarios for making projections based on population size, economic activity, lifestyle, energy use, land use patterns, technology and climate policy. The RCPs describe four different 21st century pathways of GHG emissions and atmospheric concentrations, air pollutant emissions and land use, and include a stringent mitigation scenario (RCP2.6), two intermediate scenarios (RCP4.5 and RCP6.0) and one scenario with very high GHG emissions (RCP8.5) (see Figure 16-1). Scenarios without additional efforts to constrain emissions (“baseline” or “business as usual” scenarios) lead to pathways ranging between RCP6.0 and RCP8.5. RCP2.6 is representative of a scenario that aims to keep global warming likely below 2°C above pre-industrial temperatures (IPCC, 2014).
Figure 16-1: IPCC Climate Change Scenarios
Source: IPCC, 2014
16.1.1 Temperature and Precipitation Changes
While California’s average temperature has increased by over 1o F in the last one hundred years, trends are
not uniform across the State (Moser et al., 2012). The Central Valley has actually experienced a slight cooling trend in the summer, likely due to an increase in irrigation (CEC, 2008). Higher elevations and Southern California have experienced the highest temperature increases. Many of the state’s rivers have seen increases in peak flows in the last 50 years (DWR, 2008).
GCMs project that in the first 30 years of the 21st century, overall summertime temperatures in California will increase by 0.9 oF – 3.6o
F (CAT, 2009) and average temperatures will increase by 3.6oF – 10.8oF by the end of this century (Cayan et al., 2006). Increases in temperature are not likely to be felt uniformly across California. Models generally project that warming will be greater in California in the summer than in the winter (CAT, 2009) and inland areas will experience more extreme warming than coastal areas {a)
140
-.::- 120
-a:
Cl/
~~100
u
.....
S 80 V'I
C:
0 "iii
V'I 60 .E
(1/
l.!J 40 ::I:
l.!J
ro 20 ::J
C:
C:
<(
GHG emission pathways 2000-2100: All ARS scenarios
•••• .. ••n••••••••••••••••••
RCP6.0
---- -20 t-----------r--------r--------,--------r----'-'~-----, 2000 2020 2040 2060 2080 2100
Year
Merced Integrated Regional Water Management Plan
Chapter 16 Climate Change
Final
February 2019 Page 16-3
(CNRA, 2009). These non-uniform warming trends are among the reasons that regional approaches to addressing climate change are important.
While historical trends in precipitation do not show a statistically significant change in average precipitation over the last century, regional precipitation data show a trend of increasing annual precipitation in Northern California (DWR, 2006) and decreasing annual precipitation throughout Southern California over the last 30 years (DWR, 2008). A key change in precipitation patterns has been more winter precipitation falling as rain instead of snow (CNRA, 2012), leading to increased streamflow in the winter and decreased streamflow in the spring and summer, when water demands are the greatest. Rising temperatures that cause earlier snowmelt also contribute to this issue. This increased streamflow variability could lead to increased risks of flooding, levee failure, saline water intrusion and flood- or drought-induced habitat destruction.
While temperature projections exhibit high levels of agreement across various models and emissions scenarios, projected changes in precipitation are more varied. Taken together, downscaled GCM results show little, if any, change in average precipitation for California before 2050 (DWR, 2006), with a drying trend emerging after 2050 (USBR 2011; CCSP, 2009). While little change in precipitation is projected by the GCMs as a group, individual GCM results are considerably varied. Climate projections therefore imply an increase in the uncertainty of future precipitation conditions.
16.1.2 Sea-level Rise, Snowpack Reduction, and Extreme Events In the last century, the California coast has seen a sea level rise of seven to eight inches (California Coastal Commission, 2018). The average April 1st snowpack in the Sierra Nevada region has decreased in the last half century (Howat and Tulaczyk 2005; CCSP 2008), and wildfires are becoming more frequent, longer, and more widespread (CCSP, 2008).
As the climate warms, the Sierra Nevada’s snowpack (a primary storage mechanism for California’s water supply) is anticipated to continue to shrink. Based on simulations conducted to date, Sierra Nevada snowpack is projected to shrink by 30% between 2070 and 2099 (see Figure 16-2), with drier, higher warming scenarios putting that number as high as 80% (Kahrl and Roland-Holst, 2008). Additionally, extreme events are expected to become more frequent, including wildfires, floods, droughts, and heat waves. In contrast, freezing spells are expected to decrease in frequency over most of California (CNRA, 2009). While GCM projections may indicate little, if any, change in average precipitation moving into the future, extreme precipitation events are expected to become more commonplace (CBO, 2009). The combination of drier and warmer weather compounds expected impacts on water supplies and ecosystems in the Southwestern United States, with wildfires expected to continue to increase in both frequency and severity (CCSP, 2009).
'
Merced Integrated Regional Water Management Plan
Chapter 16 Climate Change
Final
February 2019 Page 16-4
Figure 16-2: Projected Snowpack Changes in the Sierra Nevada Source: Hopmans et al. 2008
16.2 Legislative and Policy Context
The IRWM analysis of climate change impacts and corresponding response actions must be framed in the context of State legislation and policies that have been formed to address climate change. The following summarizes the legislation and policies that were considered as part of this IRWM Plan.
Executive Order (EO) S-3-05 (2005)
EO S-3-05, signed on June 1, 2005 by Governor Arnold Schwarzenegger, is a key piece of legislation that has laid the foundation for California’s climate change policy. This legislation recognized California’s vulnerabilities to the impacts of climate change, including vulnerabilities of water resources. EO S-3-05 established three GHG reduction targets for California:
• By 2010, reduce GHG emissions to 2000 California levels • By 2020, reduce GHG emissions to 1990 California levels • By 2050, reduce GHG emissions to 80 percent below 1990 California levels In addition to establishing GHG reduction targets for California, EO S-3-05 required the head Secretary of the California Environmental Protection Agency to establish the Climate Action Team (CAT) for State agencies to coordinate oversight of efforts to meet these targets. As laid out in the EO, the CAT submits biannual reports to the governor and State legislature describing progress made toward reaching the targets.
There are currently 12 sub-groups within CAT, one of which is the Water-Energy group (also known as WET-CAT). WET-CAT was tasked with coordinating the study of GHG effects on California’s water supply system, including the development of GHG mitigation strategies for energy consumption related to water use. Since the adoption of the AB 32 Scoping Plan (see the following section), WET-CAT has been working on the implementation and analyses of six water-related measures identified in the Scoping Plan:
1. Water Use Efficiency
2. Water Recycling
3. Water System Energy Efficiency
4. Reuse Urban Runoff
Decrease In Sierra Nevada
~o Snow pack. 2070-2 099
3.g: 100
~~ 80 I Pro}KWd
P.!l":)D
,, .. ,, 60 I 21 ... -.9 .E.., 40 E> ] l!!li 20
'111 -;. .. 0
2070-2099
law« Wedi.HI Hlglolr
~lh9 '
5.5'1l
lt'llf'mhg 8·1Cl.S -n~
lna~ sh9 EmUa,s
Merced Integrated Regional Water Management Plan
Chapter 16 Climate Change
Final
February 2019 Page 16-5
5. Increase Renewable Energy Production
6. Public Goods Charge for Water
Assembly Bill 32: The California Global Warming Solutions Act of 2006 (2006) Assembly Bill 32 (AB 32), the California Global Warming Solutions Act of 2006, laid the foundation for California’s response to climate change. In 2006, AB 32 was signed by Governor Schwarzenegger to codify the mid-term GHG reduction target established in EO S-3-05 (reduce GHG emissions to 1990 levels by 2020). AB 32 directed the California Air Resources Board (CARB) to develop discrete early actions to reduce GHG emissions by 2007, and to adopt regulations to implement early action measures by January 1, 2010.
Climate Change Scoping Plan (2008, 2014, 2017)
AB 32 required CARB to prepare a Scoping Plan to identify and achieve reductions in GHG emissions in California. The AB 32 Climate Change Scoping Plan, adopted by CARB in December 2008, recommends specific strategies for different business sectors, including water management, to achieve the 2020 GHG emissions limit. The first update to the Scoping Plan was approved by CARB in 2014. The 2014 update identified next steps for California to reduce GHG emissions beyond 2020 and reviewed the progress made to date. The 2017 update built on the programs established in previous scoping plans, focusing on achieving the interim goal of reducing emissions 40% below 1990 levels by 2030. This plan update proposes measures to strengthen major programs that have been successful in reducing the State’s GHG emissions while further integrating efforts to reduce both GHGs and air pollution.
Senate Bill 97 (2007)
SB 97 recognized the need to analyze GHG emissions as part of the CEQA process. SB 97 directed the Governor’s Office of Planning and Research to develop, and the Natural Resources Agency to adopt, amendments to the CEQA Guidelines to address the analysis and mitigation of GHG emissions. On December 31, 2009, the Natural Resources Agency adopted amendments to the CEQA Guidelines and sent them to the California Office of Administrative Law for approval and filing with the Secretary of State (http://resources.ca.gov/ceqa/). The CEQA Guidelines are not prescriptive; rather they encourage lead agencies to consider many factors in performing a CEQA analysis and maintain discretion with lead agencies to make their own determinations based on substantial evidence.
Managing an Uncertain Future: Climate Change Adaptation Strategies for California’s Water (2008)
DWR, in collaboration with the SWRCB, other state agencies, and numerous stakeholders, has initiated a number of projects to begin climate change adaptation planning for the water sector. In October 2008, DWR released the first state-level climate change adaptation strategy for water resources in the United States, and the first adaptation strategy for any sector in California. Entitled Managing an Uncertain Future: Climate Change Adaptation Strategies for California’s Water, the report details how climate change is currently affecting the state’s water supplies and sets forth ten adaptation strategies to help avoid or reduce climate change impacts to water resources.
Central to these adaptation efforts will be the full implementation of IRWM plans, which address regionally-appropriate management practices that incorporate climate change adaptation. These plans will evaluate and provide a comprehensive, economical, and sustainable water use strategy at the watershed level for California.
Merced Integrated Regional Water Management Plan
Chapter 16 Climate Change
Final
February 2019 Page 16-6
Executive Order S-13-08 (2008)
Given the potentially serious threat of sea level rise to California's water supply and coastal resources, and the subsequent impact it would have on our state's economy, population, and natural resources, Governor Schwarzenegger issued EO S-13-08 to enhance the state's management of climate impacts from sea level rise, increased temperatures, shifting precipitation, and extreme weather events. This order required the preparation of the first California Sea Level Rise Assessment Report (by the National Academy of Sciences) to inform the State as to how California should plan for future sea level rise; required all state agencies to consider a range of sea level rise scenarios for the years 2050 and 2100 in order to assess potential vulnerabilities of proposed projects and, to the extent feasible, reduce expected risks and increase resiliency to sea level rise; and required the Climate Action Team to develop state strategies for climate adaptation, water adaptation, ocean and coastal resources adaptation, infrastructure adaptation, biodiversity adaptation, working landscapes adaptation, and public health adaptation.
California Climate Adaptation Strategy (2009)
In response to the passage of EO S-13-08, the Natural Resource Agency wrote the report entitled 2009 California Climate Adaptation Strategy to summarize the best-known science on climate change impacts in the state, to assess vulnerability, and to outline possible solutions that can be implemented within and across the state agencies to promote climate change resilience. The document outlined a set of guiding principles that were used in developing the strategy, and resulted in the preparation of 12 key recommendations as follows:
1. Appoint a Climate Adaptation Advisory Panel to assess the greatest risks to California from climate change and to recommend strategies to reduce those risks, building on the Climate Change Adaptation Strategy.
2. Implement the 20x2020 water use reductions and expand surface and groundwater storage; implement efforts to fix Delta water supply, quality and ecosystems; support agricultural water use efficiency; improve statewide water quality; improve Delta ecosystem conditions; and stabilize water supplies as developed in the Bay Delta Conservation Plan.
3. Consider project alternatives that avoid significant new development in areas that cannot be adequately protected from flooding, wildfire, and erosion due to climate change.
4. Prepare, as appropriate, agency-specific adaptation plans, guidance or criteria.
5. For all significant state projects, including infrastructure projects, consider the potential impacts of locating such projects in areas susceptible to hazards resulting from climate change.
6. The Climate Adaptation Advisory Panel and other agencies will assess California’s vulnerability to climate change, identify impacts to state assets, and promote climate adaptation/mitigation awareness through the Hazard Mitigation Web Portal and My Hazards Website, as well as other appropriate sites.
7. Identify key California land and aquatic habitats that could change significantly during this century due to climate change.
8. The California Department of Public Health will develop guidance for use by local health departments and other agencies to assess mitigation and adaptation strategies, which include impacts on vulnerable populations and communities, and assessment of cumulative health impacts.
9. Communities with General Plans and Local Coastal Plans should begin, when possible, to amend their plans to assess climate change impacts, identify areas most vulnerable to these impacts, and ' Merced Integrated Regional Water Management Plan
Chapter 16 Climate Change
Final
February 2019 Page 16-7
develop reasonable and rational risk reduction strategies using the 2009 California Climate Adaptation Strategy as guidance.
10. State firefighting agencies should begin immediately to include climate change impact information into fire program planning to inform future planning efforts.
11. State agencies should meet projected population growth and increased energy demand with greater energy conservation and an increased use of renewable energy.
12. New climate change impact research should be broadened and funded.
Safeguarding California: Reducing Climate Risk, An Update to the 2009 California Climate Adaptation Strategy (2014)
The California Natural Resources Agency prepared the Safeguarding California Plan as an update to, but not a replacement of, the 2009 California Climate Adaptation Strategy. The plan provides policy guidance for state decision makers, delineating climate risks in nine sectors in California and making recommendations within each sector. Within the water resources sector, the plan lists the following actions needed to prepare for climate risks:
1. Vigorously prepare California for flooding
2. Support regional groundwater management for drought resiliency
3. Diversify local supplies and increase water use efficiency
4. Reduce Sacramento-San Joaquin Delta climate change vulnerability
5. Prepare California for hotter and dryer conditions and improve water storage capacity
6. Address water-related impacts of climate change on vulnerable and disadvantaged populations and cultural resources
7. Continue to mainstream climate considerations into water management
8. Utilize low impact development and other methods in State and regional stormwater permits to restore the natural hydrograph
9. Require closer collaboration and coordination of land use and water planning activities to ensure that each reinforces sustainable development that is resilient to climate changes
10. Protect and restore water resources for important ecosystems
11. Better understand climate risks to California water and develop tools to support efforts to prepare for climate risks
GHG Reporting Rule (2009)
While California has taken the lead in climate change policy and legislation, there have been several recent developments at the federal level affecting climate change legislation. On September 22, 2009, USEPA released the Mandatory Reporting of Greenhouse Gases Rule (74FR56260, Reporting Rule), which requires reporting of GHG data and other relevant information from large sources and suppliers in the United States.
Starting in 2010, facility owners that emit 25,000 metric tons of GHGs or more per year are required to submit to the USEPA an annual GHG emissions report with detailed calculations of facility GHG emissions. These activities will dovetail with the AB 32 reporting requirements in California.
Senate Bill 375 (2008)
The Sustainable Communities and Climate Protection Act of 2008 (SB 375) was passed to enhance the State’s ability to reach its AB 32 goals by promoting good planning with a goal of more sustainable ' Merced Integrated Regional Water Management Plan
Chapter 16 Climate Change
Final
February 2019 Page 16-8
communities. SB 375 required the CARB to develop regional GHG emission reduction targets for passenger vehicles and 2020 and 2035 GHG emission targets for each region covered by one of the State’s 18 California’s metropolitan planning organizations (MPOs). Each of the MPOs then prepares a sustainable communities strategy that demonstrates how the region will meet its GHG reduction target through integrated land use, housing and transportation planning. Once adopted, these sustainable communities strategies are incorporated into the region’s federally enforceable regional transportation plan.
California Water Plan Update (2013)
The California Water Plan provides a collaborative planning framework for elected officials, agencies, tribes, water and resource managers, businesses, academics, stakeholders, and the public to develop findings and recommendations and make informed decisions for California's water future. The plan, updated every five years, presents the status and trends of California's water-dependent natural resources, water supplies, and agricultural, urban, and environmental water demands for a range of plausible future scenarios and evaluates different combinations of regional and statewide resource management strategies to reduce water demand, increase water supply, reduce flood risk, improve water quality, and enhance environmental and resource stewardship. Last updated in 2013, the California Water Plan Update provided statewide water balances for 13 water years (1998 through 2010), demonstrating the state’s water demand and supply variability. The updated plan built on the framework and resource management strategies outlined in the California Water Plan Update 2009 promoting IRWM and improved statewide water and flood management systems. The California Water Plan Update 2013 provided the following 17 objectives to help achieve the California Water Plan goals:
1. Strengthen integrated regional water management
2. Use and reuse water more efficiently
3. Expand conjunctive management of multiple supplies
4. Protect and restore surface water and groundwater quality
5. Practice environmental stewardship
6. Improve flood management using an integrated water management approach
7. Manage the Delta to achieve the coequal goals for California
8. Prepare Prevention, Response and Recovery Plans
9. Reduce the carbon footprint of water systems and water uses
10. Improve data, analysis, and decision-support tools
11. Invest in water technology and science
12. Strengthen Tribal/State relations and natural resources management
13. Ensure equitable distribution of benefits
14. Protect and enhance public access to the State’s waterways, lakes, and beaches
15. Strengthen alignment of land use planning and integrated water management
16. Strengthen alignment of government processes and tools
17. Improve integrated regional water management finance strategy and investments The plan projects an uncertain future with respect to population, land use, irrigated crop area, environmental water and background water conservation, water demands, and climate variability. The California Water Plan Update 2013 presents 30 resource management strategies to provide a range of choices and building blocks in addressing future uncertainty. Finally, the California Water Plan Update 2013 provides regional ' Merced Integrated Regional Water Management Plan
Chapter 16 Climate Change
Final
February 2019 Page 16-9
reports that summarize water conditions, provide a water balance summary, describe regional water quality, and describe water/flood planning and management on a hydrologic region basis. The regional summaries then provide a summary of challenges facing each of the hydrologic regions and provide future scenarios for the region.
The 2018 California Water Plan Update is currently being prepared.
Climate Ready Utilities (2010, 2015)
In the fall of 2009, the USEPA convened a Climate Ready Water Utilities Working Group under the National Drinking Water Advisory Council. This working group prepared a report that documents 11 findings and 12 recommendations relating to the development of a program enabling water and wastewater utilities to prepare long-range plans that account for climate change impacts. The report, delivered to USEPA in 2010, also included an adaptive response framework to guide climate readiness activities, and the identification of needed resources and possible incentives to support and encourage utility climate readiness. This report resulted in the preparation of the USEPA’s Climate Ready Water Utilities Program and the development of tools and resources to support water and wastewater utilities in their planning.
These tools and resources include:
• Climate Resilience Evaluation and Awareness Tool – a software tool to assist utility owners and operators in understanding potential climate change impacts and in assessing the related risks to their utilities.
• Climate Ready Water Utilities Toolbox – a searchable toolbox that contains resources that support all states of the decision process, from basic climate science through integration of mitigation and adaptation into long-term planning.
• Adaptation Strategies Guide – an interactive guide to assist utilities in gaining a better understanding of what climate-related impacts they may face in their region and what adaptation strategies can be used to prepare their system for those impacts. • Climate Ready Water Utilities and Climate Ready Estuaries – USEPA initiative working to coordinate their efforts and support climate change risk assessment and adaptation planning.
In 2015, the USEPA released an update to the report, entitled Adaptation Strategies Guide for Water Utilities. The guide is intended to provide adaptation options for drinking water, wastewater, and stormwater utilities. Utilities can use the information in the guide to identify the most relevant challenges to their specific region, and to develop an adaptation plan.
National Water Program 2012 Strategy: Response to Climate Change (2012) The USEPA has prepared and released its Draft National Water Program 2012 Strategy: Response to Climate Change to address climate change impacts on water resources and the USEPA’s water programs.
The report identifies core programmatic elements of the strategy in the form of programmatic visions, goals and strategic actions, with each long-term vision (or outcome) documented with an identified set of goals that reflect the same long-term timeframe as the vision and several strategic actions to be implemented in the next three to eight years to pursue the longer-term goals and visions. The draft report also includes ten guiding principles for implementing the strategy outlined in the vision, goals and strategic actions and recommendations for cross-cutting program support.
'
Merced Integrated Regional Water Management Plan
Chapter 16 Climate Change
Final
February 2019 Page 16-10
Executive Order B-30-15 (2015)
In 2014, the IPCC released its Fifth Assessment Report which identified limiting global warming to 2°C or less by 2050 as necessary to avoid potentially catastrophic climate change impacts. In response to this assessment, Governor Edmund G. Brown, Jr. issued Executive Order B-30-15. This order established an interim GHG reduction goal (to be achieved prior to the established 2050 goal) of reducing GHG emissions to 40 percent below 1990 levels by 2030. This Executive Order also included guidance for state agencies regarding implementation and strategy.
16.3 Regional Climate Change Projections and Impacts
The Merced Region lies within the San Joaquin River Hydrologic Region and contains the San Joaquin River, Merced River, Bear Creek and Owens Creek. The Merced River watershed of 660,000 acres is the smallest of all watersheds contributing to the San Joaquin River upstream of the Delta. Approximately 122 miles of the Merced River are designated as Wild and Scenic; however, none of this designation applies to reach of the Merced River within the Region. MID owns two hydroelectric and three mini-hydro facilities in the Region with an online capacity of 115 megawatts. MID also owns two dams (New Exchequer Dam and McSwain Dam) with a total water storage capacity of over 1 million AF.
16.3.1 Recent Regional Studies and Research
At present, the Upper Merced River watershed is the focus of several research projects linked to the impacts of climate change on hydrology in the California Sierra Nevada. Examples of studies currently underway or recently completed include:
• Impacts of climate change on the Lyell and Maclure Glaciers in Yosemite National Park (Stock, 2015) • Quantifying changes in glaciers in the Sierra Nevada (Fountain, 2011) • The role of atmospheric rivers in extreme events in Northern California (USGS, 2018) • Impacts of climate changes on soil properties and habitats in the Sierra Nevada (UC Merced and USGS) • Study of the effects of climate change on hydrology and stream temperatures in the Sierra Nevada (Maurer, 2007)
• Impacts of climate change on hydrology and watershed in California’s Sierra Nevada (Null et al., 2010) • Impacts of climate warming on water supply reliability in the Tuolumne and Merced River Basins (Kiparsky et al., 2014)
• Impacts of climate change on MID (Dewberry, 2017)
In general, these studies are multi-year endeavors and are either in progress or have yielded data that are currently being evaluated. While preliminary study reports appear to support other climate change impact observations and modeling simulations, the final published conclusions of these studies are, for the most part, not yet available.
16.3.2 Regional Climate Change Projections
In general, regional climate change modeling simulations project temperature increases throughout California with significant uncertainty associated with future precipitation patterns and water supply projections statewide. In general, changes in precipitation correlate with changes in water supply, with decreased precipitation correlating to decreased stream flows and decreased groundwater percolation. A study conducted by the University of California, Davis Center for Watershed Sciences in 2010 (Null et al., ' Merced Integrated Regional Water Management Plan
Chapter 16 Climate Change
Final
February 2019 Page 16-11
2010) evaluated the hydrologic response and watershed sensitivity to climate change for the Sierra Nevada watersheds, including that of the Merced River. This study used a climate-forced rainfall-runoff model to explicitly simulate intra-basin hydrologic dynamics and understand localized sensitivity to climate warming. Using the Stockholm Environmental Institute’s Water Evaluation and Planning System (WEAP21), the researches simulated anticipated 2o
C, 4oC and 6oC temperature increases and evaluated
changes from baseline for three key parameters – mean annual flow, centroid timing, and low flow duration – to highlight relative differential responses across the Sierra Nevada watersheds and in relation to water resource development (water supply, hydropower and mountain meadow habitat, respectively).
In more recent years, a similar study, published in January of 2014, also used the WEAP platform to present an integrated hydrology and water operations simulation model of the Tuolumne and Merced River Basins (Kiparsky et al., 2014). Like the 2010 study discussed above, modelers evaluated impacts and hydrological responses to 2o
C, 4oC and 6oC temperature increases according to a historical baseline (1981 – 1999).
In October, 2017, MID released its own Climate Change Impact Report assessing how the irrigation district would be affected by climate projections (Dewberry, 2017). This analysis utilized a precipitation-runoff model from the MID Hydrologic and Hydraulic Optimization model. MID ran three future scenarios, evaluating responses to 3o
C, 5oC and 10oC temperature increases. Therefore, the results simulate more dramatic climate change circumstances.
Although exact numerical results vary amongst the studies, the general conclusions of all three studies remain consistent. All studies found decreases in mean annual flow, a shift to an earlier snowmelt and runoff, a longer low flow duration, and an overall reduction in surface water reliability in the Merced River watershed.
Impacts on Mean Annual Flow
Both 2010 and 2014 studies found that modeled changes of climate warming in the Merced River watershed resulted in reductions in mean annual flow (MAF). Specifically, UC Davis’s 2010 study found that there were approximately 3%, 6% and 8% decreases in mean annual flow on the Merced River resulting from 2o
C, 4oC and 6oC increases in air temperature, respectively (Null et al., 2010). Kiparsky’s 2014 study also determined that there were decreases in the magnitude of streamflow due to the effects of increased temperature (such as increased evapotranspiration) (Kiparsky et al., 2014). As shown in Table 16-1, model results from the 2014 study showed more dramatic percent decreases in streamflow magnitude than the 2010 study (4%, 8.5%, and 12% for 2o
C, 4oC and 6oC increases, respectively).
'
Merced Integrated Regional Water Management Plan
Chapter 16 Climate Change
Final
February 2019 Page 16-12
Table 16-1: Mean Annual Flow Projections (2014 Model)
Watershed
Historical
MAF (106
m3)
(1981 –
1999)
Simulated
MAF (106 m3)
(1981 – 1999)
Simulated MAF
(106 m3)
(2oC)
Simulated
MAF (106 m3)
(4oC)
Simulated MAF
(106 m3)
(6oC)
TUO 2,608 2,609 2,506 (-3.9%) 2,418 (-7.3%) 2,323 (-11%) MER 1,363 1,361 1,303 (-4.3%) 1,245 (-8.5%) 1.195 (-12.1%) Notes: